TWI640804B - Device for manufacturing optical member bonded body - Google Patents

Device for manufacturing optical member bonded body Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI640804B
TWI640804B TW103141932A TW103141932A TWI640804B TW I640804 B TWI640804 B TW I640804B TW 103141932 A TW103141932 A TW 103141932A TW 103141932 A TW103141932 A TW 103141932A TW I640804 B TWI640804 B TW I640804B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
bonding
sheet
liquid crystal
crystal panel
optical member
Prior art date
Application number
TW103141932A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201525536A (en
Inventor
藤井幹士
Original Assignee
日商住友化學股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商住友化學股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商住友化學股份有限公司
Publication of TW201525536A publication Critical patent/TW201525536A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI640804B publication Critical patent/TWI640804B/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B38/00Ancillary operations in connection with laminating processes
    • B32B38/16Drying; Softening; Cleaning
    • B32B38/162Cleaning
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/1303Apparatus specially adapted to the manufacture of LCDs
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/1316Methods for cleaning the liquid crystal cells, or components thereof, during manufacture: Materials therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133528Polarisers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2457/00Electrical equipment
    • B32B2457/20Displays, e.g. liquid crystal displays, plasma displays
    • B32B2457/202LCD, i.e. liquid crystal displays

Abstract

一種光學構件貼合體之製造裝置,其係在光學顯示組件貼合一個或複數個之光學構件而構成,其中具備:洗淨裝置,其係洗淨光學顯示組件;貼合手段,其係在光學顯示組件分別貼合與一個或複數個之光學構件對應之一個或複數個之光學構件薄片之薄片;切斷手段,其係從貼合在光學顯示組件之一個或複數個之薄片,切出一個或複數個之光學構件;及,搬運機構,其係搬運光學顯示組件或在光學顯示組件貼合有光學構件之構成之光學構件貼合體;上述搬運機構係至少在以洗淨裝置完成光學顯示組件之洗淨後,至以貼合手段完成將一個或複數個薄片之全部貼合在光學顯示組件止之搬運路徑中,不使用與光學顯示組件或光學構件貼合體之接觸部變動而搬運光學顯示組件或光學構件貼合體之搬運機構。 An optical member bonding body manufacturing apparatus, wherein an optical display unit is laminated with one or more optical members, wherein: a cleaning device for cleaning an optical display assembly; and a bonding means for optical The display component is respectively attached to one or a plurality of sheets of the optical member sheets corresponding to one or more optical members; and the cutting means is cut out from one or a plurality of sheets attached to the optical display unit, and one cut out Or a plurality of optical members; and a transport mechanism that transports the optical display assembly or the optical member assembly in which the optical display member is bonded to the optical member; the transport mechanism performs the optical display assembly at least in the cleaning device After the cleaning, all of the one or a plurality of sheets are bonded to the conveyance path of the optical display unit by the bonding means, and the optical display is carried out without using the contact portion of the optical display unit or the optical member bonding body. The handling mechanism of the component or optical component bonding body.

Description

光學構件貼合體之製造裝置 Optical member bonding body manufacturing device

本發明有關於光學構件貼合體之製造裝置。 The present invention relates to a manufacturing apparatus for an optical member bonding body.

本申請案根據2013年12月3日在日本所申請之特願2013-250206號,主張優先權,援用其內容。 The present application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-250206, filed on Dec.

以往,在液晶顯示器等之光學顯示裝置之生產系統中,貼合在液晶面板(光學顯示組件)之偏光板等之光學構件,從長條薄膜切出成配合液晶面板之顯示區域的大小之薄片後,貼合在液晶面板(例如,參照專利文獻1)。 In the production system of an optical display device such as a liquid crystal display device, an optical member such as a polarizing plate of a liquid crystal panel (optical display unit) is cut out from a long film to form a sheet sized to match the display area of the liquid crystal panel. Thereafter, it is bonded to a liquid crystal panel (for example, refer to Patent Document 1).

[先前技術文獻] [Previous Technical Literature] [專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開2003-255132號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2003-255132

在此處,在先前技術之構成之光學顯示裝置之生產系統中,考量液晶面板和薄片之各種尺寸誤差,和薄片對液晶面板之貼合誤差(位置偏離),切出比顯示區域 稍大之薄片。因此,在顯示區域之周邊部形成多餘部分之區域(邊框部),會有阻礙機器小型化之問題。 Here, in the production system of the optical display device of the prior art, various dimensional errors of the liquid crystal panel and the sheet, and the fitting error (positional deviation) of the sheet to the liquid crystal panel are cut out, and the ratio of the display area is cut out. A slightly larger sheet. Therefore, the area (frame portion) in which the excess portion is formed in the peripheral portion of the display region has a problem that the size of the device is prevented from being reduced.

本發明係針對上述問題而成者,提供光學構件貼合體之製造裝置,其係可縮小顯示區域周邊之邊框部,達成顯示區域之擴大和機器之小型化。 The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and provides an apparatus for manufacturing an optical member bonding body which can reduce the frame portion around the display area, thereby achieving enlargement of the display area and miniaturization of the machine.

為著達成上述之目的,本發明採用以下之手段。 In order to achieve the above object, the present invention employs the following means.

(1)亦即,本發明之第一態樣之光學構件貼合體之製造裝置係在光學顯示組件貼合一個或複數個之光學構件所構成,其中具備:洗淨裝置,其係洗淨上述光學顯示組件;貼合手段,其係在上述光學顯示組件分別貼合與上述一個或複數個之光學構件對應之一個或複數個之光學構件薄片之薄片;切斷手段,其係從貼合在上述光學顯示組件之上述一個或複數個之薄片,切出上述一個或複數個之光學構件;和,搬運機構,其係搬運上述光學顯示組件或在上述光學顯示組件貼合有上述光學構件所構成之上述光學構件貼合體;上述搬運機構,其係至少在以上述洗淨裝置完成上述光學顯示組件之洗淨後,至以上述貼合手段完成將上述一個或複數個薄片之全部貼合在上述光學顯示組件止之搬運路徑中,不使用與上述光學顯示組件或上述光學構件貼合體之接觸部變動而搬運上述光學顯示組件或上述光學構件貼合體之搬運機構。 (1) That is, the manufacturing apparatus of the optical member bonding body of the first aspect of the present invention is constituted by laminating one or a plurality of optical members to an optical display unit, and includes: a cleaning device which washes the above An optical display unit; the bonding means, wherein the optical display unit is respectively attached to one or a plurality of sheets of the optical member sheets corresponding to the one or more optical members; and the cutting means is attached to the optical member And the one or more optical sheets of the optical display unit are cut out from the one or more optical members; and the transport mechanism is configured to transport the optical display unit or the optical member is bonded to the optical display unit. The optical member bonding body; wherein the transporting means performs at least the cleaning of the optical display unit by the cleaning device, and the bonding of the one or more of the plurality of sheets is performed by the bonding means In the conveyance path of the optical display unit, the contact portion with the optical display unit or the optical member is not used. The optical display assembly or operation of the optical member attached to the body conveying means.

另外,在本說明書中所說明之「光學顯示組 件或上述光學構件貼合體之接觸部」係表示在搬運光學顯示組件或上述光學構件貼合體時,搬運機構和光學顯示組件或上述光學構件貼合體接觸之部分。 In addition, the "optical display group" described in this specification The contact portion of the member or the optical member bonding body is a portion where the conveying mechanism is in contact with the optical display unit or the optical member bonding body when the optical display unit or the optical member bonding body is conveyed.

另外,在本說明書中所說明之「不使用與上述光學顯示組件或上述光學構件貼合體之接觸部會變動而搬運上述光學顯示組件或上述光學構件貼合體之搬運機構」是指「使用不使光學顯示組件或光學構件貼合體之接觸部變動,而搬運光學顯示組件或光學構件貼合體之搬運機構」。 In addition, the "transport mechanism that does not use the optical display unit or the optical member bonding body to be moved and the optical display unit or the optical member bonding body is not changed" as described in the present specification means The optical display unit or the contact portion of the optical member bonding body is changed, and the optical display unit or the optical member bonding body transport mechanism is transported.

(2)在上述(1)之光學構件貼合體之製造裝置中,上述貼合手段包含有:捲出部,其係將幅寬大於上述光學顯示組件之顯示區域之長邊和短邊中之任一邊之長度之帶狀光學構件薄片,與分隔薄片一起從原材滾輪捲出;切割部,其係使上述分隔薄片殘留,同時在長度大於上述顯示區域之長邊和短邊中之任一另外一邊之長度,切割上述光學構件薄片,而形成上述薄片;和貼合部,其係將上述薄片貼合在保持面而進行保持,同時將上述保持面所保持之上述薄片貼合在上述光學顯示組件。 (2) The apparatus for manufacturing an optical member bonding body according to (1), wherein the bonding means includes: a winding portion having a width larger than a long side and a short side of a display area of the optical display unit; a strip-shaped optical member sheet having a length of either side is unwound from the raw material roller together with the separator sheet; the cutting portion is configured to leave the partition sheet remaining while being longer than any of the long side and the short side of the display area Further, the length of one side is cut to form the sheet, and the bonding portion is formed by bonding the sheet to the holding surface while holding the sheet held by the holding surface on the optical sheet. Display component.

(3)在上述(1)或(2)之光學構件貼合體之製造裝置中,上述搬運機構可具備:桌台,其係保持上述光學顯示組件;滑動器機構,其係使上述桌台可移動;和吸附手臂,其係吸附保持上述桌台所保持之上述光學顯示組件而進行搬運。 (3) The apparatus for manufacturing an optical member bonded body according to the above (1) or (2), wherein the transport mechanism may include a table that holds the optical display unit, and a slider mechanism that allows the table to be Moving; and absorbing the arm, which is carried by the optical display unit held by the table.

(4)在上述(1)或(2)之光學構件貼合體之製造裝置中,上述搬運機構可具備:搬運輸送帶,其係保持上 述光學顯示組件而進行搬運;和吸附手臂,其係吸附保持上述搬運輸送帶所保持之上述光學顯示組件而進行搬運。 (4) The apparatus for manufacturing an optical member bonded body according to the above (1) or (2), wherein the transport mechanism may include a transport conveyor belt that is held thereon The optical display unit is transported, and the arm is sucked and held by the optical display unit held by the transport conveyor.

(5)本發明之第二態樣之光學構件貼合體之製造裝置係在光學顯示組件貼合一個或複數個之光學構件所構成,其中,具備:洗淨裝置,其係洗淨上述光學顯示組件;貼合手段,其係在上述光學顯示組件貼合上述一個或複數個之光學構件;和搬運機構,其係搬運上述光學顯示組件或在上述光學顯示組件貼合有上述光學構件之構成之上述光學構件貼合體;上述搬運機構,係至少藉由上述洗淨裝置完成上述光學顯示組件之洗淨後,至藉由上述貼合手段將上述一個或複數個薄片之全部貼合完成上述光學顯示組件止之搬運路徑中,不使用與上述光學顯示組件或上述光學構件貼合體之接觸部變動而搬運上述光學顯示組件或上述光學構件貼合體之搬運機構。 (5) The apparatus for manufacturing an optical member bonding body according to a second aspect of the present invention comprises the optical display unit in which one or a plurality of optical members are bonded together, and further comprising: a cleaning device for cleaning the optical display And a bonding means for bonding the one or more optical members to the optical display unit; and a transport mechanism for transporting the optical display unit or the optical member for bonding the optical member The optical member bonding body; wherein the transporting means performs cleaning of the optical display unit by at least the cleaning device, and then bonding all of the one or more sheets by the bonding means to complete the optical display In the conveyance path of the assembly, the conveyance mechanism that conveys the optical display unit or the optical member bonding body without using the contact portion of the optical display unit or the optical member bonding body is not used.

(6)在上述(5)之光學構件貼合體之製造裝置中,上述貼合手段包含:捲出部,其係將幅寬對應於大於上述光學顯示組件之顯示區域之長邊和短邊中之任一邊之長度之帶狀光學構件薄片,與分隔薄片一起從原材滾輪捲出;切割部,其係使上述分隔薄片殘留,同時並以長度對應於上述顯示區域之長邊和短邊中之任一另外一邊之長度,切割上述光學構件薄片而形成上述光學構件;和貼合部,其係將上述光學構件保持在保持面,同時並將上述保持面所保持之上述光學構件貼合在上述光學顯示組件。 (6) The apparatus for manufacturing an optical member bonding body according to (5), wherein the bonding means includes: a winding portion that corresponds to a width larger than a long side and a short side of a display area of the optical display unit; a strip-shaped optical member sheet having a length of either side is wound out from the original material roller together with the separator sheet; the cutting portion is configured to leave the partition sheet remaining while having a length corresponding to the long side and the short side of the display area The optical member sheet is cut to form the optical member, and the bonding portion holds the optical member on the holding surface, and the optical member held by the holding surface is attached to the optical member. The above optical display assembly.

若依據本發明,可提供光學構件貼合體之製造裝置,其係縮小顯示區域周邊之邊框部,可以謀求顯示區域之擴大和機器之小型化。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a manufacturing apparatus for an optical member bonding body which can reduce the frame portion around the display area, and can expand the display area and reduce the size of the machine.

1、1001、4001、5001‧‧‧薄膜貼合系統(光學構件貼合體 之製造裝置) 1, 1001, 4001, 5001‧‧‧ film bonding system (optical member bonding body) Manufacturing device)

10、1010、5010‧‧‧搬運機構 10, 1010, 5010‧‧‧Porting agencies

11a至11m、1011a至1011j、5011a、5011b‧‧‧搬運輸送帶 11a to 11m, 1011a to 1011j, 5011a, 5011b‧‧‧ carry conveyor belt

12a至12c、1012a至1012g‧‧‧桌台 Tables 12a to 12c, 1012a to 1012g‧‧‧

13a至13c、1013a至1013g‧‧‧滑動器機構 13a to 13c, 1013a to 1013g‧‧‧ slider mechanism

14a至14f、1014a至1014e‧‧‧吸附手臂 14a to 14f, 1014a to 1014e‧‧‧ absorbing arms

15a、15m、15k‧‧‧支架 15a, 15m, 15k‧‧‧ bracket

101‧‧‧處理室 101‧‧‧Processing room

20‧‧‧洗淨裝置 20‧‧‧cleaning device

31‧‧‧第一檢測裝置 31‧‧‧First detection device

32‧‧‧第二檢測裝置 32‧‧‧Second detection device

41‧‧‧第一缺陷檢查裝置 41‧‧‧First defect inspection device

42‧‧‧第二缺陷檢查裝置 42‧‧‧Second defect inspection device

50‧‧‧貼合手段 50‧‧‧Means of fitting

51‧‧‧第一貼合裝置 51‧‧‧First bonding device

52‧‧‧第二貼合裝置 52‧‧‧Second bonding device

53‧‧‧第三貼合裝置 53‧‧‧ Third bonding device

60‧‧‧切斷手段 60‧‧‧cutting means

61‧‧‧第一切割裝置 61‧‧‧First cutting device

62‧‧‧第二切割裝置 62‧‧‧Second cutting device

71‧‧‧第一剝離裝置 71‧‧‧First stripping device

72‧‧‧第二剝離裝置 72‧‧‧Separate stripping device

81‧‧‧第一反轉裝置 81‧‧‧First reversal device

82‧‧‧第二反轉裝置 82‧‧‧second reversal device

91‧‧‧控制裝置 91‧‧‧Control device

92‧‧‧記憶裝置 92‧‧‧ memory device

100‧‧‧高壓釜處理裝置 100‧‧‧ autoclave treatment unit

510a‧‧‧捲出部 510a‧‧‧Departs

510b‧‧‧切割裝置(切割部) 510b‧‧‧Cutting device (cutting department)

521‧‧‧貼合鼓(貼合部) 521‧‧‧Fitting Drum (Fitting Department)

521a‧‧‧保持面 521a‧‧‧ Keep face

541‧‧‧第一貼合桌台 541‧‧‧First matching table

542‧‧‧第二貼合桌台 542‧‧‧Second fitting table

543‧‧‧回收桌台 543‧‧‧Recycling table

571‧‧‧第一檢測攝影機 571‧‧‧First inspection camera

572‧‧‧第二檢測攝影機 572‧‧‧Second detection camera

573‧‧‧第三檢測攝影機 573‧‧‧ Third detection camera

611‧‧‧第一桌台 611‧‧‧First table

611a‧‧‧保持面 611a‧‧‧ Keep face

612‧‧‧第二桌台 612‧‧‧Second table

612a‧‧‧保持面 612a‧‧‧ Keep face

660‧‧‧移動裝置 660‧‧‧Mobile devices

661‧‧‧第一滑動器機構 661‧‧‧First slider mechanism

662‧‧‧第二滑動器機構 662‧‧‧Second slider mechanism

FX‧‧‧光學構件薄片 FX‧‧‧ optical member sheet

F1‧‧‧第一光學構件薄片 F1‧‧‧First optical member sheet

F2‧‧‧第二光學構件薄片 F2‧‧‧Second optical member sheet

F3‧‧‧第三光學構件薄片 F3‧‧‧ Third optical member sheet

F3a‧‧‧分隔薄片 F3a‧‧‧ separated sheets

FXm‧‧‧薄片 FXm‧‧‧Flakes

F1m‧‧‧第一薄片 F1m‧‧‧ first sheet

F2m‧‧‧第二薄片 F2m‧‧‧second sheet

F3m‧‧‧第三薄片 F3m‧‧‧ third sheet

F1X‧‧‧光學構件 F1X‧‧‧Optical components

F11‧‧‧第一光學構件 F11‧‧‧First optical component

F12‧‧‧第二光學構件 F12‧‧‧Second optical component

F13‧‧‧第三光學構件 F13‧‧‧ Third optical component

P‧‧‧液晶面板(光學顯示組件) P‧‧‧LCD panel (optical display unit)

P4‧‧‧顯示區域 P4‧‧‧ display area

PA‧‧‧光學構件貼合體 PA‧‧‧Optical member fit

PA1‧‧‧薄片貼合體 PA1‧‧‧Sheet fit

PA2‧‧‧第一光學構件貼合體 PA2‧‧‧First optical component fit

PA3‧‧‧第二薄片貼合體 PA3‧‧‧Second sheet laminate

PA4‧‧‧第三薄片貼合體 PA4‧‧‧ third sheet conformer

第1圖係表示第一實施形態之薄膜貼合系統之示意圖。 Fig. 1 is a schematic view showing a film bonding system of the first embodiment.

第2圖係液晶面板之俯視圖。 Fig. 2 is a plan view of a liquid crystal panel.

第3圖係第2圖之A-A剖視圖。 Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional view taken along line A-A of Fig. 2.

第4圖係光學構件薄片之剖視圖。 Figure 4 is a cross-sectional view of the optical member sheet.

第5圖係洗淨裝置之俯視圖。 Figure 5 is a plan view of the cleaning device.

第6圖係表示缺陷檢查裝置之側面圖。 Fig. 6 is a side view showing the defect inspection device.

第7圖係表示第一貼合裝置之側面圖。 Figure 7 is a side view showing the first bonding apparatus.

第8圖係表示第一貼合裝置之立體圖。 Figure 8 is a perspective view showing the first bonding apparatus.

第9圖係液晶面板之供給時之第一貼合裝置的側面圖。 Fig. 9 is a side view showing the first bonding apparatus when the liquid crystal panel is supplied.

第10圖係表示第一貼合裝置之俯視圖。 Figure 10 is a plan view showing the first bonding apparatus.

第11圖係表示第一貼合裝置之正面圖。 Figure 11 is a front elevational view of the first bonding apparatus.

第12A圖係薄片對液晶面板之貼合位置之決定方法之說明圖。 Fig. 12A is an explanatory view showing a method of determining the bonding position of the sheet to the liquid crystal panel.

第12B圖係薄片對液晶面板之貼合位置之決定方法之說明圖。 Fig. 12B is an explanatory view showing a method of determining the bonding position of the sheet to the liquid crystal panel.

第13A圖係表示搬運機器人之示意圖。 Fig. 13A is a schematic view showing the handling robot.

第13B圖係表示搬運機器人之示意圖。 Fig. 13B is a schematic view showing the handling robot.

第14A圖係表示搬運機器人之示意圖。 Fig. 14A is a schematic view showing a handling robot.

第14B圖係表示搬運機器人之示意圖。 Fig. 14B is a schematic view showing the handling robot.

第15圖係表示貼合面之端緣之檢測步驟的俯視圖。 Fig. 15 is a plan view showing the detecting step of the edge of the bonding surface.

第16圖係第一實施形態之檢測裝置之示意圖。 Fig. 16 is a schematic view showing the detecting device of the first embodiment.

第17圖係用來說明比較例之檢測裝置之作用的立體圖。 Fig. 17 is a perspective view for explaining the action of the detecting device of the comparative example.

第18圖係用來說明比較例之檢測裝置之作用的剖視圖。 Figure 18 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the action of the detecting device of the comparative example.

第19圖係用來說明第一實施形態之檢測裝置之作用的立體圖。 Fig. 19 is a perspective view for explaining the action of the detecting device of the first embodiment.

第20圖係用來說明第一實施形態之檢測裝置之作用的剖視圖。 Figure 20 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the action of the detecting device of the first embodiment.

第21圖係用來說明適用液晶面板之變化例時,第一實施形態之檢測裝置之作用的剖視圖。 Fig. 21 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the action of the detecting device of the first embodiment when a modification of the liquid crystal panel is applied.

第22圖係表示第一切割裝置之立體圖。 Figure 22 is a perspective view showing the first cutting device.

第23圖表示EBS(Electricl Beam Shaping)之構成圖。 Fig. 23 is a view showing the configuration of EBS (Electricl Beam Shaping).

第24圖係表示IOR(Imaging Optics Rail)之內部構成的立體圖。 Fig. 24 is a perspective view showing the internal structure of an IOR (Imaging Optics Rail).

第25圖係表示第一聚光透鏡、光圈構件和準直透鏡之配置構成的側剖視圖。 Fig. 25 is a side cross-sectional view showing the arrangement of the first collecting lens, the diaphragm member, and the collimator lens.

第26圖之(a)至(d)係用來說明EBS之作用。 Figures (a) to (d) of Figure 26 are used to illustrate the role of EBS.

第27圖之(a)至(d)係著眼在雷射光之1個脈沖波的圖。 (a) to (d) of Fig. 27 are diagrams focusing on one pulse wave of laser light.

第28圖係用來說明IOR之作用。 Figure 28 is used to illustrate the role of the IOR.

第29圖係使用比較例之雷射光照射裝置,切割對象物之偏光板時之切割面之擴大圖。 Fig. 29 is an enlarged view of a cut surface when a polarizing plate of an object is cut using a laser light irradiation device of a comparative example.

第30圖係使用本實施形態之雷射光照射裝置,切割對 象物之偏光板時之切割面之擴大圖。 Figure 30 is a view showing the use of the laser light irradiation device of the present embodiment, the cutting pair An enlarged view of the cut surface of the polarizer of the object.

第31圖表示雷射光描繪所希望之軌跡用之控制方法的圖。 Fig. 31 is a view showing a control method for the desired trajectory of laser light drawing.

第32圖係第一實施形態之光學構件貼合體之製造方法之說明圖。 Fig. 32 is an explanatory view showing a method of manufacturing the optical member bonded body of the first embodiment.

第33圖係表示第二實施形態之薄膜貼合系統之示意圖。 Figure 33 is a schematic view showing a film bonding system of the second embodiment.

第34圖係檢測裝置之示意圖。 Figure 34 is a schematic diagram of the detection device.

第35A圖係表示使用攝影裝置而攝影液晶面板之情形的示意圖。 Fig. 35A is a view showing a state in which a liquid crystal panel is photographed using a photographing device.

第35B圖係表示使用攝影裝置而攝影液晶面板之情形的示意圖。 Fig. 35B is a schematic view showing a state in which a liquid crystal panel is photographed using a photographing device.

第36圖係表示以攝影裝置所攝影到之影像中角部之附近的示意圖。 Figure 36 is a schematic view showing the vicinity of a corner portion of an image captured by a photographing device.

第37圖係表示從輪廓線上之複數點求得之近似直線的圖。 Figure 37 is a diagram showing an approximate straight line obtained from a complex point on the contour line.

第38圖係求得近似輪廓線之示意圖。 Figure 38 is a schematic diagram of the approximate contour line.

第39圖係以切割定位手段決定切割位置之決定方法之說明圖。 Fig. 39 is an explanatory view showing a method of determining the cutting position by cutting and positioning means.

第40圖係表示使用構成第一切割裝置之掃描器,切割第二薄片和第三薄片之情形的立體圖。 Fig. 40 is a perspective view showing a state in which the second sheet and the third sheet are cut using the scanner constituting the first cutting device.

第41圖係表示使用構成第一切割裝置之掃描器,切割第二薄片和第三薄片之情形的側面圖。 Fig. 41 is a side view showing a state in which the second sheet and the third sheet are cut using the scanner constituting the first cutting device.

第42圖係表示使用構成第二切割裝置之掃描器,切割第一薄片之情形的立體圖。 Fig. 42 is a perspective view showing a state in which the first sheet is cut using a scanner constituting the second cutting device.

第43圖係表示使用構成第二切割裝置之掃描器,切割第一薄片之情形的側面圖。 Figure 43 is a side view showing a state in which the first sheet is cut using a scanner constituting the second cutting device.

第44圖係表示使用第三實施形態之攝影裝置而攝影液晶面板薄片之情形的立體圖。 Fig. 44 is a perspective view showing a state in which a liquid crystal panel sheet is photographed using the photographing apparatus of the third embodiment.

第45圖使求得之假想點反映在以攝影裝置所攝影之影像的圖。 Figure 45 is a diagram showing the imaginary point obtained in the image taken by the photographing device.

第46A圖係求得近似輪廓線之示意圖。 Figure 46A is a schematic diagram of the approximate contour line.

第46B圖係求得近似輪廓線之示意圖。 Figure 46B is a schematic diagram of the approximate contour line.

第46C圖係求得近似輪廓線之示意圖。 Figure 46C is a schematic diagram of the approximate contour line.

第47圖係表示使用第四實施形態之攝影裝置而攝影液晶面板之情形的立體圖。 Fig. 47 is a perspective view showing a state in which a liquid crystal panel is photographed by using the photographing apparatus of the fourth embodiment.

第48圖係表示從貼合有薄片之側,攝影液晶面板和薄片之貼合面之外周緣之情形的剖視圖。 Fig. 48 is a cross-sectional view showing the outer periphery of the bonding surface of the photographic liquid crystal panel and the sheet from the side to which the sheet is bonded.

第49A圖係求得近似輪廓線之示意圖。 Figure 49A is a schematic diagram of the approximate contour line.

第49B圖係求得近似輪廓線之示意圖。 Figure 49B is a schematic diagram of the approximate contour line.

第49C圖係求得近似輪廓線之示意圖。 Figure 49C is a schematic diagram of the approximate contour line.

第50圖係表示貼合面之端緣之檢測步驟的俯視圖。 Fig. 50 is a plan view showing the detecting step of the edge of the bonding surface.

第51圖係第五實施形態之檢測裝置之示意圖。 Figure 51 is a schematic view showing a detecting device of a fifth embodiment.

第52圖係用來說明比較例之檢測裝置之作用的立體圖。 Figure 52 is a perspective view for explaining the action of the detecting device of the comparative example.

第53圖係說明比較例之檢測裝置之作用的剖視圖。 Figure 53 is a cross-sectional view showing the action of the detecting device of the comparative example.

第54圖係說明第五實施形態之檢測裝置之作用的立體圖。 Fig. 54 is a perspective view showing the action of the detecting device of the fifth embodiment.

第55圖係用來說明第五實施形態之檢測裝置之作用的剖視圖。 Figure 55 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the action of the detecting device of the fifth embodiment.

第56圖係用來說明適用液晶面板之變化例時,第五實施形態之檢測裝置之作用的剖視圖。 Figure 56 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the action of the detecting device of the fifth embodiment when a modification of the liquid crystal panel is applied.

第57圖係第六實施形態之光學構件貼合體之製造方法的說明圖。 Fig. 57 is an explanatory view showing a method of manufacturing the optical member bonded body of the sixth embodiment.

第58圖表示偏光膜為交叉尼科耳狀態時之光透過性、CCD(Charge Coupled Device)之感度特性的圖。 Fig. 58 is a view showing the light transmittance of the polarizing film in the cross-Nicol state and the sensitivity characteristic of the CCD (Charge Coupled Device).

第59圖係表示第八實施形態之薄膜貼合系統的示意圖。 Figure 59 is a schematic view showing a film bonding system of an eighth embodiment.

第60圖係表示第九實施形態之薄膜貼合系統的示意圖。 Figure 60 is a schematic view showing a film bonding system of a ninth embodiment.

以下參照圖面並說明本發明之實施形態,但是本發明並非只限於以下之實施形態者。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings, but the present invention is not limited to the embodiments described below.

另外,在以下之全部之圖面中,為易於觀看圖面,使各個構成元件之尺寸或比例等適當地成為不同。另外,在以下之說明和圖面中,在相同或相當之構成元件係附加相同之符號,其重複之說明係省略。 In addition, in all of the following drawings, the size, the ratio, and the like of the respective constituent elements are appropriately changed in order to facilitate the viewing of the drawing. In the following description and drawings, the same or equivalent components are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

在本實施形態中,說明有關包含光學構件貼合體之製造裝置之薄膜貼合系統。 In the present embodiment, a film bonding system relating to a manufacturing apparatus including an optical member bonding body will be described.

〔第一實施形態〕 [First Embodiment]

第1圖係第一實施形態之薄膜貼合系統1之概略構成圖。 Fig. 1 is a schematic configuration diagram of a film bonding system 1 of the first embodiment.

薄膜貼合系統1係例如在如液晶面板或有機EL(Electro Luminescence)面板之面板狀之光學顯示組件,貼合如偏光膜或相位差膜、或增亮膜之薄膜狀之光學構件。薄膜貼合系統1係構成為生產光學顯示組件和包含光學構件之光學 顯示裝置的生產系統之一部分。在薄膜貼合系統1中係使用液晶面板P作為光學顯示組件。 The film bonding system 1 is, for example, a panel-shaped optical display unit such as a liquid crystal panel or an organic EL (Electro Luminescence) panel, and is bonded to a film-like optical member such as a polarizing film or a retardation film or a brightness enhancement film. The film bonding system 1 is configured to produce an optical display assembly and an optical body including the optical member A part of the production system of the display device. In the film bonding system 1, a liquid crystal panel P is used as an optical display unit.

如第1圖所示,本實施形態之薄膜貼合系統1係設置為液晶面板P之製造線之一步驟。薄膜貼合系統1之各個部分係藉由作為電子控制裝置之控制裝置91所統括控制。 As shown in Fig. 1, the film bonding system 1 of the present embodiment is a step of manufacturing a liquid crystal panel P. Each part of the film bonding system 1 is controlled by a control device 91 as an electronic control unit.

第2圖係從液晶面板P之液晶層P3之厚度方向觀看液晶面板P之俯視圖。 Fig. 2 is a plan view of the liquid crystal panel P viewed from the thickness direction of the liquid crystal layer P3 of the liquid crystal panel P.

如第2圖所示,液晶面板P具備:第一基板P1,其係就俯視看,形成長方形狀;第二基板P2,其係配置成面對第一基板P1,形成較小之長方形狀:和,液晶層P3,其係封入在第一基板P1和第二基板P2之間。液晶面板P係就俯視看,沿著第一基板P1之外形,形成長方形狀。在液晶面板P中就俯視看,使收縮到液晶層P3之外周之內側之區域設為顯示區域P4。在液晶面板P之第一基板P1之外周部,形成有定位用之標記Am(調準標記),用來在第一基板P1上形成佈線圖型(包含TFT:Thin Film Transistor;等之驅動元件或像素電極及外部端子等之各種電極)。 As shown in FIG. 2, the liquid crystal panel P includes a first substrate P1 which is formed in a rectangular shape in plan view, and a second substrate P2 which is disposed to face the first substrate P1 and has a small rectangular shape: And, the liquid crystal layer P3 is sealed between the first substrate P1 and the second substrate P2. The liquid crystal panel P is formed in a rectangular shape along the outer shape of the first substrate P1 in plan view. In the liquid crystal panel P, a region which is contracted to the inner side of the outer periphery of the liquid crystal layer P3 is referred to as a display region P4 in plan view. On the outer peripheral portion of the first substrate P1 of the liquid crystal panel P, a positioning mark Am (alignment mark) for forming a wiring pattern (including a TFT: Thin Film Transistor, etc.) is formed on the first substrate P1. Or various electrodes such as a pixel electrode and an external terminal).

第3圖係第2圖之A-A剖視圖。 Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional view taken along line A-A of Fig. 2.

如第3圖所示,在液晶面板P之表背面適當地貼合第一光學構件F11、第二光學構件F12和第三光學構件F13(以下,總稱為光學構件F1X),該等分別從長條帶狀之第一光學構件片F1、第二光學構件片F2和第三光學構件片F3(參照第7圖和第8圖,以下總稱為光學構件片FX)切出。 As shown in FIG. 3, the first optical member F11, the second optical member F12, and the third optical member F13 (hereinafter collectively referred to as an optical member F1X) are appropriately bonded to the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P, respectively. The strip-shaped first optical member sheet F1, the second optical member sheet F2, and the third optical member sheet F3 (refer to FIGS. 7 and 8 and hereinafter collectively referred to as an optical member sheet FX) are cut out.

在本實施形態中,在液晶面板P之顯示面側和背光側之兩面,分別貼合作為偏光膜之第一光學構件F11和第二光學構件F12。在液晶面板P之背光側之面,更貼合重疊在第二光學構件F12而作為增亮膜之薄膜狀之第三光學構件F13。在顯示區域P4之外側設有既定幅寬之邊框部G,用來配置接合液晶面板P之第一和第二基板之密封劑等。 In the present embodiment, the first optical member F11 and the second optical member F12 of the polarizing film are bonded to each other on both the display surface side and the backlight side of the liquid crystal panel P. On the surface on the backlight side of the liquid crystal panel P, the third optical member F13 which is a film-like film which is superimposed on the second optical member F12 as a brightness enhancement film is further bonded. A frame portion G having a predetermined width is provided on the outer side of the display region P4 for arranging a sealant or the like for bonding the first and second substrates of the liquid crystal panel P.

另外,第一光學構件F11、和第二光學構件F12和第三光學構件F13係從後述之第一薄片F1m、第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m(以下總稱為薄片FXm),切去其貼合面之外側之剩餘部分而形成者。在此處,本說明書所說明之「貼合面」是指液晶面板P之與薄片FXm面對之面。 Further, the first optical member F11, the second optical member F12, and the third optical member F13 are cut out from the first sheet F1m, the second sheet F2m, and the third sheet F3m (hereinafter collectively referred to as a sheet FXm) which will be described later. The remainder of the outer side of the face is formed. Here, the "bonding surface" described in the present specification means a surface of the liquid crystal panel P facing the sheet FXm.

第4圖是貼合在液晶面板P之光學構件薄片FX之部分剖視圖。光學構件薄片FX具有:薄膜狀之光學構件本體F1a;黏著層F2a,其係設在光學構件本體F1a之一方之面(在第4圖中為上面);分隔薄片F3a,其係可分離地疊上在光學構件本體F1a之一方之面,在其間包夾黏著層F2a;和,表面保護薄膜F4a,其係疊層在光學構件本體F1a之另外一方之面(在第4圖中為下面)。光學構件本體F1a具有作為偏光板之機能。光學構件本體F1a係涵蓋液晶面板P之顯示區域P4之全體區域和其周邊區域而貼合。另外,為圖示之方便,將第4圖之各層之顯示省略。 Fig. 4 is a partial cross-sectional view of the optical member sheet FX bonded to the liquid crystal panel P. The optical member sheet FX has a film-shaped optical member body F1a, an adhesive layer F2a which is provided on one side of the optical member body F1a (upper side in FIG. 4), and a separation sheet F3a which is detachably stacked The surface of the optical member body F1a is sandwiched between the adhesive layer F2a and the surface protective film F4a is laminated on the other side of the optical member body F1a (the lower side in FIG. 4). The optical member body F1a has a function as a polarizing plate. The optical member body F1a covers the entire area of the display region P4 of the liquid crystal panel P and its peripheral region, and is bonded. In addition, for convenience of illustration, the display of each layer of FIG. 4 is omitted.

光學構件本體F1a以在其一方之面殘留有黏著層F2a同時並使分隔薄片F3a分離之狀態,貼合在液晶 面板P而在其間包夾黏著層F2a。以下,將從光學構件薄片FX除去分隔薄片F3a之部分稱為貼合薄片F5。 The optical member main body F1a is bonded to the liquid crystal in a state in which the adhesive layer F2a remains on one surface and the separation sheet F3a is separated. The panel P sandwiches the adhesive layer F2a therebetween. Hereinafter, a portion from which the separator sheet F3a is removed from the optical member sheet CF is referred to as a bonding sheet F5.

分隔薄片F3a係至從黏著層F2a分離為止之期間,保護黏著層F2a和光學構件本體F1a。表面保護薄膜F4a係與光學構件本體F1a一起貼合在液晶面板P。表面保護薄膜F4a係相對於光學構件本體F1a,被配置在與液晶面板P之相反側,而保護光學構件本體F1a。表面保護薄膜F4a在既定之時點,從光學構件本體F1a分離。另外,光學構件薄片FX可為以未包含表面保護薄膜F4a之構成,亦可表面保護薄膜F4a從光學構件本體F1a分離之構成。 The separator sheet F3a is protected from the adhesive layer F2a to protect the adhesive layer F2a and the optical member body F1a. The surface protective film F4a is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P together with the optical member main body F1a. The surface protective film F4a is disposed on the opposite side of the liquid crystal panel P with respect to the optical member body F1a, and protects the optical member body F1a. The surface protective film F4a is separated from the optical member body F1a at a predetermined timing. Further, the optical member sheet FX may have a configuration in which the surface protective film F4a is not included, or the surface protective film F4a may be separated from the optical member body F1a.

光學構件本體F1a具有:薄片狀之偏光件F6;第一薄膜F7,其係以接著劑接合在偏光件F6之一方之面;和,第二薄膜F8,其係以接著劑接合在偏光件F6之另外一方之面。第一薄膜F7和第二薄膜F8係保護例如偏光件F6之保護薄膜。 The optical member body F1a has a sheet-like polarizing member F6, a first film F7 joined to one side of the polarizing member F6 by an adhesive, and a second film F8 bonded to the polarizing member F6 by an adhesive. The other side. The first film F7 and the second film F8 protect the protective film such as the polarizer F6.

另外,光學構件本體F1a可為由一層之光學層所構成之單層構造,亦可為由複數層之光學層互相疊層之疊層構造。光學層係除了偏光件F6之外,亦可為相位差薄膜或增亮膜等。第一薄膜F7和第二薄膜F8之至少一方,亦可以施加用來保護液晶顯示元件之最外面之硬塗層處理,或可獲得包含防眩處理之防眩等效果之表面處理。光學構件本體F1a亦可以不包含第一薄膜F7和第二薄膜F8之至少一方。例如,在將第一薄膜F7省略時,在光學構件 本體F1a之一方之面,貼合分隔薄片F3a而在其間包夾黏著層F2a。 Further, the optical member body F1a may have a single layer structure composed of one layer of optical layers, or may have a laminated structure in which optical layers of a plurality of layers are laminated to each other. The optical layer may be a retardation film, a brightness enhancement film, or the like in addition to the polarizer F6. At least one of the first film F7 and the second film F8 may be subjected to a surface treatment for protecting the outermost hard coat layer of the liquid crystal display element, or an effect of preventing glare by an anti-glare treatment. The optical member body F1a may not include at least one of the first film F7 and the second film F8. For example, when the first film F7 is omitted, the optical member One of the faces of the main body F1a is bonded to the partition sheet F3a to sandwich the adhesive layer F2a therebetween.

(薄膜貼合系統) (film bonding system)

其次,對本實施形態之薄膜貼合系統1進行詳細之說明。 Next, the film bonding system 1 of the present embodiment will be described in detail.

另外,在第1圖中,圖中之左側表示液晶面板P之搬運方向上游側(以下稱為面板搬運上游側),圖中之右側表示液晶面板P之搬運方向下游側(以下稱為面板搬運下游側)。 In the first diagram, the left side of the figure indicates the upstream side of the transport direction of the liquid crystal panel P (hereinafter referred to as the panel transport upstream side), and the right side of the figure indicates the downstream side of the transport direction of the liquid crystal panel P (hereinafter referred to as panel transport). Downstream side).

如第1圖所示,本實施形態之薄膜貼合系統1具備:搬運機構10、洗淨裝置20、第一缺陷檢查裝置41、第二缺陷檢查裝置42、貼合手段50、第一檢測裝置31、第二檢測裝置32、切斷手段60、第一剝離裝置71、第二剝離裝置72、第一反轉裝置81、第二反轉裝置82、高壓釜處理裝置100,控制裝置91、和記憶裝置92。 As shown in Fig. 1, the film bonding system 1 of the present embodiment includes a transport mechanism 10, a cleaning device 20, a first defect inspection device 41, a second defect inspection device 42, a bonding means 50, and a first detecting device. 31. The second detecting device 32, the cutting device 60, the first peeling device 71, the second peeling device 72, the first inverting device 81, the second inverting device 82, the autoclave processing device 100, the control device 91, and Memory device 92.

洗淨裝置20係對液晶面板P進行洗淨,用來除去附著或固著在液晶面板P之外表面之異物等。該「異物等」是指例如除了附著在液晶面板P之灰塵等之異物外,固著在液晶面板P之糊或碎玻璃(廢玻璃)等。經由從液晶面板P除去異物等,可抑制將板片FXm貼合在液晶面板P時之貼合缺陷。 The cleaning device 20 cleans the liquid crystal panel P to remove foreign matter adhering to or fixed to the outer surface of the liquid crystal panel P. The "foreign matter or the like" is, for example, a paste or cullet (waste glass) fixed to the liquid crystal panel P in addition to foreign matter such as dust adhering to the liquid crystal panel P. By removing foreign matter or the like from the liquid crystal panel P, it is possible to suppress the bonding defect when the sheet FXm is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P.

第一缺陷檢查裝置41係檢查液晶面板P之缺陷。第一缺陷檢查裝置41之缺陷檢查係在將光學構件貼合在液晶面板P之前所進行之缺陷檢查,所以在該缺陷檢查 時,檢查液晶面板P內在之缺陷。液晶面板P內在之缺陷,例如具有液晶層中之氣泡或定向膜之損傷等。 The first defect inspection device 41 checks for defects of the liquid crystal panel P. The defect inspection of the first defect inspection device 41 is a defect inspection performed before the optical member is attached to the liquid crystal panel P, so the defect inspection is performed. When checking the defects inherent in the liquid crystal panel P. The defects inherent in the liquid crystal panel P include, for example, damage of bubbles or alignment films in the liquid crystal layer.

第二缺陷檢查裝置42係檢查將光學構件貼合在液晶面板P後之液晶面板P(光學構件貼合體)之缺陷。在第二缺陷檢查裝置42可以檢查液晶面板P內在之缺陷、與由於將薄片FXm貼合在液晶面板P所產生之缺陷之兩者。由於將薄片FXm貼合在液晶面板P所產生之缺陷可舉例如:被夾入在液晶面板P和薄片FXm之間之異物之缺陷、或由於在將薄片FXm貼合在液晶面板P時之應力而在薄片FXm之內部所產生之氣泡缺陷,除此之外,亦包含有薄片FXm本身所具有之氣泡缺陷和凹凸缺陷等。 The second defect inspection device 42 checks for defects in the liquid crystal panel P (optical member bonding body) after bonding the optical member to the liquid crystal panel P. The second defect inspection device 42 can inspect both the defects in the liquid crystal panel P and the defects generated by bonding the sheet FXm to the liquid crystal panel P. The defects caused by bonding the sheet FXm to the liquid crystal panel P include, for example, a defect of foreign matter sandwiched between the liquid crystal panel P and the sheet FXm, or a stress due to bonding the sheet FXm to the liquid crystal panel P. The bubble defects generated inside the sheet FXm include, in addition to the bubble defects and unevenness defects of the sheet FXm itself.

藉由使用第一缺陷檢查裝置41之檢查結果和第二缺陷檢查裝置42之檢查結果,可以區別為液晶面板P內在之缺陷、和由於將薄片FXm貼合在液晶面板P所產生之缺陷。 By using the inspection result of the first defect inspection device 41 and the inspection result of the second defect inspection device 42, it is possible to distinguish between the defects inherent in the liquid crystal panel P and the defects caused by bonding the sheet FXm to the liquid crystal panel P.

貼合手段50係將薄片Fxm貼合在液晶面板P。貼合手段50包含:第一貼合裝置51,其係將比第一光學構件F11大之第一光學構件薄片F1之第一薄片F1m,貼合在液晶面板P之第一面;第二貼合裝置52,其係將比第二光學構件F12大之第二光學構件薄片F2之第二薄片F2m,貼合在液晶面板P第二面;和、第三貼合裝置53,其係將比第三光學構件F13大之第三光學構件薄片F3之第三薄片F3m,貼合在液晶面板P第二面。 The bonding means 50 bonds the sheet Fxm to the liquid crystal panel P. The bonding means 50 includes a first bonding device 51 for bonding the first sheet F1m of the first optical member sheet F1 larger than the first optical member F11 to the first surface of the liquid crystal panel P; The bonding device 52 is formed by bonding the second sheet F2m of the second optical member sheet F2 larger than the second optical member F12 to the second surface of the liquid crystal panel P; and the third bonding device 53 is The third sheet F3m of the third optical member sheet F3, which is the third optical member F13, is bonded to the second surface of the liquid crystal panel P.

第一檢測裝置31係檢測液晶面板P和第一薄 片F1m之貼合面(以下稱為第一貼合面)之端緣。 The first detecting device 31 detects the liquid crystal panel P and the first thin The edge of the bonding surface of the sheet F1m (hereinafter referred to as the first bonding surface).

第二檢測裝置32係檢測液晶面板P和第二薄片F2m之貼合面(以下稱為第二貼合面)之端緣。 The second detecting device 32 detects the edge of the bonding surface of the liquid crystal panel P and the second sheet F2m (hereinafter referred to as the second bonding surface).

切斷手段60係根據液晶面板P和薄片FXm之貼合面(第一貼合面、第二貼合面)之端緣之檢測結果,藉由切割薄片FXm,切離貼合在液晶面板P之薄片FXm之光學構件F1X之對應部分、和其外側之剩餘部分。切斷手段60包含第一切割裝置61,其係根據第一貼合面之端緣之檢測結果,藉由切割第一薄片F1m,切離貼合在液晶面板P之第一面之第一薄片F1m之第一光學構件F11之對應部分、和其外側之剩餘部分。另外,切斷手段60包含第二切割裝置62,其係根據第二貼合面之端緣之檢測結果,藉由整個切割第二薄片F2m和疊上配置在第二薄片F2m上之第三薄片F3m,切離貼合在液晶面板P之第二面之第二薄片F2m之第二光學構件F12之對應部分、和其外側之剩餘部分,而且,切離第三薄片F3m之第三光學構件F13之對應部分、和其外側之剩餘部分。 The cutting means 60 is cut and attached to the liquid crystal panel P by cutting the sheet FXm based on the detection result of the edge of the bonding surface (the first bonding surface and the second bonding surface) of the liquid crystal panel P and the sheet FXm. The corresponding portion of the optical member F1X of the sheet FXm and the remaining portion of the outer side thereof. The cutting means 60 includes a first cutting device 61 which cuts off the first sheet F1m and cuts off the first sheet attached to the first side of the liquid crystal panel P according to the detection result of the edge of the first bonding surface. The corresponding portion of the first optical member F11 of F1m and the remaining portion of the outer side thereof. In addition, the cutting means 60 includes a second cutting device 62 which is formed by cutting the second sheet F2m and the third sheet disposed on the second sheet F2m by the entire detection result of the edge of the second bonding surface. F3m, the corresponding portion of the second optical member F12 of the second sheet F2m bonded to the second surface of the liquid crystal panel P, and the remaining portion of the outer side thereof, and the third optical member F13 cut away from the third sheet F3m The corresponding part, and the remaining part of the outer side.

第一剝離裝置71係藉由第一切割裝置61從第一光學構件F11所切離之第一薄片F1m之剩餘部分從液晶面板P剝離。第二剝離裝置72係藉由第二切割裝置62從第二光學構件F12和第三光學構件F13所切離之第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之剩餘部分從液晶面板P剝離。 The first peeling device 71 is peeled off from the liquid crystal panel P by the remaining portion of the first sheet F1m cut away from the first optical member F11 by the first cutting device 61. The second peeling device 72 is peeled off from the liquid crystal panel P by the remaining portions of the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m which are cut away from the second optical member F12 and the third optical member F13 by the second cutting device 62.

第一反轉裝置81和第二反轉裝置82係使液晶面板P之表背反轉。在第一反轉裝置81和第二反轉裝置 82中,依照需要而使液晶面板P旋轉90°,以使液晶面板P之長邊方向和短邊方向對液晶面板P之搬運方向互換。該旋轉動作可與反轉動作同時進行,亦可以與反轉動作分開進行。 The first inverting means 81 and the second inverting means 82 reverse the front and back of the liquid crystal panel P. In the first inverting device 81 and the second inverting device In the case of 82, the liquid crystal panel P is rotated by 90° as needed so that the longitudinal direction and the short side direction of the liquid crystal panel P are interchanged with respect to the conveyance direction of the liquid crystal panel P. This rotation action can be performed simultaneously with the reversal action or separately from the reversal action.

高壓釜處理裝置100係對在液晶面板P貼合有第一光學構件F11,第二光學構件F12和第三光學構件F13之光學構件貼合體PA,經由進行加熱加壓處理,除去將薄片FXm貼合在液晶面板P時所產生之氣泡缺陷、和除去薄片FXm內在之氣泡缺陷。 In the autoclave processing apparatus 100, the optical member bonding body PA in which the first optical member F11, the second optical member F12, and the third optical member F13 are bonded to the liquid crystal panel P is subjected to heat and pressure treatment, and the sheet FXm is removed. The bubble defects generated when the liquid crystal panel P is combined and the bubble defects existing inside the sheet FXm are removed.

作為各種處理裝置之洗淨裝置20、第一缺陷檢查裝置41、第二缺陷檢查裝置42、貼合手段50、切斷手段60、第一剝離裝置71、第二剝離裝置72、第一反轉裝置81、第二反轉裝置82、和高壓處理裝置100,藉由一連貫之搬運機構10連接而搬運液晶面板P、或在液晶面板P貼合薄片FXm或光學構件F1X而成之光學構件貼合體。 The cleaning device 20, the first defect inspection device 41, the second defect inspection device 42, the bonding means 50, the cutting means 60, the first peeling means 71, the second peeling means 72, and the first inversion as various processing means The device 81, the second inverting device 82, and the high-pressure processing device 100 are connected by a continuous transport mechanism 10 to transport the liquid crystal panel P, or the optical member in which the liquid crystal panel P is bonded to the sheet FXm or the optical member F1X. Fit.

在本實施形態之薄膜貼合系統1中,為抑制貼合手段50之貼合缺陷之發生,就搬運機構10而言,至少在從液晶面板P之洗淨步驟之完成位置至對液晶面板P之薄片FXm之貼合步驟之完成位置止搬運液晶面板P(學構件貼合體)之搬運路徑中,不使用與液晶面板P之接觸部變動而進行搬運液晶面板P之搬運機構。換言之,在本實施形態中,就搬運機構10而言,至少在從液晶面板P之洗淨步驟之完成位置至對液晶面板P之薄片FXm之貼合步驟之完成位置止搬運液晶面板P之間的搬運機構,使用與液 晶面板P之接觸部在液晶面板P之搬運中不會變動之搬運機構。 In the film bonding system 1 of the present embodiment, in order to suppress the occurrence of the bonding defect of the bonding means 50, the conveying mechanism 10 is at least at the completion position from the cleaning step of the liquid crystal panel P to the liquid crystal panel P. In the conveyance path of the liquid crystal panel P (study member bonding body), the conveyance mechanism which conveys the liquid crystal panel P in the conveyance path of the liquid crystal panel P is not used. In other words, in the present embodiment, the transport mechanism 10 is disposed between at least the completion position of the cleaning step of the liquid crystal panel P and the completion of the bonding step of the sheet FXm of the liquid crystal panel P. Handling mechanism, use and liquid A transport mechanism in which the contact portion of the crystal panel P does not change during transport of the liquid crystal panel P.

此處,本說明書所說明之「液晶面板P之洗淨步驟之完成位置」是指在洗淨裝置20中,完成除去貼合缺陷原因之異物等之位置(液晶面板P從洗淨步驟朝向下一個步驟排出之位置,亦即,從洗淨裝置20排出之位置)。另外,在本說明書所說明之「薄片FXm之貼合步驟之完成位置」是指完成全部之薄片FXm之貼合之位置,例如,在第1圖所示之薄膜貼合系統1中,表示從第三貼合裝置53排出之位置,不表示完成切割薄片FXm之剩餘部分之位置。 Here, the "finished position of the cleaning step of the liquid crystal panel P" described in the present specification means that the cleaning device 20 is configured to remove foreign matter or the like due to the cause of the bonding defect (the liquid crystal panel P is directed from the cleaning step toward the lower side). The position where one step is discharged, that is, the position discharged from the cleaning device 20). In addition, the "finished position of the bonding step of the sheet FXm" described in the present specification means a position at which the bonding of all the sheets FXm is completed. For example, in the film bonding system 1 shown in Fig. 1, The position at which the third bonding device 53 is ejected does not indicate the position at which the remaining portion of the dicing sheet FXm is completed.

另外,在本說明書所說明之「與液晶面板P之接觸部」是指在搬運液晶面板P時,搬運機構10和液晶面板P接觸之部分。「與液晶面板P之接觸部在液晶面板P之搬運中不變動之搬運機構」是指,例如,具備有保持液晶面板P之桌台、和可使桌台移動之滑動器機構之搬運機構;切出吸附保持液晶面板P進行搬運之吸著手臂、將液晶面板P裝載在循環皮帶上進行搬運之搬運輸送帶(皮帶輸送帶)等。亦即,上述之「與液晶面板P之接觸部在液晶面板P之搬運中不會變動」是指例如在接觸部於液晶面板P和搬運機構之間沒有滑動之情況。 In addition, the "contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P" described in the present specification means a portion where the transport mechanism 10 and the liquid crystal panel P are in contact when the liquid crystal panel P is transported. The "transport mechanism that does not change the contact portion of the liquid crystal panel P during transport of the liquid crystal panel P" means, for example, a transport mechanism that includes a table that holds the liquid crystal panel P and a slider mechanism that can move the table; A suction arm that sucks and holds the liquid crystal panel P and transports it, and a conveyance belt (belt conveyor belt) that conveys the liquid crystal panel P on the endless belt and conveys it are cut out. In other words, the above-mentioned "the contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P does not change during the conveyance of the liquid crystal panel P" means that, for example, the contact portion does not slide between the liquid crystal panel P and the transport mechanism.

使與液晶面板P之接觸部變動而進行搬運液晶面板P之機構,可舉例如複數之搬運滾輪與液晶面板P接觸同時並進行旋轉之滾輪輸送帶等。上述之搬運滾輪因 為與液晶面板P之接觸部隨著旋轉而順序變化,所以當在搬運滾輪之任何位置附著異物時,該異物由於搬運滾輪之旋轉被搬運到與液晶面板P面對之位置,附著在液晶面板P。因此,上述之滾輪輸送帶等,當和與液晶面板P之接觸部不變動者比較時,容易發生異物附著在搬運中之液晶面板P。 A mechanism for transporting the liquid crystal panel P by changing the contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P, for example, a roller conveyor belt in which a plurality of conveyance rollers are in contact with the liquid crystal panel P and rotated. The above-mentioned carrying roller Since the contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P sequentially changes with the rotation, when foreign matter adheres to any position of the conveyance roller, the foreign matter is conveyed to the position facing the liquid crystal panel P by the rotation of the conveyance roller, and adheres to the liquid crystal panel. P. Therefore, when the contact belt with the liquid crystal panel P is not changed, the above-mentioned roller conveyor belt or the like is likely to adhere to the liquid crystal panel P during transportation.

在本實施形態之薄膜貼合系統1中,搬運機構10,至少在從液晶面板P之洗淨步驟之完成位置起到對液晶面板P之薄片FXm之貼合步驟之完成位置為止,亦即,在從「從洗淨裝置20排出液晶面板P之位置」到「從第三貼合裝置53排出液晶面板P之位置」止之搬運液晶面板P之搬運路徑中,不使用與液晶面板P之接觸部會變動搬運液晶面板P之構成之搬運機構。因此,當和使用與液晶面板P之接觸部會順序變動之搬運機構之情況比較時,可以抑制異物對液晶面板P之附著,可以提供貼合缺陷很少之薄膜貼合系統。 In the film bonding system 1 of the present embodiment, the transport mechanism 10 is at least from the completion position of the cleaning step of the liquid crystal panel P to the completion position of the bonding step of the sheet FXm of the liquid crystal panel P, that is, In the conveyance path of the liquid crystal panel P from the "position where the liquid crystal panel P is discharged from the cleaning device 20" to the "position where the liquid crystal panel P is discharged from the third bonding device 53," the contact with the liquid crystal panel P is not used. The department will change the transport mechanism that transports the liquid crystal panel P. Therefore, when compared with the case where the conveyance mechanism which changes the contact part of the liquid crystal panel P sequentially is used, the adhesion of a foreign material to the liquid crystal panel P can be suppressed, and the film bonding system with few bonding defects can be provided.

另外,假如可以抑制異物對液晶面板P之附著時,亦可以在從上述之洗淨裝置20排出液晶面板P之位置,到從上述之第三貼合裝置53排出液晶面板P之位置之液晶面板P之搬運路徑之一部分,使與液晶面板P之接觸部變動而搬運液晶面板P之搬運機構。但是,從確實抑制異物對液晶面板P之附著之觀點看,在從洗淨裝置20排出液晶面板P之位置,到從第三貼合裝置53排出液晶面板P之位置之液晶面板P之搬運路徑之全部,較佳係使用與液 晶面板P之接觸部在液晶面板P之搬運中不會變動之搬運機構。亦即,在從洗淨裝置20排出液晶面板P之位置,到從第三貼合裝置53排出液晶面板P之位置,搬運液晶面板P之搬運機構,較佳係只使用與液晶面板P之接觸部在液晶面板P之搬運中不會變動之搬運機構。 In addition, if the adhesion of the foreign matter to the liquid crystal panel P can be suppressed, the liquid crystal panel may be discharged from the position where the liquid crystal panel P is discharged from the cleaning device 20 to the position where the liquid crystal panel P is discharged from the third bonding device 53. A part of the conveyance path of P is a conveyance mechanism that conveys the liquid crystal panel P by changing the contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P. However, from the viewpoint of suppressing the adhesion of the foreign matter to the liquid crystal panel P, the conveyance path of the liquid crystal panel P at the position where the liquid crystal panel P is discharged from the cleaning device 20 to the position where the liquid crystal panel P is discharged from the third bonding device 53 is removed. All, preferably used and liquid A transport mechanism in which the contact portion of the crystal panel P does not change during transport of the liquid crystal panel P. That is, in the position where the liquid crystal panel P is discharged from the cleaning device 20, the position at which the liquid crystal panel P is discharged from the third bonding device 53, and the transport mechanism for transporting the liquid crystal panel P is preferably used only in contact with the liquid crystal panel P. A transport mechanism that does not change during transport of the liquid crystal panel P.

另外,在滾輪輸送帶之上配置用來載置液晶面板P之薄片構件,在該薄片構件之上載置液晶面板P,搬運液晶面板P之皮帶輸送帶之構成,與滾輪輸送帶之接觸部會變動者為薄片構件,因為液晶面板P和薄片構件之接觸部不變動,所以被包含在「與液晶面板P之接觸部在液晶面板P之搬運中不會變動之搬運機構」。 Further, a sheet member on which the liquid crystal panel P is placed is disposed on the roller conveyor, and the liquid crystal panel P is placed on the sheet member, and the belt conveyance belt of the liquid crystal panel P is transported, and the contact portion with the roller conveyor belt is The changer is a sheet member, and since the contact portion between the liquid crystal panel P and the sheet member does not fluctuate, it is included in the "portion mechanism in which the contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P does not change during transport of the liquid crystal panel P".

在本實施形態之薄膜貼合系統1中,在從液晶面板P被搬入到薄膜貼合系統1之搬入位置(以下稱為裝載位置),到液晶面板P(光學構件貼合體)從薄膜貼合系統1被搬出之搬出位置(以下稱為卸載位置)之間,液晶面板P之搬運機構之全部成為「與液晶面板P之接觸部在液晶面板P之搬運中不會變動之搬運機構」。 In the film bonding system 1 of the present embodiment, the liquid crystal panel P is loaded into the film bonding system 1 (hereinafter referred to as a loading position), and the liquid crystal panel P (optical member bonding body) is bonded from the film. Between the unloading positions where the system 1 is carried out (hereinafter referred to as the unloading position), all of the transport mechanisms of the liquid crystal panel P are "transport mechanisms that do not change during the conveyance of the liquid crystal panel P by the contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P".

薄膜貼合系統1從裝載位置到卸載位置,使用搬運機構10搬運液晶面板P,和對液晶面板P順序地施加既定之處理。液晶面板P在其表背面為水平之狀態,被搬運機構10搬運。 The film bonding system 1 transports the liquid crystal panel P from the loading position to the unloading position, and sequentially applies the predetermined process to the liquid crystal panel P. The liquid crystal panel P is horizontally placed on the front and back sides thereof, and is transported by the transport mechanism 10.

在以下之說明中,從裝載位置到卸載位置,將以流程作業對液晶面板P進行之處理全體稱為「製造線」。製造線主要的是指被配置在搬運機構10之搬運路徑 (亦稱為搬運線)上之複數之處理裝置所進行之流程作業,將在製造線進行之作業稱為「製造線內」之作業。 In the following description, the entire processing of the liquid crystal panel P by the flow operation is referred to as a "manufacturing line" from the loading position to the unloading position. The manufacturing line mainly refers to a transportation path that is disposed in the transport mechanism 10 The operation performed by the processing device of a plurality of (also referred to as a conveyance line) refers to the operation performed on the manufacturing line as the operation within the "manufacturing line".

另外,亦可以在從裝載位置到卸載位置,從處理裝置取出被搬運機構10搬運之液晶面板P,在與處理裝置不同之位置,對液晶面板P進行處理之後,使處理後之液晶面板P回到搬運機構10之搬運路徑上,假如流程作業不會產生故障時,可作為製造線之一部分。 Further, the liquid crystal panel P transported by the transport mechanism 10 may be taken out from the processing device from the loading position to the unloading position, and the liquid crystal panel P may be processed at a position different from the processing device, and then the processed liquid crystal panel P may be returned. On the transport path to the transport mechanism 10, if the process does not cause a malfunction, it can be used as part of the manufacturing line.

另外,上述之流程作業是將分離進行之作業稱為「製造線外之作業」。在製造線外,與搬運機構10之搬運速度無關,可以必要時間進行作業。 In addition, the above-described process operation is referred to as "work outside the manufacturing line". Outside the manufacturing line, regardless of the conveying speed of the transport mechanism 10, it is possible to perform work in a necessary time.

以下,詳細地說明薄膜貼合系統1之構成之一實例。 Hereinafter, an example of the configuration of the film bonding system 1 will be described in detail.

(搬運機構) (handling mechanism)

本實施形態之搬運機構10具備有搬運輸送帶11a至11m(皮帶輸送帶)、桌台12a至12c、滑動器機構13a至13c和吸附手臂14a至14f。 The transport mechanism 10 of the present embodiment includes transport conveyance belts 11a to 11m (belt conveyor belt), table tables 12a to 12c, slider mechanisms 13a to 13c, and suction arms 14a to 14f.

搬運輸送帶11a被配置在裝載位置。搬運輸送帶11a在俯視看形成直線形狀。搬運輸送帶11a保持支架15a地進行搬運。支架15a可以收容複數之液晶面板P。在本實施形態中,在支架15a收容2個液晶面板P。藉此,構成液晶面板P沿著搬運輸送帶11a移動。 The transport conveyor belt 11a is disposed at the loading position. The conveyance conveyor belt 11a forms a linear shape in planar view. The conveyance belt 11a is conveyed while holding the bracket 15a. The holder 15a can accommodate a plurality of liquid crystal panels P. In the present embodiment, two liquid crystal panels P are housed in the holder 15a. Thereby, the liquid crystal panel P is configured to move along the conveyance belt 11a.

另外,在本實施形態中,並不只限於搬運輸送帶11a保持支架15a地進行搬運之構成,亦可以成為搬運輸送帶11a直接保持液晶面板P進行搬運之構成。 In addition, in the present embodiment, the conveyance belt 11a is not limited to the conveyance of the holder 15a, and the conveyance belt 11a may directly hold the liquid crystal panel P and be conveyed.

吸附手臂14a係當與搬運輸送帶11a比較時,在面板搬運下游側,被配置在搬運輸送帶11a和搬運輸送帶11b之間。吸附手臂14a係吸附保持被搬運輸送帶11a保持之液晶面板P,在垂直方向和水平方向自由搬運。例如,吸附手臂14a將吸附保持之液晶面板P,搬運到運輸送帶11b之正上成為水平狀態,在該位置解除吸附將液晶面板P移交給搬運輸送帶11b。 The suction arm 14a is disposed between the conveyance belt 11a and the conveyance belt 11b on the downstream side of the panel conveyance when compared with the conveyance belt 11a. The suction arm 14a sucks and holds the liquid crystal panel P held by the conveyance belt 11a, and is freely conveyed in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. For example, the suction arm 14a conveys the liquid crystal panel P that has been adsorbed and held to the transport conveyance belt 11b in a horizontal state, and at this position, the liquid crystal panel P is transferred to the conveyance conveyance belt 11b.

搬運輸送帶11b在俯視看形成直線形狀。搬運輸送帶11b保持晶面板P地進行搬運。液晶面板P,在搬運輸送帶11b,使液晶面板P之短邊沿著搬運方向被搬運。液晶面板P利用搬運輸送帶11b,進行對洗淨裝置20之移交。 The conveyance conveyor belt 11b forms a linear shape in planar view. The conveyance belt 11b holds the crystal panel P and carries it. In the liquid crystal panel P, the conveyance belt 11b is conveyed, and the short side of the liquid crystal panel P is conveyed along the conveyance direction. The liquid crystal panel P is transferred to the cleaning device 20 by the conveyance belt 11b.

(洗淨裝置) (cleaning device)

第5圖是洗淨裝置20之俯視圖。洗淨裝置20設在薄膜貼合系統1之上游側。洗淨裝置20使用搬運輸送帶201搬運液晶面板P,對液晶面板P順序地施加既定之洗淨處理。液晶面板P以其表背面為水平之狀態,被搬運到搬運輸送帶201上。例如,搬運輸送帶201為皮帶輸送帶。另外,在第5圖中,以圖中左側作為面板搬運上游側,以圖中右側作為面板搬運下游側。 Fig. 5 is a plan view of the cleaning device 20. The cleaning device 20 is provided on the upstream side of the film bonding system 1. The cleaning device 20 conveys the liquid crystal panel P using the conveyance belt 201, and sequentially applies a predetermined cleaning process to the liquid crystal panel P. The liquid crystal panel P is conveyed to the conveyance belt 201 with its front and back sides horizontal. For example, the transport conveyor 201 is a belt conveyor belt. In addition, in the fifth figure, the left side of the figure is used as the panel conveyance upstream side, and the right side of the figure is used as the panel conveyance downstream side.

如第5圖所示,洗淨裝置20,從面板搬運上游側起,例如,順序地具備有:面板投入部202,其係可以搬入卡匣單位(40片左右)之液晶面板P;研磨部203,其係對從面板投入部202送出之液晶面板P之表背面進行研 磨;刷洗部204,其係對經由研磨部203之液晶面板P之表背面進行刷洗;噴射洗淨部205,其係對經由刷洗部204之液晶面板P之表背面進行異物除去;純水洗淨部206,其係對經由噴射洗淨部205之液晶面板P之表背面進行洗淨;除液部207,其係對經由純水洗淨部206之液晶面板P之表背面進行除去水滴;和,排出部208,其係將經由除液部207之液晶面板P移送到搬出位置209a。 As shown in Fig. 5, the cleaning device 20 is provided, for example, from the upstream side of the panel conveyance, and is provided with a panel input unit 202, which can carry a liquid crystal panel P of a cassette unit (about 40 sheets); 203, which is a study of the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P sent from the panel input unit 202 a brushing portion 204 for brushing the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P passing through the polishing portion 203, and a jet cleaning portion 205 for removing foreign matter from the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P via the brushing portion 204; The cleansing portion 206 cleans the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P passing through the jet cleaning unit 205, and the liquid removing portion 207 removes water droplets from the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P via the pure water washing unit 206; And the discharge portion 208 is transferred to the carry-out position 209a via the liquid crystal panel P of the liquid removing portion 207.

在面板投入部202中,以液晶面板P之短邊大致沿著搬運方向之狀態,接受液晶面板P。在面板投入部202之面板搬運下游側,設置一對之定位滾輪202a,其係在與搬運方向正交之水平方向(零件幅寬方向),位於搬運輸送帶201之兩側。各個定位滾輪202a,在將液晶面板P送出到面板搬運下游側時,轉接到液晶面板P之零件幅寬方向之兩側。利用此種方式,定位(調準)在零件幅寬方向之液晶面板P之中心基準。 In the panel input unit 202, the liquid crystal panel P is received in a state in which the short side of the liquid crystal panel P is substantially along the conveyance direction. On the panel transport downstream side of the panel input unit 202, a pair of positioning rollers 202a are provided in the horizontal direction (the component width direction) orthogonal to the conveyance direction, and are located on both sides of the conveyance belt 201. Each of the positioning rollers 202a is transferred to the both sides of the width direction of the component of the liquid crystal panel P when the liquid crystal panel P is sent to the downstream side of the panel conveyance. In this way, the center reference of the liquid crystal panel P in the width direction of the part is positioned (aligned).

研磨部203,例如,以包夾液晶面板P具有上下一對驅動循環狀之研磨皮帶203c之研磨裝置203a(為顯示之方便,在第5圖中只顯示液晶面板P上方之研磨裝置203a)。研磨裝置203a將研磨皮帶203c張掛在於零件幅寬方向被配置在搬運輸送帶201之兩側之驅動滾輪203b而驅動。在研磨皮帶203c之面對液晶面板P之面,例如,格子狀地固定有多數之研磨材料片。在研磨皮帶203c,對與液晶面板P面對之面之背側,噴射循環水用來使研磨皮帶203c壓接在液晶面板P。被導入到上下研磨裝置203a間之 液晶面板P,利用研磨皮帶203c之驅動,研磨其表背面。 The polishing unit 203 has, for example, a polishing apparatus 203a having a pair of upper and lower driving belts 203c for driving the liquid crystal panel P (for convenience of display, only the polishing apparatus 203a above the liquid crystal panel P is shown in FIG. 5). The polishing apparatus 203a drives the polishing belt 203c to be driven by the drive rollers 203b disposed on both sides of the conveyance belt 201 in the width direction of the component. On the surface of the polishing belt 203c facing the liquid crystal panel P, for example, a plurality of pieces of the abrasive material are fixed in a lattice shape. On the back side of the polishing belt 203c facing the surface facing the liquid crystal panel P, the circulating water is sprayed to press the polishing belt 203c against the liquid crystal panel P. Introduced between the upper and lower grinding devices 203a The liquid crystal panel P is driven by the polishing belt 203c to polish the front and back surfaces thereof.

另外,研磨皮帶203c可以採用例如皮帶幅寬為30至60mm左右,皮帶磨耗管理為間隙測定式(可自動校正),研磨壓力可利用水壓和水量控制者。第5圖中所示之研磨裝置203a是配置成在俯視看,使研磨皮帶203c之驅動方向對零件幅寬方向形成稍微傾斜,但是亦可以配置成使研磨皮帶203c之驅動方向沿著零件幅寬方向。 Further, the polishing belt 203c may have, for example, a belt width of about 30 to 60 mm, a belt abrasion management of a gap measurement type (automatically correctable), and a grinding pressure which can be controlled by water pressure and water amount. The polishing apparatus 203a shown in Fig. 5 is arranged such that the driving direction of the polishing belt 203c is slightly inclined to the width direction of the component in a plan view, but may be arranged such that the driving direction of the polishing belt 203c is along the width of the part. direction.

刷洗部204具有被配置成在搬運方向排列之複數(例如,在本實施形態中為2個)之刷子對204a。各個刷子對204a具有上下一對之包夾液晶面板P之旋轉刷子204b,在零件幅寬方向跨越延伸到搬運輸送帶201之兩側(為顯示方便上,在第5圖中只顯示液晶面板P之上方之旋轉刷子204b)。被導入到各個刷子對204a之上下旋轉刷子204b之間之液晶面板P,利用上下旋轉刷子204b之旋轉,刷洗其表背面。 The brushing portion 204 has a brush pair 204a that is arranged in a plurality of (for example, two in the present embodiment) arranged in the conveyance direction. Each of the pair of brushes 204a has a pair of upper and lower rotating brushes 204b for sandwiching the liquid crystal panel P, extending across the two sides of the conveying conveyor 201 in the width direction of the part (for the convenience of display, only the liquid crystal panel P is shown in FIG. Above the rotating brush 204b). The liquid crystal panel P introduced between the respective brush pairs 204a and the lower rotating brush 204b is brushed by the rotation of the upper and lower rotating brushes 204b.

另外,旋轉刷子204b,例如,可以採用旋轉速度為100至600rpm,旋轉方向可以正反變換和獨立旋轉,刷子線材為聚酰胺系樹脂,刷子線徑為400至600μm,植入量為2000至3000根/cm2者。刷子對204a之數量可以依照液晶面板P之大小等適當地變更。旋轉刷子204b亦可以配置成對零件幅寬方向傾斜。 In addition, the rotating brush 204b can be, for example, rotated at a speed of 100 to 600 rpm, and the rotation direction can be reversed and independently rotated. The brush wire is a polyamide resin, the brush wire diameter is 400 to 600 μm, and the implantation amount is 2000 to 3000. Root / cm 2 . The number of the brush pairs 204a can be appropriately changed in accordance with the size of the liquid crystal panel P or the like. The rotating brush 204b can also be configured to tilt the width direction of the part.

噴射洗淨部205,具有被配置成在搬運方向排列之複數(例如,在本實施形態中為2個)之壓力管對205a。各個壓力管對205a具有上下一對之包夾液晶面板P 之壓力管對205b,沿著在零件幅寬方向延伸(為顯示方便上,在第5圖中只顯示液晶面板P之上方之壓力管205b)。在上下壓力管205b設有在零件幅寬方向排列之複數之噴嘴205c。各個噴嘴205c使用壓力管205b之空氣壓力,以高壓/高速噴出混合有液體和氣體之2流體。被導入到上下壓力管205b之間之液晶面板P,藉由來自各個噴嘴205c之噴射,除去附著在表背面之異物等。 The jet cleaning unit 205 has a plurality of pressure tube pairs 205a arranged in the transport direction (for example, two in the present embodiment). Each of the pressure tube pairs 205a has a pair of upper and lower sandwich LCD panels P The pair of pressure tubes 205b extend in the width direction of the part (for convenience of display, only the pressure tube 205b above the liquid crystal panel P is shown in Fig. 5). The upper and lower pressure pipes 205b are provided with a plurality of nozzles 205c arranged in the width direction of the parts. Each of the nozzles 205c uses the air pressure of the pressure tube 205b to eject two fluids in which liquid and gas are mixed at a high pressure/high speed. The liquid crystal panel P introduced between the upper and lower pressure tubes 205b is ejected from the respective nozzles 205c to remove foreign matter adhering to the front and back surfaces.

另外,噴射洗淨部205係例如吐出量為1100至1200ml/min,吐出壓為8至12MPa。各個噴嘴205c之噴出型樣可採用噴出角度85至95°之扁平扇形,各個噴嘴205c之排列俯視看成為交錯狀。另外,噴嘴205c構建成使壓力管205b內被加壓壓送之純水或洗淨機能水呈微小液滴地以高壓/高速噴出。 Further, the jet cleaning unit 205 has, for example, a discharge amount of 1100 to 1200 ml/min and a discharge pressure of 8 to 12 MPa. The discharge pattern of each of the nozzles 205c may be a flat fan shape having a discharge angle of 85 to 95, and the arrangement of the respective nozzles 205c may be staggered in plan view. Further, the nozzle 205c is constructed such that the pure water or the washing functional water pressurized and pressure-fed in the pressure tube 205b is ejected at a high pressure/high speed in a minute droplet.

純水洗淨部206係具有被配置成在搬運方向排列之複數(例如,在本實施形態中為2個)之壓力管對206a。各個壓力管對206a具有上下一對之包夾液晶面板P之壓力管對206b,沿著在零件幅寬方向延伸(為著顯示之方便,在第5圖中只顯示液晶面板P之上方之壓力管206b)。在上下壓力管206b設有在零件幅寬方向排列之複數之噴嘴206c。各個噴嘴206噴出在壓力管206b內被加壓壓送之純水。被導入到上下壓力管206b之間之液晶面板P,利用來自各個噴嘴206c之噴射,洗淨其表背面。 The pure water washing unit 206 has a pair of pressure pipes 206a arranged in a plurality of (for example, two in the present embodiment) arranged in the conveying direction. Each pressure tube pair 206a has a pair of upper and lower pressure tube pairs 206b sandwiching the liquid crystal panel P, extending along the width direction of the part (for the convenience of display, only the pressure above the liquid crystal panel P is shown in FIG. Tube 206b). The upper and lower pressure pipes 206b are provided with a plurality of nozzles 206c arranged in the width direction of the parts. Each of the nozzles 206 ejects pure water that is pressurized and pressurized in the pressure tube 206b. The liquid crystal panel P introduced between the upper and lower pressure pipes 206b is washed by the jets from the respective nozzles 206c to clean the front and back surfaces.

另外,純水洗淨部206例如可採用設在對壓力管206b之給水路徑的過濾器之粗度(網目之大小)為 0.015至0.025μm左右,各個噴嘴206c之噴出型樣為噴出角度85至95°之扁平扇形,各個噴嘴206c之排列俯視看成為交錯狀。 Further, the pure water washing unit 206 can adopt, for example, the thickness (the size of the mesh) of the filter provided in the water supply path to the pressure pipe 206b. The discharge pattern of each nozzle 206c is a flat fan shape having a discharge angle of 85 to 95°, and the arrangement of the respective nozzles 206c is staggered in plan view.

除液部207係具有被配置成在搬運方向排列之複數(例如,在本實施形態中為2個)之空氣刀對207a。各個空氣刀對207a具有上下一對之包夾液晶面板P之空氣刀207b,配置成對零件幅寬方向傾斜(為著顯示之方便,在第5圖中只顯示液晶面板P之上方之空氣刀207b)。在上下空氣刀207b之縫隙狀之吹出口207c,設置成與液晶面板P之表背面面對。被導入到上下空氣刀207b之間之液晶面板P,利用各個空氣刀207b之噴射空氣,除去其表背面之水滴。 The liquid removing unit 207 has an air knife pair 207a arranged in a plurality (for example, two in the present embodiment) arranged in the conveying direction. Each air knife pair 207a has a pair of upper and lower air knives 207b enclosing the liquid crystal panel P, and is arranged to be inclined to the width direction of the part (for the convenience of display, only the air knife above the liquid crystal panel P is shown in FIG. 207b). The slit-shaped air outlet 207c of the upper and lower air knife 207b is provided to face the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P. The liquid crystal panel P introduced between the upper and lower air knives 207b removes the water droplets on the front and back surfaces by the jet air of the respective air knives 207b.

另外,除液部207例如可以採用空氣刀207b之本體材質為不銹鋼,吹出口207c之縫隙之幅寬為0.15至0.25mm(可調整縫隙),空氣刀207b對零件幅寬方向之配置角度為在基準±15°之範圍可調整(具有刻度),空氣刀207b之空氣噴射方向之仰角亦為在基準±15°之範圍可調整,空氣刀207b和液晶面板P之間隙亦為在基準±3mm之範圍可調整者。各個空氣刀207b連接到CDA(清潔乾空氣)方式之空氣供給裝置。另外,空氣刀對207a亦可以為單一。 Further, for the liquid removing portion 207, for example, the main body of the air knife 207b may be made of stainless steel, and the width of the slit of the air outlet 207c may be 0.15 to 0.25 mm (adjustable slit), and the angle of the air knife 207b to the width direction of the part is The range of the reference ±15° can be adjusted (with scale), and the elevation angle of the air jet direction of the air knife 207b can also be adjusted within the range of ±15° of the reference. The gap between the air knife 207b and the liquid crystal panel P is also within the reference ±3mm. The range can be adjusted. Each air knife 207b is connected to a CDA (clean dry air) type air supply device. Alternatively, the air knife pair 207a may be single.

排出部208具有搬運輸送帶209,其係以比除液部207等快速之速度搬運液晶面板P。例如,搬運輸送帶209為皮帶輸送帶。搬運輸送帶209之搬運液晶面板P之搬出位置209a是可以使洗淨後之液晶面板P滯留之緩衝 區域。搬運到搬出位置209a之液晶面板P,順序地被搬運到洗淨裝置20之面板搬運下游側之第一缺陷檢查裝置41(參照第1圖)。搬運輸送帶201和搬運輸送帶209形成本實施形態之薄膜貼合系統1之線(搬運路徑)。 The discharge unit 208 has a conveyance belt 209 that conveys the liquid crystal panel P at a faster speed than the liquid removal unit 207 or the like. For example, the transport conveyor 209 is a belt conveyor belt. The carrying-out position 209a of the conveyance belt 209 for transporting the liquid crystal panel P is a buffer that can hold the cleaned liquid crystal panel P region. The liquid crystal panel P conveyed to the carry-out position 209a is sequentially transported to the first defect inspection device 41 on the downstream side of the panel conveyance of the cleaning device 20 (see FIG. 1). The conveyance belt 201 and the conveyance belt 209 form the line (transportation path) of the film bonding system 1 of this embodiment.

通過洗淨裝置20之液晶面板P,係附著在其表背面之灰塵等之異物被除去,和利用研磨部203除去被固著在液晶面板P之表背面之糊或碎玻璃(廢玻璃)等。利用此種方式,確實地抑制在薄膜貼合系統1由於貼合異物所產生之不良品的發生。 The liquid crystal panel P of the cleaning device 20 removes foreign matter such as dust adhering to the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P, and removes paste or cullet (waste glass) adhered to the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P by the polishing unit 203. . In this manner, the occurrence of defective products due to the bonding of foreign matter in the film bonding system 1 is reliably suppressed.

(第一缺陷檢查裝置) (first defect inspection device)

第6圖係表示第一缺陷檢查裝置41之側面圖。在第6圖中,缺陷檢查裝置係以第一缺陷檢查裝置41、第二缺陷檢查裝置42中之第一缺陷檢查裝置41為例進行說明。第二缺陷檢查裝置42因為與第一缺陷檢查裝置41具有大致相同之構成,所以將其詳細之說明省略。在第6圖中,符號Sf1為液晶面板P之下面,在本實施形態中為背光側之面。符號Sf2為液晶面板P之上面,在本實施形態中為顯示面側之面。 Fig. 6 is a side view showing the first defect inspection device 41. In the sixth drawing, the defect inspection device will be described by taking the first defect inspection device 41 of the first defect inspection device 41 and the second defect inspection device 42 as an example. Since the second defect inspection device 42 has substantially the same configuration as the first defect inspection device 41, detailed description thereof will be omitted. In Fig. 6, reference numeral Sf1 is a lower surface of the liquid crystal panel P, and in the present embodiment, is a surface on the backlight side. The symbol Sf2 is the upper surface of the liquid crystal panel P, and is the surface on the display surface side in this embodiment.

如第6圖所示,本實施形態之第一缺陷檢查裝置41具備有被配置在液晶面板P之下面Sf1之側之光源411、和被配置在液晶面板P之上面Sf2之側之攝影裝置412。第一缺陷檢查裝置41係在將薄片FXm貼合到液晶面板P之前,進行液晶面板P之缺陷之檢查。因此,在光源411和液晶面板P之間設有未圖示之偏光件,在攝影裝置 412和液晶面板P之間設有未圖示之檢光件。偏光件和檢光件被配置成使偏光軸互成90°,成為交叉尼科耳之關係。 As shown in Fig. 6, the first defect inspection device 41 of the present embodiment includes a light source 411 disposed on the side of the lower surface Sf1 of the liquid crystal panel P, and a photographing device 412 disposed on the side of the upper surface Sf2 of the liquid crystal panel P. . The first defect inspection device 41 performs inspection of defects of the liquid crystal panel P before bonding the sheet FXm to the liquid crystal panel P. Therefore, a polarizing member (not shown) is provided between the light source 411 and the liquid crystal panel P, and the photographing device is provided. A light detecting member (not shown) is provided between the 412 and the liquid crystal panel P. The polarizer and the light detecting member are arranged such that the polarizing axes are at 90° to each other, which becomes a relationship of crossed Nicols.

另外,第二缺陷檢查裝置42在將光學構件(偏光板)貼合在液晶面板P之兩面後,進行缺陷檢查,所以在第二缺陷檢查裝置42未設有上述之偏光件和檢光件。另外,在第二缺陷檢查裝置42係與第一缺陷檢查裝置41不同地,需要檢查因薄片FXm之貼合所引起之缺陷。薄片FXm之貼合所引起之缺陷有異物缺陷或凹凸缺陷等之各種缺陷,對於各個缺陷,用以提高缺陷之檢查精確度之光源和攝影裝置之配置不同。因此,在第一缺陷檢查裝置41和第二缺陷檢查裝置42,有時光源和攝影裝置之配置不同。 Further, since the second defect inspection device 42 performs the defect inspection after bonding the optical member (polarizing plate) to both surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P, the second defect inspection device 42 is not provided with the above-described polarizer and the light detecting member. Further, unlike the first defect inspection device 41, the second defect inspection device 42 needs to check for defects caused by the bonding of the sheets FXm. The defects caused by the bonding of the sheet FXm include various defects such as foreign matter defects and uneven defects, and the arrangement of the light source and the photographing device for improving the inspection accuracy of the defects is different for each defect. Therefore, in the first defect inspection device 41 and the second defect inspection device 42, the arrangement of the light source and the photographing device may be different.

第一缺陷檢查裝置41是自動檢查裝置,對於經由洗淨裝置20使顯示面側向上之液晶面板P,進行AOI檢查(光學式自動外觀檢查:Automatic Optical Inspection)。在本實施形態中,第一缺陷檢查裝置41使從液晶面板P之下面Sf1側(背光側)以光源411照射光,同時從上面Sf2側(顯示面側)以攝影裝置412攝影,根據其攝影資料自動檢查液晶面板P之缺陷之有無。第一缺陷檢查裝置41,只要能光學式地自動檢查缺陷,亦可以使用上述以外之構成。 The first defect inspection device 41 is an automatic inspection device that performs an AOI inspection (Automatic Optical Inspection) on the liquid crystal panel P on the display surface side via the cleaning device 20. In the present embodiment, the first defect inspection device 41 irradiates light from the lower surface Sf1 side (backlight side) of the liquid crystal panel P with the light source 411, and photographs the image by the photographing device 412 from the upper surface Sf2 side (display surface side), according to the photographing thereof. The data is automatically checked for the presence or absence of defects in the liquid crystal panel P. The first defect inspection device 41 may be configured to use other than the above as long as the defect can be automatically and optically checked.

在此處,第一缺陷檢查裝置41之檢查對象之「缺陷」是指在液晶面板P之顯示區域存在之可光學式檢查之缺陷,在使用液晶面板P製造之顯示裝置中會引起之顯示不良。 Here, the "defect" of the inspection target of the first defect inspection device 41 refers to a defect that can be optically inspected in the display region of the liquid crystal panel P, and causes display failure in the display device manufactured using the liquid crystal panel P. .

缺陷是「液晶面板P本身具有之缺陷」。「液晶面板P本身具有之缺陷」是指例如由於液晶面板P之液晶定向膜變亂,液晶面板P之液晶不能如設計地定向。若具有此種缺陷時,例如,一對之偏光板被正確貼合成交叉尼科耳,即使將液晶面板P設計成常黑型,當從光學構件貼合體PA之一方照射光時,因產生光漏,故可確認為亮點。另外,液晶面板P在搬運中損傷,亦為「液晶面板P本身具有之缺陷」。 The defect is "the defect that the liquid crystal panel P itself has." The "deficiency of the liquid crystal panel P itself" means that, for example, the liquid crystal alignment film of the liquid crystal panel P is disordered, and the liquid crystal of the liquid crystal panel P cannot be oriented as designed. When such a defect is present, for example, a pair of polarizing plates are correctly attached to the crossed Nicols, and even if the liquid crystal panel P is designed to be a normally black type, when light is irradiated from one of the optical member bonding bodies PA, light is generated. Leak, so it can be confirmed as a bright spot. In addition, the liquid crystal panel P is damaged during transportation, and is also "a defect that the liquid crystal panel P itself has."

光源411對液晶面板P之下面Sf1垂直照射光。 The light source 411 vertically illuminates the lower surface Sf1 of the liquid crystal panel P.

另外,不限於此種方式,光源411亦可以對液晶面板P之下面Sf1傾斜照射光。在此種情況時,例如,從光源411所射出之光之光軸CL和下面Sf1之角度(照明角度)θ,設定成0°至90°之範圍之角度。另外,照明角度θ設定成較佳為45°至75°之範圍之角度,更佳為70°。 Further, not limited to this, the light source 411 may obliquely illuminate the lower surface Sf1 of the liquid crystal panel P. In this case, for example, the angle (illumination angle) θ of the optical axis CL of the light emitted from the light source 411 and the lower surface Sf1 is set to an angle ranging from 0° to 90°. Further, the illumination angle θ is set to an angle preferably in the range of 45 to 75, more preferably 70.

攝影裝置412配置在從光源411射出之光之光軸CL上。攝影裝置412攝影透過液晶面板P之光之透過光像。 The photographing device 412 is disposed on the optical axis CL of the light emitted from the light source 411. The photographing device 412 photographs the transmitted light image of the light transmitted through the liquid crystal panel P.

光源411之光射出面411a,沿著與液晶面板P之搬運方向正交之幅寬方向,配置其長邊側。光源411之光射出面411a,對液晶面板P形成跨越在幅寬方向。例如,光源411可以使用LED線光源。 The light exit surface 411a of the light source 411 is disposed on the long side in the width direction orthogonal to the conveyance direction of the liquid crystal panel P. The light exit surface 411a of the light source 411 is formed to span the liquid crystal panel P in the width direction. For example, the light source 411 can use an LED line source.

攝影裝置412亦與光源411同樣地,沿著與液晶面板P之搬運方向正交之幅寬方向,配置其長邊側。 例如,攝影裝置412可以使用線攝影機。 Similarly to the light source 411, the photographing device 412 is disposed on the long side in the width direction orthogonal to the conveyance direction of the liquid crystal panel P. For example, the photographing device 412 can use a line camera.

利用此種構成,第一缺陷檢查裝置41對液晶面板P,從下面Sf1側照射光,以攝影裝置412攝影透過液晶面板P之光,根據其攝影資料檢查液晶面板P之缺陷之有無。以第一缺陷檢查裝置41所得之檢查資料被記憶在記憶裝置92(參照第1圖)。 With this configuration, the first defect inspection device 41 irradiates light to the liquid crystal panel P from the lower side Sf1 side, and the photographing device 412 photographs the light transmitted through the liquid crystal panel P, and checks the presence or absence of defects of the liquid crystal panel P based on the photographed data. The inspection data obtained by the first defect inspection device 41 is stored in the memory device 92 (see Fig. 1).

控制裝置91(參照第1圖)係對於被記憶在記憶裝置92之第一缺陷檢查裝置41之檢查資料,確認看到之缺陷之種類,根據預設之基準進行(1)OK判定(表示良品之判定),(2)NG判定(表示不良品之判定)之判定。控制裝置91之判定結果被記憶在記憶裝置92(參照第1圖)。另外,進行判定時之基準,依照液晶面板P之構造等成為不同之值,可以適當預備實驗而進行設定。 The control device 91 (see Fig. 1) confirms the type of the defect that is detected by the first defect inspection device 41 stored in the memory device 92, and performs (1) OK determination based on the preset reference (indicating good product) (2) NG determination (determining the determination of defective products). The result of the determination by the control device 91 is stored in the memory device 92 (see Fig. 1). In addition, the basis for the determination is set to a value different depending on the structure of the liquid crystal panel P, etc., and the experiment can be appropriately prepared and set.

上述之OK判定係在液晶面板P未看到缺陷之情況、或無實際使用上有問題之缺陷之情況。上述之NG判定是在液晶面板P看到有缺陷之情況。 The above-described OK determination is a case where the liquid crystal panel P does not see a defect or a defect in which there is no problem in actual use. The above NG determination is a case where the liquid crystal panel P sees a defect.

OK判定之液晶面板P被搬出到下一個步驟。另一方面,NG判定之液晶面板P被未圖示之廢棄裝置廢棄。 The liquid crystal panel P judged by OK is carried out to the next step. On the other hand, the liquid crystal panel P determined by NG is discarded by a discarding device (not shown).

回到第1圖,經過第一缺陷檢查裝置41之液晶面板P,例如,利用皮帶輸送帶等之搬運機構,移交給搬運輸送帶11c。 Returning to Fig. 1, the liquid crystal panel P that has passed through the first defect inspection device 41 is transferred to the transport conveyor belt 11c by, for example, a transport mechanism such as a belt conveyor.

搬運輸送帶11c在俯視看形成直線形狀。搬運輸送帶11c保持經過第一缺陷檢查裝置41之液晶面板 P,進行搬運。液晶面板P在搬運輸送帶11c,使液晶面薄片P之短邊沿著搬運方向搬運。 The conveyance conveyor belt 11c forms a linear shape in planar view. The transport conveyor belt 11c holds the liquid crystal panel that passes through the first defect inspection device 41 P, carry it. The liquid crystal panel P conveys the conveyance belt 11c, and conveys the short side of the liquid crystal surface sheet P along the conveyance direction.

吸附手臂14b係在較搬運輸送帶11c之面板搬運下游側,被配置在搬運輸送帶11c和第一貼合裝置51之間。 The suction arm 14b is disposed on the downstream side of the panel conveyance belt 11c, and is disposed between the conveyance belt 11c and the first bonding apparatus 51.

吸附手臂14b係吸附保持被搬運輸送帶11c保持之液晶面板P,在垂直方向和水平方向自由搬運。例如,吸附手臂14b係將吸附保持之液晶面板P,搬運到構成第一貼合裝置51之貼合桌台(第一貼合桌台541,第二貼合桌台542)之正上方成為水平狀態,在該位置解除吸附將液晶面板P移交給貼合桌台。液晶面板P藉由吸附手臂14b移交給第一貼合裝置51。 The suction arm 14b sucks and holds the liquid crystal panel P held by the conveyance belt 11c, and is freely conveyed in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. For example, the suction arm 14b conveys the liquid crystal panel P that has been adsorbed and held to the front of the bonding table (the first bonding table 541, the second bonding table 542) constituting the first bonding device 51. In this state, the suction is released at this position to transfer the liquid crystal panel P to the bonding table. The liquid crystal panel P is handed over to the first bonding device 51 by the adsorption arm 14b.

(第一貼合裝置) (first bonding device)

以下,參照第7圖至第11圖而說明有關第一貼合裝置51之內容。第7圖是第一貼合裝置51之概略側面圖。第8圖是第一貼合裝置51之概略立體圖。第9圖是液晶面板P之供給時之第一貼合裝置51之概略側面圖。第10圖是第一貼合裝置51之概略俯視圖。第11圖是第一貼合裝置51之概略正面圖。另外,因為第二貼合裝置52和第三貼合裝置53亦具有同樣之構成,所以將其詳細說明省略。 Hereinafter, the contents of the first bonding apparatus 51 will be described with reference to FIGS. 7 to 11. Fig. 7 is a schematic side view of the first bonding apparatus 51. Fig. 8 is a schematic perspective view of the first bonding apparatus 51. Fig. 9 is a schematic side view showing the first bonding apparatus 51 when the liquid crystal panel P is supplied. Fig. 10 is a schematic plan view of the first bonding apparatus 51. Fig. 11 is a schematic front view of the first bonding apparatus 51. In addition, since the second bonding apparatus 52 and the third bonding apparatus 53 have the same configuration, detailed description thereof will be omitted.

第一貼合裝置51係對液晶面板P之上面,進行貼合第一光學構件薄片F1之切成既定大小之貼合薄片F5之薄片(第一薄片F1m)。 The first bonding apparatus 51 is a sheet (first sheet F1m) of the bonding sheet F5 cut into a predetermined size of the first optical member sheet F1 on the upper surface of the liquid crystal panel P.

如第7圖和第8圖所示,第一貼合裝置51具 備:薄片搬運裝置510、缺陷檢測裝置530、標記裝置533、標記檢測裝置534、第一貼合桌台541、第二貼合桌台542、回收桌台543、貼合部520、移動裝置550、第一旋轉裝置561、第二旋轉裝置562。 As shown in Figures 7 and 8, the first bonding device 51 has A sheet conveying device 510, a defect detecting device 530, a marking device 533, a marking detecting device 534, a first bonding table 541, a second bonding table 542, a recycling table 543, a bonding portion 520, and a moving device 550 The first rotating device 561 and the second rotating device 562.

本實施形態之貼合部520具備有第一貼合頭521A和第二貼合頭521B。以下,有時將第一貼合頭521A和第二貼合頭521B總稱為貼合頭521。 The bonding unit 520 of the present embodiment includes a first bonding head 521A and a second bonding head 521B. Hereinafter, the first bonding head 521A and the second bonding head 521B may be collectively referred to as a bonding head 521.

薄片搬運裝置510包含供給線510L,其係將第一光學構件薄片F1從原材滾輪R1與分隔薄片F3a一起捲出,使分隔薄片F3殘留而裁切第一光學構件薄片F1形成貼合薄片F5,供給貼合薄片F5。 The sheet conveying device 510 includes a supply line 510L that winds the first optical member sheet F1 together with the separation sheet F1 and the separation sheet F3a, and causes the separation sheet F3 to remain and cuts the first optical member sheet F1 to form a bonding sheet F5. The sheet F5 is supplied.

薄片搬運裝置510係以分隔薄片F3a作為載體而搬運貼合薄片F5,具備:捲出部510a,其係保持捲繞有帶狀第一光學構件薄片F1之原材滾輪R1,以及使第一光學構件薄片F1沿著其長度方向捲出;切割裝置(切割部)510b,其係對從原材滾輪R1捲出之第一光學構件薄片F1施加半切割;刀口510c,其係以銳角捲繞施加過半切割之第一光學構件薄片F1,使貼合薄片F5從分隔薄片F3a分離;捲取部510d,其係保持分隔滾輪R2,該分隔滾輪R2係捲取經由刀口510c成為單獨之分隔薄片F3a;複數之滾輪(例如,在本實施形態中,有6個之滾輪511,512,513,514,515,516),在捲出部510a和捲取部510d之間,形成第一分隔薄片F3a之搬運路徑;測長器517,其係設在複數之滾輪之至少一個(例如,在本實施形態中為滾輪511)。 The sheet conveying device 510 conveys the bonding sheet F5 with the separator sheet F3a as a carrier, and includes a winding portion 510a that holds the raw material roller R1 around which the strip-shaped first optical member sheet F1 is wound, and the first optical The member sheet F1 is wound up along its longitudinal direction; a cutting device (cutting portion) 510b that applies a half cut to the first optical member sheet F1 taken up from the raw material roll R1; a knife edge 510c which is applied at an acute angle The half-cut first optical member sheet F1 is separated from the separation sheet F3a; the winding portion 510d holds the separation roller R2, and the separation roller R2 is taken up as a separate separation sheet F3a via the knife edge 510c; The plurality of rollers (for example, in the present embodiment, there are six rollers 511, 512, 513, 514, 515, 516), and between the unwinding portion 510a and the winding portion 510d, a first partitioning sheet F3a is formed. The transport path; the length measuring device 517 is provided in at least one of a plurality of rollers (for example, the roller 511 in the present embodiment).

第一光學構件薄片F1係在與其搬運方向正交之水平方向(薄片幅寬方向),具有大於液晶面板P之幅寬(在本實施形態中,相當於液晶面板P之短邊長度)之幅寬。 The first optical member sheet F1 has a width larger than the width of the liquid crystal panel P (in the present embodiment, corresponds to the length of the short side of the liquid crystal panel P) in the horizontal direction (the sheet width direction) orthogonal to the conveyance direction. width.

位於薄片搬運裝置510之起點之捲出部510a、和位於薄片搬運裝置510之終點之捲取部510d,例如,互相同步地驅動。藉此,捲出部510a朝向其搬運方向捲出第一光學構件薄片F1,同時捲取部510d捲取經過刀口510c之分隔薄片F3a。以下,將薄片搬運裝置510之第一光學構件薄片F1(分隔薄片F3a)之搬運方向上游側,稱為薄片搬運上游側,將搬運方向下游側,稱為薄片搬運下游側。 The take-up portion 510a at the starting point of the sheet conveying device 510 and the take-up portion 510d at the end of the sheet conveying device 510 are driven in synchronization with each other, for example. Thereby, the unwinding portion 510a winds up the first optical member sheet F1 toward the conveyance direction thereof, and the winding portion 510d winds up the separation sheet F3a passing through the knife edge 510c. Hereinafter, the upstream side in the conveyance direction of the first optical member sheet F1 (the partition sheet F3a) of the sheet conveying device 510 is referred to as the sheet conveyance upstream side, and the downstream side in the conveyance direction is referred to as the sheet conveyance downstream side.

複數之滾輪,藉由張掛第一光學構件薄片F1中之至少分隔薄片F3a,形成搬運路徑。複數之滾輪的構成係可以選自改變搬運中之第一光學構件薄片F1之行進方向之滾輪、和可調整搬運中之第一光學構件薄片F1之張力之滾輪等。 The plurality of rollers form a conveyance path by hanging at least the partition sheet F3a of the first optical member sheets F1. The configuration of the plurality of rollers may be selected from a roller that changes the traveling direction of the first optical member sheet F1 during conveyance, a roller that can adjust the tension of the first optical member sheet F1 being conveyed, and the like.

測長器517係根據安裝在測長器517之滾輪511之旋轉角和外周之長度,測定搬運第一光學構件薄片F1之距離(搬運距離)。測長器517之測定結果輸出到控制裝置91。控制裝置91根據測長器517之測定結果,產生薄片位置資訊,其係表示在第一光學構件薄片F1被搬運之間之任意時刻,第一光學構件薄片F1之長度方向之各點存在搬運路徑之任一位置。 The length measuring device 517 measures the distance (transport distance) at which the first optical member sheet F1 is conveyed based on the rotation angle of the roller 511 attached to the length measuring device 517 and the length of the outer circumference. The measurement result of the length measuring device 517 is output to the control device 91. The control device 91 generates sheet position information based on the measurement result of the length measuring device 517, which indicates that there is a conveyance path at each point in the longitudinal direction of the first optical member sheet F1 at any time between the conveyance of the first optical member sheet F1. Any position.

缺陷檢測裝置530係檢測搬運中之第一光學 構件薄片F1內在之缺陷。缺陷檢測裝置530對搬運中之第一光學構件薄片F1,藉由實行反射檢查、透過檢查、斜透過檢查、交叉尼科耳透過檢查等之檢查處理,而檢測第一光學構件薄片F1之缺陷。 The defect detecting device 530 detects the first optical in the transport Defects inherent in the member sheet F1. The defect detecting device 530 detects the defect of the first optical member sheet F1 by performing inspection processing such as reflection inspection, transmission inspection, oblique transmission inspection, and cross-Nichol transmission inspection on the first optical member sheet F1 being conveyed.

缺陷檢測裝置530具備有:照明部531,其係可將光照射在第一光學構件薄片F1;和光檢測器532,其係可檢測從照明部531照射,而經由第一光學構件薄片F1(反射和透過之一方或雙方)之光在光學構件薄片F1中有無缺陷之變化。光學構件薄片F1之缺陷,例如,在光學構件薄片F1之內部存在固體、液體、氣體之至少一個所構成之異物之部分;或在光學構件薄片F1之表面存在凹凸或損傷之部分;由於光學構件薄片F1之變形或材質偏差等而成為亮點之部分等。 The defect detecting device 530 includes an illuminating unit 531 that can illuminate the first optical member sheet F1 and a photodetector 532 that can detect the irradiation from the illuminating unit 531 via the first optical member sheet F1 (reflection) And the light passing through one or both of them has a defect in the optical member sheet F1. a defect of the optical member sheet F1, for example, a portion of a foreign matter constituted by at least one of a solid, a liquid, and a gas inside the optical member sheet F1; or a portion having irregularities or damage on the surface of the optical member sheet F1; The deformation of the sheet F1, the material deviation, etc., become a part of a bright spot.

照明部531係依據在缺陷檢測裝置530進行檢查之種類,照射光強度、波長、偏光狀態等被調整之光。光檢測器532係以CCD等之攝影元件構成,對被照明部531照射光之部分之光學構件薄片F1進行攝影。光檢測器532之檢測結果(攝影結果)輸出到控制裝置91。 The illumination unit 531 irradiates the adjusted light such as the light intensity, the wavelength, and the polarization state in accordance with the type of inspection performed by the defect detecting device 530. The photodetector 532 is configured by an imaging element such as a CCD, and images the optical member sheet F1 that is irradiated with light by the illumination unit 531. The detection result (photographing result) of the photodetector 532 is output to the control device 91.

控制裝置91解析被光檢測器532所攝影到之影像,判定第一光學構件薄片F1之缺陷之有無。控制裝置91當判定第一光學構件薄片F1有缺陷時,參照測長器517之測定結果,產生表示缺陷在第一光學構件薄片F1上之位置的缺陷位置資訊。 The control device 91 analyzes the image captured by the photodetector 532 and determines the presence or absence of a defect in the first optical member sheet F1. When the control device 91 determines that the first optical member sheet F1 is defective, it refers to the measurement result of the length measuring device 517 to generate defect position information indicating the position of the defect on the first optical member sheet F1.

另外,缺陷檢測裝置530之構成亦可以適當 地變更成可檢測第一光學構件薄片F1之缺陷。例如,缺陷檢測裝置530亦可構成具備有判定部,根據光檢測器532之檢測結果,判定缺陷之有無,將判定部之判定結果輸出至控制裝置91。另外,缺陷檢測裝置53亦可以將判定部之判定結果輸出至控制裝置91,控制裝置91不判定缺陷之有無。 In addition, the configuration of the defect detecting device 530 can also be appropriately The ground is changed to detect the defect of the first optical member sheet F1. For example, the defect detecting device 530 may be configured to include a determining unit that determines the presence or absence of a defect based on the detection result of the photodetector 532, and outputs the determination result of the determining unit to the control device 91. Further, the defect detecting device 53 may output the determination result of the determination unit to the control device 91, and the control device 91 does not determine the presence or absence of the defect.

標記裝置533係根據判定部之判定結果,在第一光學構件薄片F1之缺陷之部分附加標記。經由附加標記,識別第一光學構件薄片F1之缺陷部分。例如標記裝置533係在第一光學構件薄片F1發現之缺陷位置,從其表面保護薄膜F4a側利用噴墨等進行標記。另外,代替成利用標記裝置533進行標記,亦可作業者利用萬能筆等進行標記。 The marking device 533 adds a mark to a portion of the defect of the first optical member sheet F1 based on the determination result of the determination unit. The defective portion of the first optical member sheet F1 is identified via an additional mark. For example, the marking device 533 is marked at the defect position found by the first optical member sheet F1 by inkjet or the like from the side of the surface protective film F4a. Further, instead of marking with the marking device 533, the operator may perform marking using a universal pen or the like.

利用標記裝置533對缺陷位置之標記,在第一光學構件薄片F1之搬運中進行。另外,對缺陷位置之標記,亦可以使第一光學構件薄片F1停止再進行標記。 The mark of the defect position by the marking device 533 is performed during the conveyance of the first optical member sheet F1. In addition, the marking of the defect position may also stop the marking of the first optical member sheet F1.

標記檢測裝置534係檢測在搬運中之第一光學構件薄片F1之缺陷位置被標記之標記。標記檢測裝置534對搬運中之第一光學構件薄片F1,實行透過檢查等之檢查處理,檢測第一光學構件薄片F1之標記。 The mark detecting device 534 detects a mark in which the defect position of the first optical member sheet F1 being conveyed is marked. The mark detecting device 534 performs inspection processing such as transmission inspection on the first optical member sheet F1 being conveyed, and detects the mark of the first optical member sheet F1.

標記檢測裝置534具備有:照明部535,其係可對第一光學構件薄片F1照射光;和攝影裝置536,其係可對形成在第一光學構件薄片F1之標記進行攝影。 The mark detecting device 534 includes an illuminating unit 535 that can illuminate the first optical member sheet F1, and an imaging device 536 that can photograph the mark formed on the first optical member sheet F1.

例如,照明部535具備:螢光燈;和擴散薄 片,其係使從螢光燈射出之光擴散。攝影裝置536係以CCD等之攝影元件構成,對被照明部535照射光之部分之第一光學構件薄片F1進行攝影。攝影裝置536之檢測結果(攝影結果)輸出到控制裝置91。 For example, the illumination unit 535 is provided with: a fluorescent lamp; and a diffusion thin A sheet that diffuses light emitted from a fluorescent lamp. The photographing device 536 is configured by a photographing element such as a CCD, and photographs the first optical member sheet F1 that is irradiated with light by the illumination unit 535. The detection result (photographing result) of the photographing device 536 is output to the control device 91.

控制裝置91係解析被攝影裝置536所攝影到之影像,判定標記之有無。當控制裝置91判定為在第一光學構件薄片F1存在有標記時,參照測長器517之測定結果,產生表示標記在第一光學構件薄片F1上之位置的標記位置資訊。 The control device 91 analyzes the image captured by the photographing device 536 and determines the presence or absence of the mark. When the control device 91 determines that there is a mark on the first optical member sheet F1, referring to the measurement result of the length measuring device 517, the mark position information indicating the position marked on the first optical member sheet F1 is generated.

切割裝置510b跨越第一光學構件薄片F1之薄片幅方向之全幅,切割第一光學構件薄片F1之厚度方向之一部分(施加半切割)。 The cutting device 510b cuts a full portion of the first optical member sheet F1 in the thickness direction across the full width of the first optical member sheet F1 (application of a half cut).

切割裝置510b係以在第一光學構件薄片F1之搬運中作用之張力,以免第一光學構件薄片F1(分隔薄片F3a)破裂之方式(在分隔薄片F3a殘留既定之厚度),調整切割刀之進退位置,至黏著層F2a和分隔薄片F3a之界面附近施加半切割。另外,亦可以使用雷射裝置代替上述之切割刀。 The cutting device 510b adjusts the tension of the first optical member sheet F1 so as not to break the first optical member sheet F1 (the separation sheet F3a) (the predetermined thickness remains on the separation sheet F3a), and adjusts the advance and retreat of the cutting blade. At the position, a half cut is applied to the vicinity of the interface between the adhesive layer F2a and the separation sheet F3a. Alternatively, a laser device can be used instead of the above-described cutting blade.

在半切割後之第一光學構件薄片F1,經由在其厚度方向切割光學構件本體F1a和表面保護薄膜F4a(參照第4圖),以形成涵蓋第一光學構件薄片F1之薄片幅方向之全幅之切入線。第一光學構件薄片F1係以切入線在長度方向分成區劃,該區劃具有大於顯示區域P4之長邊長度之長度。該區劃分別成為貼合薄片F5之一個薄片 (第一薄片F1m)。另外,切割裝置510b之構成可以適當地變更成能夠控制第一光學構件薄片F1之厚度方向之切入線之尺寸(深度)、和薄片搬運方向之切入線之位置。 The first optical member sheet F1 after the half-cut is cut in the thickness direction thereof by cutting the optical member body F1a and the surface protective film F4a (refer to FIG. 4) to form a full-width sheet covering the sheet direction of the first optical member sheet F1. Cut into the line. The first optical member sheet F1 is divided into sections by a cut line in the longitudinal direction, and the section has a length larger than the length of the long side of the display area P4. The division is respectively a thin sheet of the bonding sheet F5 (first sheet F1m). In addition, the configuration of the cutting device 510b can be appropriately changed to control the size (depth) of the incision line in the thickness direction of the first optical member sheet F1 and the position of the incision line in the sheet conveyance direction.

控制裝置91係參照標記位置資訊,從以切割裝置510b形成第一切入線起,在與第一薄片F1m之長度方向之單位長度相當之區間(以下,稱為下一個薄片之區間),判定是否有第一薄片F1m之缺陷存在。控制裝置91係依照在下一個薄片之區間是否有缺陷存在,而決定下一個形成之切入線之位置,產生表示切入線在第一光學構件薄片F1上之形成位置的切入線位置資訊。 The control device 91 refers to the mark position information, and determines whether or not the section corresponding to the unit length in the longitudinal direction of the first sheet F1m (hereinafter referred to as the section of the next sheet) is formed from the first incision line formed by the cutting device 510b. There is a defect in the first sheet F1m. The control device 91 determines the position of the next formed incision line in accordance with whether or not there is a defect in the section of the next sheet, and generates incision line position information indicating the position at which the incision line is formed on the first optical member sheet F1.

切割裝置510b係根據判定部之判定結果,使分隔薄片F3a殘留而切割,而使第一光學構件薄片F1設為未包含缺陷之良品薄片(相當於良品光學構件(第一薄片F1m))或包含缺陷之不良品薄片(相當於不良品光學構件)。 The cutting device 510b cuts off the partition sheet F3a according to the determination result of the determination unit, and cuts the first optical member sheet F1 into a good sheet (not equivalent to the good optical member (first sheet F1m)) or contains the defect. Defective defective sheet (corresponding to defective optical member).

刀口510c係位於從第7圖之左側向右側大致水平搬運之第一光學構件薄片F1之下方,在第一光學構件薄片F1之薄片幅方向,延伸成至少涵蓋其全幅。刀口510c配置成滑接在半切割後之第一光學構件薄片F1之分隔薄片F3a側,並捲取該第一光學構件薄片F1。 The knife edge 510c is located below the first optical member sheet F1 that is conveyed substantially horizontally from the left side to the right side of Fig. 7, and extends in the sheet web direction of the first optical member sheet F1 so as to cover at least the full width thereof. The knife edge 510c is configured to be slid to the side of the partition sheet F3a of the first optical member sheet F1 after the half-cut, and to wind up the first optical member sheet F1.

刀口510c係以銳角將第一光學構件薄片F1捲繞在其銳角狀之前端部。第一光學構件薄片F1當在刀口510c之前端部折回成銳角時,將分隔薄片F3a從貼合薄片F5剝離。此時,貼合薄片F5之黏著層F2a(與液晶面薄片P之貼合面)成為向下。刀口510c之前端部之正下方成為分 隔剝離位置510e,使第一貼合頭521A和第二貼合頭521B之各個之保持面521a,從上方接合在刀口510c之前端部,以使貼合薄片F5之薄片(第一薄片F1m)之表面保護薄膜F4a(與貼合面之相反側之面)貼合在第一貼合頭521A和第二貼合頭521B之各個之保持面521a。 The knife edge 510c winds the first optical member sheet F1 at an acute angled front end portion thereof at an acute angle. When the first optical member sheet F1 is folded back at an acute angle before the edge of the knife edge 510c, the separator sheet F3a is peeled off from the bonding sheet F5. At this time, the adhesive layer F2a of the bonding sheet F5 (the bonding surface with the liquid crystal surface sheet P) becomes downward. Immediately below the front end of the knife edge 510c becomes a point The holding surface 521a of each of the first bonding head 521A and the second bonding head 521B is joined to the front end of the blade edge 510c from above so as to be attached to the sheet 510c (first sheet F1m). The surface protective film F4a (the surface on the opposite side to the bonding surface) is bonded to each of the holding faces 521a of the first bonding head 521A and the second bonding head 521B.

第一貼合桌台541具有吸附面541a,其係吸附保持第一貼合頭521A貼合之液晶面薄片P。第二貼合桌台542具有吸附面542a,其係吸附保持第二貼合頭521B貼合之液晶面板P。 The first bonding table 541 has an adsorption surface 541a that sucks and holds the liquid crystal surface sheet P to which the first bonding head 521A is attached. The second bonding table 542 has an adsorption surface 542a that sucks and holds the liquid crystal panel P to which the second bonding head 521B is attached.

如第9圖所示,第一貼合桌台541和第二貼合桌台542係分別可以沿著與薄片搬運方向平行之第二方向VC2移動。例如,第一貼合桌台541和第二貼合桌台542係分別在液晶面板P之供給時,沿著第二方向VC2移動。 As shown in Fig. 9, the first bonding table 541 and the second bonding table 542 are respectively movable in the second direction VC2 parallel to the sheet conveying direction. For example, the first bonding table 541 and the second bonding table 542 are respectively moved along the second direction VC2 when the liquid crystal panel P is supplied.

在此處,第9圖中所示之座標軸之第一方向V1、第二方向V2、第三方向V3,在以下之說明所引用之第10圖、第11圖、第13A圖和第13B圖、第14A圖和第14B圖中亦同,以下分別詳細地說明。 Here, the first direction V1, the second direction V2, and the third direction V3 of the coordinate axes shown in FIG. 9 are referred to in the following descriptions in FIGS. 10, 11, 13A, and 13B. The same applies to the 14A and 14B drawings, which will be described in detail below.

如第8圖所示,回收桌台543配置在不會與第一貼合桌台541和第二貼合桌台542干涉之位置。回收桌台543係回收不良品薄片。回收桌台543具有支持不良品薄片之支持面543a。 As shown in Fig. 8, the recovery table 543 is disposed at a position that does not interfere with the first bonding table 541 and the second bonding table 542. The recycling table 543 collects defective sheets. The recovery table 543 has a support surface 543a that supports a defective sheet.

在回收桌台543之支持面543a,貼合有藉由貼合頭521從分隔薄片F3a剝離之不良品薄片。例如,在支持面543a配置廢材薄片等,使複數片之不良品薄片重 疊在廢材薄片。在疊層某種程度之不良品薄片後,將不良品薄片收集廢棄。此時,不良品薄片可以從廢材薄片剝離後廢棄,亦可以與廢材薄片一起廢棄。 On the support surface 543a of the recovery table 543, a defective sheet peeled off from the separation sheet F3a by the bonding head 521 is bonded. For example, a scrap sheet or the like is placed on the support surface 543a, so that the defective sheets of the plurality of sheets are heavy. Stacked in scrap material. After laminating a certain amount of defective sheets, the defective sheets are collected and discarded. At this time, the defective product sheet may be discarded after being peeled off from the waste material sheet, or may be discarded together with the waste material sheet.

在本實施形態中,第一貼合桌台541之吸附面541a、第二貼合桌台542之吸附面542a和回收桌台543之支持面543a分別存在於同一平面內。 In the present embodiment, the adsorption surface 541a of the first bonding table 541, the adsorption surface 542a of the second bonding table 542, and the support surface 543a of the recovery table 543 are respectively present in the same plane.

本實施形態之回收桌台543被配置在供給線510L之延長線510La上。第一貼合桌台541和第二貼合桌台542被配置在互相面對之位置,形成包夾回收桌台543。 The recovery table 543 of this embodiment is disposed on the extension line 510La of the supply line 510L. The first bonding table 541 and the second bonding table 542 are disposed at positions facing each other to form a collapsing recovery table 543.

另外,第一貼合桌台541、第二貼合桌台542及回收桌台543之配置位置並不只限於此種方式。第一貼合桌台541、第二貼合桌台542和回收桌台543之配置位置,假如配置在第一貼合桌台541、第二貼合桌台542和回收桌台543不會互相干涉之位置時,可以依照需要而適當地變更。 In addition, the arrangement positions of the first bonding table 541, the second bonding table 542, and the recycling table 543 are not limited to this manner. The arrangement positions of the first bonding table 541, the second bonding table 542, and the recycling table 543 are not disposed on each other if the first bonding table 541, the second bonding table 542, and the recycling table 543 are disposed. When the position of the interference is changed, it can be appropriately changed as needed.

第一貼合頭521A和第二貼合頭521B將藉由一個供給線510L供給之貼合薄片F5,分別貼合保持在保持面521a,同時將被保持在保持面521a之貼合薄片F5分別貼合在各個液晶面板P。具體而言,第一貼合頭521A係將保持在保持面521a之貼合薄片F5,貼合在被第一貼合桌台541之吸附面541a所保持之液晶面板P,第二貼合頭521B係將保持在保持面521a之貼合薄片F5,貼合在被第二貼合桌台542之吸附面542a所保持之液晶面板P。 The first bonding head 521A and the second bonding head 521B are respectively adhered and held by the bonding sheet F5 supplied from one supply line 510L, and are respectively held by the holding surface 521a, and the bonding sheets F5 held by the holding surface 521a are respectively It is bonded to each liquid crystal panel P. Specifically, the first bonding head 521A holds the bonding sheet F5 held on the holding surface 521a, and is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P held by the adsorption surface 541a of the first bonding table 541, and the second bonding head. 521B is a bonding sheet F5 held by the holding surface 521a, and is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P held by the adsorption surface 542a of the second bonding table 542.

貼合頭521係保持從分隔薄片F3a剝離之良品薄片而貼合在液晶面板P,同時保持從分隔薄片F3a剝離之不良品薄片而貼合在回收桌台543。 The bonding head 521 is attached to the recovery table 543 while holding the good sheet peeled off from the separator sheet F3a and bonding it to the liquid crystal panel P while holding the defective sheet peeled off from the separator sheet F3a.

貼合頭521係具有與薄片幅方向平行且凸出到下方之圓弧狀保持面521a。保持面521a例如具有比貼合薄片F5之貼合面(第4圖表示黏著層F2c)弱之貼著力,可以重複地貼著、剝離貼合薄片F5之表面保護薄膜4c(參照第4圖)。 The bonding head 521 has an arc-shaped holding surface 521a that is parallel to the sheet web direction and protrudes downward. The holding surface 521a has a weak contact force with respect to the bonding surface of the bonding sheet F5 (the adhesion layer F2c is shown in FIG. 4), and the surface protection film 4c of the bonding sheet F5 can be repeatedly adhered and peeled off (refer FIG. 4). .

貼合頭521,在刀口510c之上方,以沿著薄片幅方向之軸作為中心,與薄片幅方向平行且沿著保持面521a之彎曲傾動。在貼著保持貼合薄片F5時,和在將貼著保持之貼合薄片F5,貼合到液晶面板P時,適當地進行貼合頭521之傾動。 The bonding head 521 is tilted along the axis of the sheet web direction, parallel to the sheet web direction, and curved along the holding surface 521a, above the knife edge 510c. When the bonding sheet F5 is adhered to the holding sheet, and when the bonding sheet F5 is adhered to the liquid crystal panel P, the tilting of the bonding head 521 is appropriately performed.

貼合頭521係使保持面521a向下,且使保持面521a之彎曲之一端(第7圖之右側)成為下側,在此種傾斜狀態,使保持面521a之彎曲之一端從上方壓接在刀口510c之前端部,使分隔剝離位置510e之貼合薄片F5之前端部貼著在保持面521a。然後,捲出貼合薄片F5,同時使貼合頭521傾動(保持面521a之彎曲端之另一端(第7圖之左側)傾斜成為下側)),以使貼合薄片F5之薄片(第一薄片F1m)之全體貼著在保持面521a。 The bonding head 521 is such that the holding surface 521a is downward, and one end of the bending of the holding surface 521a (the right side of FIG. 7) is the lower side. In this inclined state, one end of the bending of the holding surface 521a is crimped from above. At the front end of the knife edge 510c, the front end portion of the bonding sheet F5 which separates the peeling position 510e is adhered to the holding surface 521a. Then, the bonding sheet F5 is taken up, and the bonding head 521 is tilted (the other end of the curved end of the holding surface 521a (the left side of FIG. 7 is inclined to the lower side))) so that the sheet of the bonding sheet F5 (the The entire sheet F1m) is attached to the holding surface 521a.

貼合頭521係可以在分隔剝離位置510和貼合位置之上方,升降既定量,且在分隔剝離位置510和貼合位置之間適當移動。在此處,貼合位置是第一貼合裝置 51之貼合位置,例如,第一貼合裝置51之第一貼合桌台541或第二貼合桌台542之配置位置。貼合頭521係連結到作為驅動裝置(可以進行升降時,和移動時及傾動時之驅動)之手臂部551b(參照第8圖)。 The bonding head 521 can be lifted and lowered in a predetermined amount above the separation and peeling position 510 and the bonding position, and is appropriately moved between the separation and peeling position 510 and the bonding position. Here, the bonding position is the first bonding device The fitting position of 51 is, for example, the position of the first bonding table 541 or the second bonding table 542 of the first bonding device 51. The bonding head 521 is coupled to the arm portion 551b as a driving device (which can be driven when moving up and down, and during movement and tilting) (see Fig. 8).

貼合頭521係在將第一薄片F1m貼著在保持面521a時,例如,在將第一薄片F1m之前端部貼著在保持面521a之後,切割與手臂部551b之卡合而成為自由傾動,從此種狀態,隨著第一薄片F1m之捲出,被動地傾動。貼合頭521係若傾動至將第一薄片F1m全體貼著在保持面521a時,以該傾斜姿勢,例如,與手臂部551b之卡合等鎖定傾動,以此種狀態移動到貼合位置之上方。 When the first sheet F1m is placed on the holding surface 521a, for example, the front end of the first sheet F1m is attached to the holding surface 521a, and then the cutting portion is engaged with the arm portion 551b to be freely tilted. From this state, as the first sheet F1m is unwound, it is passively tilted. When the bonding head 521 is tilted until the entire first sheet F1m is placed on the holding surface 521a, the tilting posture is locked by tilting with the arm portion 551b, for example, and moved to the bonding position in this state. Above.

貼合頭521係當將貼著保持第一薄片F1m貼合在液晶面板P時,例如,以手臂部551b之動作能動地傾動,沿著保持面521a之彎曲而將第一薄片F1m壓接在液晶面板P之上面,確實地貼合。 When the first holding sheet F1m is adhered to the liquid crystal panel P, the bonding head 521 is tilted by the movement of the arm portion 551b, for example, and the first sheet F1m is crimped along the holding surface 521a. The upper surface of the liquid crystal panel P is surely attached.

在本實施形態中,貼合頭521和貼合桌台之雙方是對1個之供給線510L,分別各設置二個,但是並不只限於此種方式。例如,亦可以在貼合頭521和貼合桌台之雙方,與薄片搬運裝置510對應地,設置三個以上,亦可只貼合桌台對應於薄片搬運裝置510而只設置一個。但是,從在製造線抑制第一薄片F1m之供給停滯之觀點看,較佳係至少貼合頭521對於1個之供給線510L設置複數個。但是,從簡化裝置構成之觀點看,較佳係貼合頭521和貼合桌台之雙方對於1個之供給線510L分別各設置二 個。 In the present embodiment, both the bonding head 521 and the bonding table are provided for each of the supply lines 510L, but they are not limited to this. For example, three or more of the bonding head 521 and the bonding table may be provided corresponding to the sheet conveying device 510, or only one of the bonding table units may be provided corresponding to the sheet conveying device 510. However, from the viewpoint that the supply line suppresses the stagnant supply of the first sheet F1m, it is preferable that at least one of the bonding heads 521 is provided for one of the supply lines 510L. However, from the viewpoint of simplification of the device configuration, it is preferable that both the bonding head 521 and the bonding table are provided for each of the supply lines 510L. One.

移動裝置550係使貼合頭521在刀口510c和液晶面板P之間,或刀口510c和回收桌台543之間移動。具體而言,移動裝置550係當第一貼合頭521A將貼合薄片F5貼合在第一貼合桌台541之液晶面板P時,使第二貼合頭521B移動到刀口510c,且,當第二貼合頭521B將貼合薄片F5貼合在第二貼合桌台542之液晶面板P時,使第一貼合頭521A移動到刀口510c。 The moving device 550 moves the bonding head 521 between the knife edge 510c and the liquid crystal panel P, or between the knife edge 510c and the recovery table 543. Specifically, when the first bonding head 521A bonds the bonding sheet F5 to the liquid crystal panel P of the first bonding table 541, the moving device 550 moves the second bonding head 521B to the cutting edge 510c, and When the second bonding head 521B bonds the bonding sheet F5 to the liquid crystal panel P of the second bonding table 542, the first bonding head 521A is moved to the knife edge 510c.

移動裝置550如第8圖、第10圖和第11圖所示,具備有被配置在互相鄰接之位置之第一移動裝置550A和第二移動裝置550B。 As shown in Figs. 8, 10, and 11, the mobile device 550 is provided with a first mobile device 550A and a second mobile device 550B that are disposed adjacent to each other.

第一移動裝置550A係使第一貼合頭521A在刀口510c和被第一貼合桌台541保持之液晶面板P之間移動,或在刀口510c和回收桌台543之間移動。第二移動裝置550B係使第二貼合頭521B在刀口510c和被第二貼合桌台542保持之液晶面板P之間移動,或在刀口510c和回收桌台543之間移動。以下將第一移動裝置550A和第二移動裝置550B總稱為移動裝置550。 The first moving device 550A moves the first bonding head 521A between the blade edge 510c and the liquid crystal panel P held by the first bonding table 541, or between the blade edge 510c and the recovery table 543. The second moving device 550B moves the second bonding head 521B between the blade edge 510c and the liquid crystal panel P held by the second bonding table 542, or between the blade edge 510c and the recovery table 543. The first mobile device 550A and the second mobile device 550B are collectively referred to as a mobile device 550 hereinafter.

移動裝置550具備一個之第一移動部551、二個之第二移動部552、和一個之第三移動部553。 The moving device 550 includes a first moving portion 551, two second moving portions 552, and a third moving portion 553.

第一移動部551係使貼合頭521沿著與吸附面541a之法線方向平行之第一方向VC1移動。第一移動部551具有致動器等之動力部551a、可藉動力部551a沿著第一方向VC1移動之手臂部551b、和支持手臂部551b之 支持部551c。 The first moving portion 551 moves the bonding head 521 in the first direction VC1 parallel to the normal direction of the adsorption surface 541a. The first moving portion 551 has a power portion 551a such as an actuator, an arm portion 551b that can be moved in the first direction VC1 by the power portion 551a, and a support arm portion 551b. Support portion 551c.

第一貼合頭521A係安裝在第一移動裝置550A之手臂部551b之前端。第二貼合頭521B安裝在第二移動裝置550B之手臂部551b之前端。 The first bonding head 521A is attached to the front end of the arm portion 551b of the first moving device 550A. The second bonding head 521B is attached to the front end of the arm portion 551b of the second moving device 550B.

第二移動部552係使貼合頭521在刀口510c和液晶面板P之間,沿著與薄片搬運方向平行之第二方向VC2而移動。第二移動部552具有沿著第二方向VC2延伸之導引軌道552a、和可沿著導引軌道552a移動之滑動器552b。 The second moving portion 552 moves the bonding head 521 between the knife edge 510c and the liquid crystal panel P in the second direction VC2 parallel to the sheet conveying direction. The second moving portion 552 has a guide rail 552a extending along the second direction VC2, and a slider 552b movable along the guide rail 552a.

第三移動部553係使貼合頭521在刀口510c和液晶面板P之間、或在刀口510c和回收桌台543之間,沿著與薄片搬運方向正交之方向平行之第三方向VC3而移動。第三移動部553具有沿著第三方向VC3延伸之導引軌道553a、和可沿著導引軌道553a移動之滑動器553b。 The third moving portion 553 is such that the bonding head 521 is between the knife edge 510c and the liquid crystal panel P, or between the knife edge 510c and the recovery table 543, in a third direction VC3 parallel to the direction orthogonal to the sheet conveying direction. mobile. The third moving portion 553 has a guide rail 553a extending along the third direction VC3, and a slider 553b movable along the guide rail 553a.

導引軌道553a安裝在滑動器552b之與導引軌道552a側相反之側。支持部551c安裝在滑動器553b之與導引軌道553a側相反之側。 The guide rail 553a is mounted on the side of the slider 552b opposite to the side of the guide rail 552a. The support portion 551c is attached to the side of the slider 553b opposite to the side of the guide rail 553a.

在第一移動裝置550A中,動力部551a和滑動器553b,從第一方向VC1看,第一貼合頭521A偏移設置於延長線510La側,配置成互相偏心。具體而言,動力部551a安裝在支持部551c之一端(延長線510La側),滑動器553b安裝在支持部551c之另外一端(延長線510La之相反側)。 In the first moving device 550A, the power unit 551a and the slider 553b are disposed offset from the first direction VC1 by the first bonding head 521A on the extension line 510La side, and are disposed to be eccentric to each other. Specifically, the power unit 551a is attached to one end of the support portion 551c (on the extension line 510La side), and the slider 553b is attached to the other end of the support portion 551c (opposite side of the extension line 510La).

在第二移動裝置550B中,動力部551a和滑 動器553b,從第一方向VC1看,第二貼合頭521B偏移設置於延長線510La側,配置成互相偏心。具體而言,動力部551a安裝在支持部551c之一端(延長線510La側),滑動器553b安裝在支持部551c之另外一端(與延長線510La相反之側)。 In the second mobile device 550B, the power portion 551a and the slide The actuator 553b is disposed on the extension line 510La side as viewed from the first direction VC1, and is disposed to be eccentric to each other. Specifically, the power unit 551a is attached to one end of the support portion 551c (on the extension line 510La side), and the slider 553b is attached to the other end of the support portion 551c (the side opposite to the extension line 510La).

依照此種構成,即使第一移動裝置550A和第二移動裝置550B配置成包夾延長線510La地離開,第一貼合頭521A和第二貼合頭521B之各個亦可以移動到刀口510c和回收桌台543之各個。 According to this configuration, even if the first moving device 550A and the second moving device 550B are disposed to be separated from the extension cord 510La, the first bonding head 521A and the second bonding head 521B can be moved to the knife edge 510c and recycled. Each of the tables 543.

第一旋轉裝置561係使第一貼合桌台541在水平面內旋轉,調整被第一貼合桌台541保持之液晶面板P、和被第一貼合頭521A保持之貼合薄片F5之相對貼合位置。例如,第一旋轉裝置561具有:馬達,其係具有與第一貼合桌台541之吸附面541a之法線方向平行之旋轉軸;和傳達機構,其係將馬達之旋轉力傳達到第一貼合桌台541。第一貼合桌台541安裝在傳達機構。 The first rotating device 561 rotates the first bonding table 541 in a horizontal plane, and adjusts the relative relationship between the liquid crystal panel P held by the first bonding table 541 and the bonding sheet F5 held by the first bonding head 521A. Fit the position. For example, the first rotating device 561 has a motor having a rotating shaft parallel to the normal direction of the adsorption surface 541a of the first bonding table 541, and a transmitting mechanism that transmits the rotational force of the motor to the first Fit the table 541. The first bonding table 541 is mounted on the communication mechanism.

第二旋轉裝置562係使第二貼合桌台542在水平面內旋轉,調整被第二貼合桌台542保持之液晶面板P、和被第二貼合頭521B保持之貼合薄片F5之相對貼合位置。例如,第二旋轉裝置562具有:馬達,其係具有與第二貼合桌台542之吸附面542a之法線方向平行之旋轉軸;和傳達機構,其係將馬達之旋轉力傳達到第二貼合桌台542。第二貼合桌台542安裝在傳達機構。 The second rotating device 562 rotates the second bonding table 542 in a horizontal plane, and adjusts the relative relationship between the liquid crystal panel P held by the second bonding table 542 and the bonding sheet F5 held by the second bonding head 521B. Fit the position. For example, the second rotating device 562 has a motor having a rotating shaft parallel to the normal direction of the adsorption surface 542a of the second bonding table 542, and a transmitting mechanism that transmits the rotational force of the motor to the second Fit the table 542. The second bonding table 542 is mounted on the communication mechanism.

第二移動部552係使貼合頭521移動到分隔 薄片F3a之剝離位置之刀口510c之前端部。第一移動部551係使貼合頭521從分隔剝離位置510e之上方下降,將保持面521a從上方壓接在刀口510c之前端部,使分隔剝離位置510e之貼合薄片F5之前端部,貼著在保持面521a。 The second moving portion 552 moves the bonding head 521 to the separation The front end of the blade edge 510c of the peeling position of the sheet F3a. In the first moving portion 551, the bonding head 521 is lowered from above the separation and peeling position 510e, and the holding surface 521a is pressed against the front end of the cutting edge 510c from above, and the front end portion of the bonding sheet F5 which separates the peeling position 510e is attached. On the holding surface 521a.

如第7圖所示,在本實施形態中,在刀口510c之前端部之下方,設置第一檢測攝影機571,其係檢測該部位之貼合薄片F5之薄片(第一薄片F1m)之薄片搬運下游側之前端。第一檢測攝影機571之檢測資料被送到控制裝置91。控制裝置91例如在第一檢測攝影機571檢測到貼合薄片F5之下游側端之時點,使薄片搬運裝置510暫時停止,然後,使貼合頭521下降,將貼合薄片F5之前端貼著在其保持面521a。 As shown in Fig. 7, in the present embodiment, a first detecting camera 571 which detects the sheet conveying of the sheet (the first sheet F1m) of the bonded sheet F5 at the portion below the edge portion of the cutting edge 510c is provided. The front side of the downstream side. The detection data of the first detecting camera 571 is sent to the control device 91. For example, when the first detecting camera 571 detects the downstream end of the bonding sheet F5, the control device 91 temporarily stops the sheet conveying device 510, and then lowers the bonding head 521 to stick the front end of the bonding sheet F5. It holds the surface 521a.

控制裝置91係在第一檢測攝影機571檢測到貼合薄片F5之下游側端,使薄片搬運裝置510暫時停止時,實施以切割裝置510b之貼合薄片F5之切割。亦即,沿著以第一檢測攝影機571之檢測位置(第一檢測攝影機571之光軸延長位置)和以切割裝置510b之切割位置(切割裝置510b之切割刀進退位置)之間之薄片搬運路徑之距離,相當於貼合薄片F5之薄片(第一薄片F1m)之長度。 The control device 91 performs the cutting of the bonding sheet F5 of the cutting device 510b when the first detecting camera 571 detects the downstream end of the bonding sheet F5 and temporarily stops the sheet conveying device 510. That is, along the sheet conveyance path between the detection position of the first detection camera 571 (the position of the optical axis of the first detection camera 571) and the cutting position of the cutting device 510b (the cutting edge of the cutting device 510b) The distance corresponds to the length of the sheet (first sheet F1m) to which the sheet F5 is bonded.

切割裝置510b係可以沿著薄片搬運路徑而移動,藉由此移動而改變沿著以第一檢測攝影機571之檢測位置和以切割裝置510b之切割位置之間之薄片搬運路徑之距離。切割裝置510b之移動係藉由控制裝置91控制,例如,以切割裝置510b切割貼合薄片F5之後,當將其捲 出貼合薄片F5之薄片(第一薄片F1m)之一個部分時,在其切割端偏離既定之基準位置時,藉由切割裝置510b之移動校正該偏離。另外,利用切割裝置510b之移動亦可以對應於長度不同之貼合薄片F5之切割。另外,利用切割裝置510b之移動可以對應於長度不同之不良品薄片之切割。 The cutting device 510b is movable along the sheet conveying path by which the distance along the sheet conveying path between the detecting position of the first detecting camera 571 and the cutting position of the cutting device 510b is changed. The movement of the cutting device 510b is controlled by the control device 91, for example, after the cutting sheet F5 is cut by the cutting device 510b, when it is rolled When a portion of the sheet (the first sheet F1m) of the sheet F5 is pasted, the deviation is corrected by the movement of the cutting device 510b when the cutting end thereof deviates from the predetermined reference position. Further, the movement by the cutting device 510b may correspond to the cutting of the bonding sheet F5 having a different length. Further, the movement by the cutting device 510b can correspond to the cutting of defective sheets having different lengths.

在本實施形態中,當吸附保持第一薄片F1m之貼合頭521,從分隔剝離位置510e移動到貼合位置時,被保持面521a所貼著保持之第一薄片F1m之例如對前端部之基端部之兩個角部,係分別被一對之第二檢測攝影機572攝影。各個第二檢測攝影機572之檢測資料發送到控制裝置91。控制裝置91例如根據各個第二檢測攝影機572之攝影資料,確認對貼合頭521之第一薄片F1m之水平方向(貼合頭521之移動方向和其正交方向及垂直軸中心之旋轉方向)之位置。在貼合頭521和第一薄片F1m之相對位置有偏離之時,貼合頭521進行對準,其係使第一薄片F1m之位置設為既定之基準位置。 In the present embodiment, when the bonding head 521 of the first sheet F1m is sucked and held and moved from the separation/disengagement position 510e to the bonding position, for example, the front end portion of the first sheet F1m held by the holding surface 521a is held. The two corners of the base end are respectively photographed by a pair of second detection cameras 572. The detection data of each of the second detection cameras 572 is sent to the control device 91. The control device 91 confirms the horizontal direction of the first sheet F1m of the bonding head 521 (the moving direction of the bonding head 521 and the orthogonal direction and the rotation direction of the vertical axis center), for example, based on the photographic data of each of the second detecting cameras 572. The location. When the relative positions of the bonding head 521 and the first sheet F1m are deviated, the bonding head 521 is aligned so that the position of the first sheet F1m is set to a predetermined reference position.

對於以該第一貼合裝置51進行之液晶面板P和第一薄片F1m之對準,控制裝置91根據第一檢測攝影機571、第二檢測攝影機572和第三檢測攝影機573之檢測資料,以使液晶面板P之像素列之排列方向和第一薄片F1m(偏光薄膜)之偏光方向一致之方式,決定第一薄片F1m對液晶面板P之相對貼合位置。 For the alignment of the liquid crystal panel P and the first sheet F1m by the first bonding device 51, the control device 91 determines the data according to the detection signals of the first detection camera 571, the second detection camera 572, and the third detection camera 573. The relative bonding position of the first sheet F1m to the liquid crystal panel P is determined such that the arrangement direction of the pixel columns of the liquid crystal panel P coincides with the polarization direction of the first sheet F1m (polarizing film).

在本實施形態中,在貼合位置之第一貼合桌台541和第二貼合桌台542之各個之上方,設置用以進 行液晶面板P之水平方向之對準的一對之第三檢測攝影機573。各個第三檢測攝影機573,例如,分別攝影液晶面板P之玻璃基薄片(第一基薄片P1)之各個角部。第一檢測攝影機571、第二檢測攝影機572和第三檢測攝影機573之檢測資料發送到控制裝置91。另外,亦可以使用其他之感測器代替第一檢測攝影機571、第二檢測攝影機572和第三檢測攝影機573。 In the present embodiment, the top of the first bonding table 541 and the second bonding table 542 at the bonding position are provided for advancement. A pair of third detection cameras 573 that align the horizontal direction of the liquid crystal panel P. Each of the third detecting cameras 573, for example, photographs respective corners of the glass-based sheet (first base sheet P1) of the liquid crystal panel P. The detection data of the first detection camera 571, the second detection camera 572, and the third detection camera 573 are transmitted to the control device 91. In addition, other sensors may be used instead of the first detecting camera 571, the second detecting camera 572, and the third detecting camera 573.

貼合頭521例如具有比第一薄片F1m之貼合面(黏著層F2a)弱之黏著力,因為可能重複貼著、剝離第一薄片F1m之表面保護薄膜F4a(參照第4圖),所以黏著層F2a側被壓接在液晶面板P之第一薄片F1m,從保持面521a剝離,貼合在液晶面板P。在本實施形態中,液晶面板P利用第一貼合裝置51,在液晶面板P之顯示面側之面,貼合第一薄片F1m。 The bonding head 521 has, for example, a weaker adhesive force than the bonding surface (adhesive layer F2a) of the first sheet F1m, and the surface protective film F4a of the first sheet F1m may be repeatedly adhered and peeled off (refer to FIG. 4), so that it is adhered. The layer F2a side is pressure-bonded to the first sheet F1m of the liquid crystal panel P, peeled off from the holding surface 521a, and bonded to the liquid crystal panel P. In the present embodiment, the liquid crystal panel P is bonded to the first sheet F1m on the surface on the display surface side of the liquid crystal panel P by the first bonding apparatus 51.

在本實施形態中,第一貼合裝置51從第一光學構件薄片F1,切出比第一光學構件F11大之第一薄片F1m,使貼合頭521傾動以貼著在保持面521a。第一貼合裝置51在第一貼合桌台541上或第二貼合桌台542上之液晶面板P上使貼合頭521傾動,以進行第一薄片F1m之貼合。 In the present embodiment, the first bonding apparatus 51 cuts out the first sheet F1m larger than the first optical member F11 from the first optical member sheet F1, and tilts the bonding head 521 to adhere to the holding surface 521a. The first bonding apparatus 51 tilts the bonding head 521 on the liquid crystal panel P on the first bonding table 541 or the second bonding table 542 to perform bonding of the first sheet F1m.

第一貼合桌台541和第二貼合桌台542之各個,使第一旋轉裝置561和第二旋轉裝置562之各個,根據第一檢測攝影機571、第二檢測攝影機572和第三檢測攝影機573之檢測資料,藉由控制裝置91驅動控制,在水 平面內旋轉。利用此種方式,使液晶面板P對準在各個貼合位置。 Each of the first bonding table 541 and the second bonding table 542, each of the first rotating device 561 and the second rotating device 562, according to the first detecting camera 571, the second detecting camera 572, and the third detecting camera 573 detection data, driven by the control device 91, in the water Rotate in the plane. In this manner, the liquid crystal panel P is aligned at each of the bonding positions.

對該液晶面板P,貼合被貼合頭521對準之貼合薄片F5之薄片(薄片FXm),以抑制薄片FXm之貼合誤差,提高薄片FXm對液晶面板P之光軸方向之精確度,使光學顯示裝置之彩度和對比變高。 In the liquid crystal panel P, the sheet (sheet FXm) of the bonding sheet F5 to which the bonding head 521 is aligned is bonded to suppress the bonding error of the sheet FXm, and the accuracy of the optical axis direction of the liquid crystal panel P by the sheet FXm is improved. To make the chroma and contrast of the optical display device high.

在此處,構成光學構件薄片FX之偏光件薄膜,例如,使以二色性色素染色之PVA薄膜在一軸延伸而形成,但是由於延伸時之PVA薄膜之厚度不均或二色性色素之染色不均等,有時在光學構件薄片FX之面內產生光軸方向之誤差。 Here, the polarizer film constituting the optical member sheet FX is formed, for example, by stretching a PVA film dyed with a dichroic dye on one axis, but the thickness of the PVA film during stretching is uneven or the dye of the dichroic dye is formed. Inequality may cause an error in the direction of the optical axis in the plane of the optical member sheet FX.

因此,在本實施形態中,根據預先記憶在記憶裝置92(參照第1圖)之薄片FXm之各個部分之光軸之面內分布之檢查資料,控制裝置91決定液晶面板P對薄片FXm之貼合位置(相對貼合位置)。然後,貼合手段50係符合此貼合位置,進行液晶面板P對從光學構件薄片FX切出之薄片FXm之對準,將薄片FX貼合在液晶面板P。 Therefore, in the present embodiment, the control device 91 determines the sticker of the liquid crystal panel P to the sheet FXm based on the inspection data distributed in advance in the plane of the optical axis of each portion of the sheet FXm of the memory device 92 (see Fig. 1). Position (relative fit position). Then, the bonding means 50 conforms to the bonding position, and the liquid crystal panel P is aligned with the sheet FXm cut out from the optical member sheet FX, and the sheet FX is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P.

薄片FXm對液晶面板P之貼合位置(相對貼合位置)之決定方法,如第12A圖和第12B圖所示。 The method of determining the bonding position (relative bonding position) of the sheet FXm to the liquid crystal panel P is as shown in FIGS. 12A and 12B.

首先,如第12A圖所示,在光學構件薄片FX之幅寬方向,設定複數之檢查點CP,在各個檢查點CP檢測光學構件薄片FX之光軸之方向。檢測光軸之時點可以是原材滾輪R1之製造時,亦可以是從原材滾輪R1捲出光學構件薄片FX之半切割之間。光學構件薄片FX之光軸 方向之資料,與光學構件薄片FX之位置(光學構件薄片FX之長度方向之位置和幅寬方向之位置)相關,而被記憶在記憶裝置92(參照第1圖)。 First, as shown in FIG. 12A, a plurality of inspection points CP are set in the width direction of the optical member sheet FX, and the direction of the optical axis of the optical member sheet FX is detected at each inspection point CP. The time at which the optical axis is detected may be when the raw material roller R1 is manufactured, or may be wound between the half cut of the optical member sheet FX from the raw material roller R1. Optical member sheet FX optical axis The direction information is related to the position of the optical member sheet FX (the position of the optical member sheet FX in the longitudinal direction and the position in the width direction), and is stored in the memory device 92 (see Fig. 1).

控制裝置91從記憶裝置92(參照第1圖)取得各個檢查點CP之光軸之資料(光軸之面內分布之檢查資料),檢測薄片FXm被切出之部分之光學構件薄片FX(被切入線CL區劃之區域)之平均光軸之方向。 The control device 91 acquires the optical axis data (inspection data of the in-plane distribution of the optical axis) of each of the inspection points CP from the memory device 92 (see FIG. 1), and detects the optical member sheet FX of the portion where the sheet FXm is cut out. The direction of the average optical axis of the area cut into the line CL.

如第12B圖所示,檢測每一個檢查點CP之光軸方向和薄片FXm之邊緣線EL所形成之角度(偏離角度),使偏離角度中之最大角度(最大偏離角度)成為θ max,使最小角度(最小偏離角度)成為θ min時,檢測最大偏離角度)θ max和最小偏離角度θ min之平均值θ mid(=(θ max+θ min)/2)作為平均偏離角度。然後,檢測對薄片FXm之邊緣線EL形成平均偏離角度θ mid之方向,作為薄片FXm之平均之光軸方向。另外,上述之偏離角度之算出,例如,對薄片FXm之邊緣線EL,以左轉方向為正,右轉方向為負。 As shown in FIG. 12B, the angle (offset angle) formed by the optical axis direction of each of the inspection points CP and the edge line EL of the sheet FXm is detected, so that the maximum angle (maximum deviation angle) among the deviation angles becomes θ max, so that When the minimum angle (minimum deviation angle) becomes θ min , the average value of the maximum deviation angle θ max and the minimum deviation angle θ min θ mid (= (θ max + θ min) / 2) is taken as the average deviation angle. Then, the direction in which the edge line EL of the sheet FXm is formed to form an average deviation angle θ mid is detected as the average optical axis direction of the sheet FXm. Further, in the calculation of the above-described deviation angle, for example, the edge line EL of the sheet FXm is positive in the left turn direction and negative in the right turn direction.

另外,以上述之方法檢測到之光學構件薄片FX之平均之光軸方向,對液晶面板P之長邊或短邊形成所希望之角度之方式,決定薄片FXm對液晶面板P之貼合位置(相對貼合位置)。例如,依照設計規格,在光學構件F1X之光軸方向被設定成對液晶面板P之長邊或短邊形成90°時,以光學構件薄片FX之平均之光軸方向,對液晶面板P之長邊或短邊形成90°之方式,將薄片FXm貼合在 液晶面板P。 Further, the optical axis direction of the optical member sheet FX detected by the above-described method is determined such that the long side or the short side of the liquid crystal panel P forms a desired angle, and the bonding position of the sheet FXm to the liquid crystal panel P is determined ( Relatively fitting position). For example, according to the design specifications, when the optical axis direction of the optical member F1X is set to 90° with respect to the long side or the short side of the liquid crystal panel P, the optical axis of the optical member sheet FX is the average optical axis direction of the optical member sheet FX. The side or short side forms 90°, and the sheet FXm is attached to Liquid crystal panel P.

另外,光學構件薄片FX之面內之平均之光軸方向之檢測方法,並不只限於上述之方法。例如,亦可以從被設定在光學構件薄片FX之幅寬方向之複數之檢查點CP(參照第12A圖)之中,選擇一個或複數之檢查點CP,對每一個被選擇之檢查點CP,檢測光軸方向和光學構件薄片FX之邊緣線EL所形成之角度(偏離角度)。另外,亦可以檢測被選擇之一個或複數之檢查點CP之光軸方向之偏離角度之平均值,作為平均偏離角度,檢測對光學構件薄片FX之邊緣線EL形成之平均偏離角度之方向,作為光學構件薄片FX之平均之光軸方向。 Further, the method of detecting the average optical axis direction in the plane of the optical member sheet FX is not limited to the above method. For example, one or a plurality of checkpoints CP may be selected from a plurality of checkpoints CP (see FIG. 12A) set in the width direction of the optical member sheet FX, for each selected checkpoint CP, The angle (offset angle) formed by the optical axis direction and the edge line EL of the optical member sheet FX is detected. Further, it is also possible to detect the average value of the deviation angles of the optical axis directions of the selected one or a plurality of checkpoints CP, and to detect the direction of the average deviation angle formed by the edge line EL of the optical member sheet FX as the average deviation angle. The average optical axis direction of the optical member sheet FX.

另外,在本實施形態中,亦可以使用搬運機器人,作為搬運機構用來將液晶面板P搬運到第一貼合裝置51之第一貼合桌台541和第二貼合桌台542。以下,使用第13A圖和第13B圖、及第14A圖和第14B圖用來說明搬運機器人之一實例。另外,在13A和第13B圖,及第14A圖和第14B圖中,說明將液晶面板P搬運到第一貼合桌台541和第二貼合桌台542中之第一貼合桌台541之實例。 Further, in the present embodiment, a transport robot may be used as the transport mechanism for transporting the liquid crystal panel P to the first bonding table 541 and the second bonding table 542 of the first bonding apparatus 51. Hereinafter, an example of a handling robot will be described using Figs. 13A and 13B, and Figs. 14A and 14B. In addition, in FIGS. 13A and 13B, and FIGS. 14A and 14B, the first bonding table 541 for transporting the liquid crystal panel P to the first bonding table 541 and the second bonding table 542 will be described. An example.

首先,使用13A和第13B圖說明以液晶面板P之長邊沿著第二方向VC2之姿勢,將液晶面板P配置在第一貼合桌台541之實例。 First, an example in which the liquid crystal panel P is disposed on the first bonding table 541 in a posture in which the long side of the liquid crystal panel P is along the second direction VC2 will be described using FIG. 13A and FIG. 13B.

第13A圖和第13B圖是示意圖,表示搬運機器人580。第13A圖是搬運機器人580之俯視圖,第13B圖是搬運機 器人580之側面圖。 FIGS. 13A and 13B are schematic views showing the transfer robot 580. Figure 13A is a plan view of the transport robot 580, and Figure 13B is a transporter. Side view of the person 580.

如第13A圖和第13B圖所示,搬運機器人580具備有第一手臂部581a、第二手臂部581b、吸附手臂部582、第一軸部583a、第二軸部583b及第三軸部583c。 As shown in FIGS. 13A and 13B, the transport robot 580 includes a first arm portion 581a, a second arm portion 581b, a suction arm portion 582, a first shaft portion 583a, a second shaft portion 583b, and a third shaft portion 583c. .

第一手臂部581a之一端部,安裝在沿著第一方向VC1具有長邊之第一軸部583a之一端。第一手臂部581a之另一端部,安裝在沿著第一方向VC1具有長邊之第二軸部583b之一端部(下端部)。第一手臂部581a可以以第一軸部583a作為基準,在第一方向VC1轉動。 One end of the first arm portion 581a is attached to one end of the first shaft portion 583a having a long side along the first direction VC1. The other end portion of the first arm portion 581a is attached to one end portion (lower end portion) of the second shaft portion 583b having a long side along the first direction VC1. The first arm portion 581a is rotatable in the first direction VC1 with the first shaft portion 583a as a reference.

第二手臂部581b之一端部,安裝在第二軸部583b之另一端(上端部)。在第二手臂部581b之另一端部,安裝在沿著第一方向VC1具有長邊之第三軸部583c之一端部(上端部)。第二手臂部581b可以以第二軸部583b作為基準,在第一方向VC1轉動。 One end of the second arm portion 581b is attached to the other end (upper end portion) of the second shaft portion 583b. The other end portion of the second arm portion 581b is attached to one end portion (upper end portion) of the third shaft portion 583c having a long side along the first direction VC1. The second arm portion 581b is rotatable in the first direction VC1 with the second shaft portion 583b as a reference.

在一方向具有長邊之吸附手臂部582之中心部,被安裝在第三軸部583c之另一端部(下端部)。吸附手臂部582可以以第三軸部583c作為基準,在第一方向VC1轉動。吸附手臂部582可吸附保持液晶面板P。 The center portion of the adsorption arm portion 582 having the long side in one direction is attached to the other end portion (lower end portion) of the third shaft portion 583c. The adsorption arm portion 582 can be rotated in the first direction VC1 with the third shaft portion 583c as a reference. The adsorption arm portion 582 can adsorb and hold the liquid crystal panel P.

搬運機器人580構建成利用控制裝置91之控制,使第一手臂部581a,第二手臂部581ba及吸附手臂部582之各個,可以在第一方向VC1轉動。 The transport robot 580 is constructed such that the first arm portion 581a, the second arm portion 581ba, and the adsorption arm portion 582 can be rotated in the first direction VC1 by the control of the control device 91.

在第13A圖和第13B圖中,將液晶面板P之長邊沿著第二方向VC2之姿勢之液晶面板P,以吸附手臂部582之一端部吸附保持,和沿著第二方向VC2配置第 一手臂部581a和第二手臂部581b,而且,沿著第三方向VC3配置吸附手臂部582,在此種狀態將液晶面板P搬運到第一貼合桌台541。利用此種方式,以液晶面板P之長邊沿著第二方向VC2之姿勢,將液晶面板P配置在第一貼合桌台541。 In FIGS. 13A and 13B, the liquid crystal panel P having the long side of the liquid crystal panel P along the second direction VC2 is adsorbed and held by one end of the adsorption arm portion 582, and is disposed along the second direction VC2. The arm portion 581a and the second arm portion 581b are disposed, and the adsorption arm portion 582 is disposed along the third direction VC3, and the liquid crystal panel P is transported to the first bonding table 541 in this state. In this manner, the liquid crystal panel P is placed on the first bonding table 541 in a posture in which the long side of the liquid crystal panel P is along the second direction VC2.

其次,使用第14A圖和第14B圖說明以液晶面板P之長邊沿著第三方向VC3之姿勢,將液晶面板P配置在第一貼合桌台541之實例。 Next, an example in which the liquid crystal panel P is disposed on the first bonding table 541 in a posture in which the long side of the liquid crystal panel P is along the third direction VC3 will be described using FIGS. 14A and 14B.

第14A圖和第14B圖是示意圖,用來表示搬運機器人580。第14A圖是搬運機器人580之俯視圖,第14B圖是搬運機器人580之側面圖。 14A and 14B are schematic views showing the handling robot 580. 14A is a plan view of the transfer robot 580, and FIG. 14B is a side view of the transfer robot 580.

另外,在第14A圖和第14B圖所示之搬運機器人580中,對於與第13A圖和第13B圖同樣之構成,附加同樣之符號,其詳細說明進行省略。另外,在第14A圖和第14B圖中,所說明者是以第13A圖和第13B圖所示之姿勢,亦即沿著第二方向VC2配置第一手臂部581a和第二手臂部581b,而且,沿著三方向VC3配置吸附手臂部582之姿勢,作為基準姿勢。 In the transfer robot 580 shown in FIGS. 14A and 14B, the same reference numerals are attached to the same components as those in FIGS. 13A and 13B, and detailed description thereof will be omitted. In addition, in FIGS. 14A and 14B, the first arm portion 581a and the second arm portion 581b are disposed along the second direction VC2 in the postures shown in FIGS. 13A and 13B. Further, the posture of the adsorption arm portion 582 is arranged along the three directions VC3 as a reference posture.

如第14A圖和第14B圖所示,以吸附手臂部582之另一端部,吸附保持液晶面板P之長邊沿著第三方向VC3之姿勢之液晶面板P,而且,使第一手臂部581a,第二手臂部581ba及吸附手臂部582對基本姿勢轉動既定量。具體而言,使第一手臂部581a以第一軸部583a基準在第一方向VC1左轉,和使第二手臂部581b以第二軸部 583b基準在第一方向VC1右轉,而且,使吸附手臂部582以第三軸部583c基準在第一方向VC1左轉。利用此種方式,使第一手臂部581a對第二方向VC2傾斜到第14A圖所示之下側,和使第二手臂部581b對第三方向VC3傾斜到第14A圖所示之右側,而且,沿著第三方向VC3配置吸附手臂部582。在此種狀態,將液晶面板P搬運到第一貼合桌台541。利用此種方式,以液晶面板P之長邊沿著第三方向VC3之姿勢,將液晶面板P配置在第一貼合桌台541。 As shown in FIGS. 14A and 14B, the liquid crystal panel P in which the long side of the liquid crystal panel P is along the third direction VC3 is adsorbed and held at the other end portion of the adsorption arm portion 582, and the first arm portion 581a is caused. The second arm portion 581ba and the suction arm portion 582 are both quantitatively rotated in the basic posture. Specifically, the first arm portion 581a is turned left in the first direction VC1 with reference to the first shaft portion 583a, and the second arm portion 581b is caused to be the second shaft portion. The 583b reference is turned right in the first direction VC1, and the adsorption arm portion 582 is rotated leftward in the first direction VC1 with reference to the third shaft portion 583c. In this manner, the first arm portion 581a is tilted to the lower side shown in FIG. 14A for the second direction VC2, and the second arm portion 581b is tilted to the right side shown in FIG. 14A for the third direction VC3, and The adsorption arm portion 582 is disposed along the third direction VC3. In this state, the liquid crystal panel P is transported to the first bonding table 541. In this manner, the liquid crystal panel P is placed on the first bonding table 541 in a posture in which the long side of the liquid crystal panel P is along the third direction VC3.

在本實施形態中,藉由第一貼合裝置51將第一薄片F1m貼合在液晶面板P之顯示面側,以形成第一薄片貼合體PA1。藉由第一貼合裝置51之形成之第一薄片貼合體PA1,以吸附手臂14b移交給搬運輸送帶11c(參照第1圖)。 In the present embodiment, the first sheet F1m is bonded to the display surface side of the liquid crystal panel P by the first bonding apparatus 51 to form the first sheet bonding body PA1. The first sheet bonding body PA1 formed by the first bonding apparatus 51 is transferred to the conveyance belt 11c by the suction arm 14b (refer to Fig. 1).

另外,第一貼合裝置51,因為具備複數之貼合頭521,所以在第一薄片F1m之貼合處理需要長時間時,亦可以抑制第一薄片F1m之供給停滯。因此,可以抑制第一薄片貼合體PA1之生產效率之降低。 Further, since the first bonding apparatus 51 includes a plurality of bonding heads 521, it is possible to suppress the supply of the first sheet F1m from being stagnant when the bonding process of the first sheet F1m takes a long time. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the production efficiency of the first sheet bonding body PA1.

回到第1圖,第一薄片貼合體PA1利用搬運輸送帶11c移交給第一檢測裝置31。 Returning to Fig. 1, the first sheet bonding body PA1 is transferred to the first detecting device 31 by the conveyance conveyor belt 11c.

(第一檢測裝置) (first detecting device)

第一檢測裝置31設在第一貼合裝置51之面薄片搬運下游側。第一檢測裝置31係檢測液晶面板P和第一薄片F1m之貼合面(第一貼合面)之端緣。 The first detecting device 31 is provided on the sheet conveying downstream side of the first bonding device 51. The first detecting device 31 detects the edge of the bonding surface (first bonding surface) of the liquid crystal panel P and the first sheet F1m.

第15圖是俯視圖,用來表示第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED之檢測步驟。 Fig. 15 is a plan view showing the detecting step of the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1.

第一檢測裝置31,如第15圖所示,在被設於搬運輸送帶11c之搬運路徑上之4個位置之檢查區域CA,檢測第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED。各個檢查區域CA配置在與具有矩形形狀之第一貼合面SA1之4個角部對應之位置。對在線上搬運之每個液晶面板P,檢測端緣ED。利用第一檢測裝置31檢測到之端緣ED,被記憶在記憶裝置92(參照第1圖)。 As shown in Fig. 15, the first detecting device 31 detects the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 in the inspection area CA at four positions on the conveyance path of the conveyance conveyor 11c. Each of the inspection areas CA is disposed at a position corresponding to four corner portions of the first bonding surface SA1 having a rectangular shape. The end edge ED is detected for each of the liquid crystal panels P carried on the line. The edge ED detected by the first detecting device 31 is stored in the memory device 92 (see Fig. 1).

另外,檢查區域CA之配置位置並不只限於此。例如,各個檢查區域CA亦可以配置在與第一貼合面SA1之各邊之一部分(例如,各邊之中央部)對應之位置。 In addition, the arrangement position of the inspection area CA is not limited to this. For example, each of the inspection areas CA may be disposed at a position corresponding to one of the sides of the first bonding surface SA1 (for example, the central portion of each side).

第16圖是第一檢測裝置31之示意圖。 Fig. 16 is a schematic view of the first detecting device 31.

在第16圖中,以第一檢測裝置31,第二檢測裝置32中之第一檢測裝置31,說明檢測裝置。第二檢測裝置32因為具有與第一檢測裝置31大致相同之構成,所以其詳細之說明進行省略。 In Fig. 16, the detecting means is explained by the first detecting means 31 and the first detecting means 31 of the second detecting means 32. Since the second detecting device 32 has substantially the same configuration as that of the first detecting device 31, detailed description thereof will be omitted.

如第16圖所示,第一檢測裝置31具備:照明光源311,其係照明端緣ED;和攝影裝置312,其係被配置在對第一貼合面SA1之法線方向,比端緣ED更傾斜到第一貼合面SA1之內側之位置,從貼合第一薄片貼合體PA1之第一薄片F1m之側,攝影端緣ED之影像。 As shown in Fig. 16, the first detecting device 31 includes an illumination light source 311 which is an illumination edge ED, and a photographing device 312 which is disposed in a normal direction to the first bonding surface SA1, and a peripheral edge The ED is inclined further to the inner side of the first bonding surface SA1, and the image of the edge ED is photographed from the side of the first sheet F1m to which the first sheet bonding body PA1 is bonded.

照明光源311和攝影裝置312分別被配置在第15圖所示4個位置之檢查區域CA(對應到第一貼合面 SA1之4個角部之位置)。 The illumination light source 311 and the photographing device 312 are respectively disposed in the inspection area CA at four positions shown in Fig. 15 (corresponding to the first bonding surface) The position of the four corners of SA1).

第一貼合面SA1之法線和攝影裝置312之攝影面312a之法線所形成之角度θ(以下稱為攝影裝置312之傾斜角度θ),較佳係設定成面板分斷時之偏離或毛邊等不會進入攝影裝置312之攝影視野內。例如,在第二基板P2之端面偏離到第一基板P1之端面之外側之時,攝影裝置312之傾斜角度θ設定成第二基板P2之端面不會進入攝影裝置312之攝影視野內。 The angle θ formed by the normal line of the first bonding surface SA1 and the normal line of the imaging surface 312a of the photographing device 312 (hereinafter referred to as the tilt angle θ of the photographing device 312) is preferably set to be a deviation when the panel is broken or The burrs or the like do not enter the photographic field of view of the photographing device 312. For example, when the end surface of the second substrate P2 is deviated to the outer side of the end surface of the first substrate P1, the inclination angle θ of the photographing device 312 is set such that the end surface of the second substrate P2 does not enter the photographing field of view of the photographing device 312.

攝影裝置312之傾斜角度θ較佳係設定成適合第一貼合面SA1和攝影裝置312之攝影面312a之中心間之距離H(以下稱為攝影裝置312之高度)。例如,在攝影裝置312之高度H為50mm以上100mm以下之時,攝影裝置312之傾斜角度θ較佳係設定在5°以上20°以下之範圍。但是,在經驗上知道偏離量時,可以根據該偏離量求得攝影裝置312之高度H和攝影裝置312之傾斜角度θ。在本實施形態中,例如,可以將攝影裝置312之高度H設定為78mm,攝影裝置312之傾斜角度θ設定10°作為條件。 The inclination angle θ of the photographing device 312 is preferably set to a distance H between the center of the first bonding surface SA1 and the photographing surface 312a of the photographing device 312 (hereinafter referred to as the height of the photographing device 312). For example, when the height H of the photographing device 312 is 50 mm or more and 100 mm or less, the tilt angle θ of the photographing device 312 is preferably set in a range of 5° or more and 20° or less. However, when the amount of deviation is known empirically, the height H of the photographing device 312 and the tilt angle θ of the photographing device 312 can be obtained from the amount of deviation. In the present embodiment, for example, the height H of the photographing device 312 can be set to 78 mm, and the tilt angle θ of the photographing device 312 can be set to 10° as a condition.

照明光源311和攝影裝置312被固定地配置在各個檢查區域CA。 The illumination light source 311 and the photographing device 312 are fixedly disposed in each of the inspection areas CA.

另外,照明光源311和攝影裝置312亦可以配置成可沿著第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED移動。在時,照明光源311和攝影裝置312亦可以各設置1個。另外,利用此種方式,可以使照明光源311和攝影裝置312移動到對第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED容易攝影之位置。 In addition, the illumination light source 311 and the photographing device 312 may be disposed to be movable along the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1. At the time, one illumination light source 311 and the photographing device 312 may be provided. Further, in this manner, the illumination light source 311 and the photographing device 312 can be moved to a position where the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 is easily photographed.

照明光源311配置在貼合有第一薄片貼合體PA1之第一薄片F1m之側之相反側。照明光源311,被配置在對第一貼合面SA1之法線方向,比端緣ED更傾斜到第一貼合面SA1之外側之位置。在本實施形態中,照明光源311之光軸和攝影裝置312之攝影面312a之法線成為平行。 The illumination light source 311 is disposed on the side opposite to the side on which the first sheet F1m of the first sheet bonding body PA1 is bonded. The illumination light source 311 is disposed at a position inclined to the outside of the first bonding surface SA1 from the edge ED in the normal direction to the first bonding surface SA1. In the present embodiment, the optical axis of the illumination light source 311 and the normal line of the imaging surface 312a of the imaging device 312 are parallel.

另外,照明光源亦可以配置在貼合有第一薄片貼合體PA1之第一薄片F1m之側。 Further, the illumination light source may be disposed on the side of the first sheet F1m to which the first sheet bonding body PA1 is bonded.

照明光源311之光軸和攝影裝置312之攝影面312a之法線亦可以稍微傾斜地交叉。 The optical axis of the illumination source 311 and the normal to the photographic surface 312a of the imaging device 312 may also intersect slightly obliquely.

第一薄片F1m之切割位置根據第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED之檢測結果調整。控制裝置91(參照第1圖)係取得記憶裝置92(參照第1圖)所記憶之第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED之資料,以第一光學構件F11不會突出到液晶面板P之外側(第一貼合面SA1之外側)之大小之方式,決定第一薄片F1m之切割位置(第一切割裝置)。 The cutting position of the first sheet F1m is adjusted in accordance with the detection result of the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1. The control device 91 (see FIG. 1) acquires the data of the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 stored in the memory device 92 (see FIG. 1) so that the first optical member F11 does not protrude to the liquid crystal panel P. The cutting position (first cutting device) of the first sheet F1m is determined in such a manner that the outer side (the outer side of the first bonding surface SA1) is large.

第17圖是立體圖,用來說明比較例之檢測裝置之作用。 Fig. 17 is a perspective view for explaining the action of the detecting device of the comparative example.

第18圖是剖視圖,用來說明比較例之檢測裝置之作用。 Figure 18 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the function of the detecting device of the comparative example.

第19圖是立體圖,用來說明本實施形態之檢測裝置之作用。 Fig. 19 is a perspective view for explaining the action of the detecting device of the embodiment.

第20圖是剖視圖,用來說明本實施形態之檢測裝置之作用。 Fig. 20 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the action of the detecting device of the embodiment.

在第17圖至第20圖中,以第二基板P2之端面偏離到第一基板P1之端面之外側之時,從貼合有第一薄片貼合體PA1之第一薄片F1m之側,攝影第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED為例進行說明。在第17圖至第20圖中,符號VL表示攝影裝置之攝影方向(攝影裝置之攝影面之法線方向)。另外,在第17圖至第20圖中,為說明方便,將構成檢測裝置之照明光源和攝影裝置之圖示省略。 In the case of the first substrate P1, when the end surface of the second substrate P2 is offset to the outer side of the end surface of the first substrate P1, the first sheet F1m to which the first sheet bonding body PA1 is bonded is photographed. The edge ED of the bonding surface SA1 will be described as an example. In Figs. 17 to 20, the symbol VL indicates the photographing direction of the photographing device (the normal direction of the photographing surface of the photographing device). In addition, in FIGS. 17 to 20, illustrations of the illumination light source and the imaging device constituting the detecting device are omitted for convenience of explanation.

如第17圖所示,在比較例之檢測裝置中,攝影裝置之攝影方向VL對第一貼合面SA1垂直。在時,如第18圖所示,第二基板P2之端緣進入到攝影裝置之攝影視野內。如此一來,超越第一薄片F1m,在檢測第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED時,會誤檢測到第二基板P2之端緣。亦即,攝影裝置不對第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED攝影,而是攝影第二基板P2之端緣之影像。其結果是不能以良好之精確度檢測第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED。 As shown in Fig. 17, in the detecting device of the comparative example, the photographing direction VL of the photographing device is perpendicular to the first bonding surface SA1. At the time, as shown in Fig. 18, the edge of the second substrate P2 enters the photographic field of view of the photographing device. As a result, beyond the first sheet F1m, when the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 is detected, the edge of the second substrate P2 is erroneously detected. That is, the photographing apparatus does not photograph the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1, but photographs the image of the edge of the second substrate P2. As a result, the end edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 cannot be detected with good precision.

與此相對地,如第19圖所示,在本實施形態之檢測裝置中,攝影裝置之攝影方向VL對第一貼合面SA1之法線方向傾斜地交叉。具體而言,如第20圖所示,攝影裝置之攝影方向VL傾斜到端緣ED之內側。亦即,攝影裝置之攝影方向VL設定成第二基板P2之端緣不會進入到攝影裝置之攝影視野內。因此,超越第一薄片F1m,在檢測第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED時,不會誤檢測到第二基板P2之端緣,可以只檢測第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED。因此,可以以良好之精確度檢測第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED。 On the other hand, as shown in Fig. 19, in the detecting device of the present embodiment, the imaging direction VL of the imaging device obliquely intersects the normal direction of the first bonding surface SA1. Specifically, as shown in Fig. 20, the photographing direction VL of the photographing device is inclined to the inner side of the end edge ED. That is, the photographing direction VL of the photographing device is set such that the end edge of the second substrate P2 does not enter the photographing field of view of the photographing device. Therefore, when the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 is detected beyond the first sheet F1m, the edge of the second substrate P2 is not erroneously detected, and only the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 can be detected. Therefore, the end edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 can be detected with good precision.

另外,在第17圖至第20圖中,以第二基板P2之端面偏離到第一基板P1之端面時,從貼合有第一薄片貼合體PA1之第一薄片F1m之側,攝影第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED為例進行說明,但是並不只限於此種方式。 Further, in FIGS. 17 to 20, when the end surface of the second substrate P2 is displaced to the end surface of the first substrate P1, the first image is taken from the side of the first sheet F1m to which the first sheet bonding body PA1 is bonded. The edge ED of the bonding surface SA1 will be described as an example, but it is not limited to this.

第21圖是剖視圖,用來說明適用第一薄片貼合體之變化例時,本實施形態之檢測裝置之作用。 Fig. 21 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the action of the detecting device of the embodiment when a modification of the first sheet bonding body is applied.

例如,如第21圖所示,當在液晶面板P`之端面存在有面板分割時之毛邊時,從貼合有第一薄片貼合體PA1`之第一薄片F1m之側,超越第一薄片F1m,攝影第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED之例中,此實例亦可適用本實施形態之檢測裝置。 For example, as shown in Fig. 21, when there is a burr at the end of the panel division on the end face of the liquid crystal panel P ' , the first sheet F1m is overtaken from the side of the first sheet F1m to which the first sheet-fitting body PA1 ' is bonded, In the example of photographing the end edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1, the detecting device of this embodiment can also be applied to this example.

返回到第1圖,桌台12a和滑動器機構13a配置在搬運輸送帶11c之面板搬運下游側。滑動器機構13a俯視看形成直線狀。滑動器機構13a可使保持第一薄片貼合體PA1之桌台12a,沿著滑動器機構13a之長邊方向移動。第一薄片貼合體PA1係藉由搬運輸送帶11c、桌台12a和滑動器機構13a,移交給第一切割裝置61。 Returning to Fig. 1, the table 12a and the slider mechanism 13a are disposed on the downstream side of the panel conveyance of the conveyance conveyor 11c. The slider mechanism 13a is formed in a straight line in plan view. The slider mechanism 13a can move the table 12a holding the first sheet bonding body PA1 in the longitudinal direction of the slider mechanism 13a. The first sheet bonding body PA1 is transferred to the first cutting device 61 by the conveyance belt 11c, the table 12a, and the slider mechanism 13a.

(第一切割裝置) (first cutting device)

第22圖是立體圖,表示第一切割裝置61。另外,第二切割裝置62亦具有同樣之構成,其詳細之說明進行省略。 Fig. 22 is a perspective view showing the first cutting device 61. Further, the second cutting device 62 has the same configuration, and a detailed description thereof will be omitted.

第一切割裝置61以第一薄片貼合體PA1作為切割對象,進行切割處理,切離第一薄片F1m之剩餘部分,形成與液晶面板P之顯示面側之貼合面對應之大小之第一光學 構件F11。第一切割裝置61,例如為雷射光照射裝置。 The first cutting device 61 cuts the first sheet bonding body PA1 as a cutting target, and cuts off the remaining portion of the first sheet F1m to form a first optical having a size corresponding to the bonding surface on the display surface side of the liquid crystal panel P. Member F11. The first cutting device 61 is, for example, a laser light irradiation device.

如第22圖所示,第一切割裝置61具備:第一桌台611、第二桌台612(參照第1圖)、雷射光振盪機620、構成EBS(Electrical Beam Shaping)630(參照第23圖)之音響光學元件631、IOR(Imaging Optics Rail)640、掃描器650、移動裝置660、和統括控制該等裝置之控制裝置670。 As shown in Fig. 22, the first cutting device 61 includes a first table 611, a second table 612 (see Fig. 1), a laser oscillating machine 620, and an EBS (Electrical Beam Shaping) 630 (see the 23rd). An acoustic optical component 631, an IOR (Imaging Optics Rail) 640, a scanner 650, a mobile device 660, and a control device 670 that collectively controls such devices.

第一桌台611具有保持面611a,其係保持被施加切割處理之第一薄片貼合體PA1。第一桌台611從保持面611a之法線方向看成為矩形。保持面611a具有:長方形之第一保持面611a1,其係在第一方向(X方向)具有長邊;和第二保持面611a2,其係配置成鄰接第一保持面611a1,且與第一保持面611a1相同形狀。亦即,第一桌台611具有第一保持面611a1和第二保持面611a2,可以同時保持2個之第一薄片貼合體PA1。 The first table 611 has a holding surface 611a that holds the first sheet bonding body PA1 to which the cutting process is applied. The first table 611 has a rectangular shape when viewed from the normal direction of the holding surface 611a. The holding surface 611a has a rectangular first holding surface 611a1 having a long side in a first direction (X direction), and a second holding surface 611a2 disposed adjacent to the first holding surface 611a1, and is firstly held The face 611a1 has the same shape. That is, the first table 611 has the first holding surface 611a1 and the second holding surface 611a2, and can hold the two first sheet bonding bodies PA1 at the same time.

第二桌台612(參照第1圖),亦與第一桌台611同樣地,具有保持第一薄片貼合體PA1之保持面612a。藉由具備第一桌台611和第二桌台612,可以保持複數之第一薄片貼合體PA1。 Similarly to the first table 611, the second table 612 (see FIG. 1) has a holding surface 612a that holds the first sheet bonding body PA1. By providing the first table 611 and the second table 612, a plurality of first sheet bonding bodies PA1 can be held.

雷射光振盪機620是振盪雷射光L之構件。例如,雷射光振盪機620可以使用CO2雷射光振盪機(二氧化碳雷射光振盪機)、UV雷射光振盪機、半導體雷射光振盪機、YAG雷射光振盪機、準分子雷射光振盪機等之振盪機,但是具體之構成沒有特別之限定。在上述例示之振盪機中,CO2雷射光振盪機,例如,可以振盪出適合於偏光 薄膜等之切割加工之高輸出之雷射光,所以較佳。 The laser oscillating machine 620 is a member that oscillates the laser light L. For example, the laser oscillating machine 620 can use an oscillation of a CO 2 laser oscillating machine (carbon dioxide laser oscillating machine), a UV laser oscillating machine, a semiconductor laser oscillating machine, a YAG laser oscillating machine, an excimer laser oscillating machine, or the like. Machine, but the specific constitution is not particularly limited. In the oscillating machine exemplified above, the CO 2 laser oscillating machine is preferably oscillated, for example, to illuminate a high-output laser light suitable for cutting processing of a polarizing film or the like.

第23圖表示EBS630之構成。 Figure 23 shows the structure of the EBS 630.

如第23圖所示,EBS630具有:音響光學元件631,其係被配置在從雷射光振盪機620振盪出之雷射光之光程上;驅動器632,其係與音響光學元件631電連接;和控制裝置670(相當於後面所述之雷射部671),其係控制雷射光通過音響光學元件631之時點。 As shown in Fig. 23, the EBS 630 has an acoustic optical element 631 disposed on the optical path of the laser light oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620, and a driver 632 electrically connected to the acoustic optical element 631; The control device 670 (corresponding to the laser portion 671 described later) controls the timing at which the laser light passes through the acoustic optical element 631.

EBS630係遮蔽雷射光至雷射光之輸出穩定。 The EBS630 is shielded from laser light to stable output of laser light.

音響光學元件631是用以遮蔽從雷射光振盪機620振盪出之雷射光的光學元件。音響光學元件631例如使壓電元件接著在由二氧化碲(TeO2)或鉬酸鉛(PbMoO4)等之單結晶或玻璃所構成之音響光學媒體。將電訊號施加在壓電元件而產生超音波,使該超音波在音響光學媒體中傳輸,可控制雷射光之通過和不通過(遮蔽)。 The acoustic optical element 631 is an optical element for shielding the laser light oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620. Acoustic optical element 631, for example, the piezoelectric element in the acoustic optical medium followed by a tellurium dioxide (TeO 2), or lead molybdate (PbMoO 4) of the single crystal or the like composed of glass. The electrical signal is applied to the piezoelectric element to generate an ultrasonic wave, and the ultrasonic wave is transmitted in the acoustic optical medium to control the passage and non-passing (shadowing) of the laser light.

另外,在本實施形態中是使用音響光學元件631作為EBS630之構成構件,但是並不只限於此種方式。只要能夠遮蔽從雷射光振盪機620振盪出之雷射光,亦可以使用其他之光學元件。 Further, in the present embodiment, the acoustic optical element 631 is used as a constituent member of the EBS 630, but it is not limited to this. Other optical components can be used as long as the laser light oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620 can be shielded.

驅動器632根據控制裝置670之控制,供給訊號訊號用以在音響光學元件631產生超音波之電訊號(控制訊號),利用音響光學元件631調整雷射光之遮蔽時間。 The driver 632 supplies a signal signal for generating an ultrasonic signal (control signal) at the acoustic optical element 631 according to the control of the control device 670, and adjusts the shielding time of the laser light by the acoustic optical element 631.

控制裝置670例如以除去從雷射光振盪機620振盪出之雷射光之上升部分和下降部分之方式,控制 雷射光通過音響光學元件631之時點。 The control device 670 controls, for example, in such a manner as to remove the rising portion and the falling portion of the laser light oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620. The point at which the laser light passes through the acoustic optical element 631.

另外,利用控制裝置670之時點控制並不只限於此種方式。例如,可以以選擇性除去從雷射光振盪機620振盪出之雷射光之上升部分和下降部分之方式,控制雷射光通過音響光學元件631之時點。特別是在從雷射光振盪機620振盪出之雷射光之下降部分之幅寬(時間),遠小於雷射光之上升部分之幅寬(時間)之時,除去雷射光之下降部分之實益較小。因此,在此時,可以選擇性只除去從雷射光振盪機620振盪出之雷射光之上升部分。 In addition, the time point control by the control device 670 is not limited to this mode. For example, the timing at which the laser light passes through the acoustic optical element 631 can be controlled in such a manner as to selectively remove the rising portion and the falling portion of the laser light oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620. In particular, when the width (time) of the falling portion of the laser light oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620 is much smaller than the width (time) of the rising portion of the laser light, the benefit of removing the falling portion of the laser light is small. . Therefore, at this time, it is possible to selectively remove only the rising portion of the laser light oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620.

利用此種構成,EBS630係根據控制裝置670之控制,在輸出穩定之狀態,射出從雷射光振盪機620振盪出之雷射光。另外,IOR640除去雷射光之強度分布中之無助於第一薄片貼合體PA1之切割之下游部分。 With such a configuration, the EBS 630 emits the laser light oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620 in a state where the output is stable in accordance with the control of the control device 670. In addition, the IOR 640 removes the downstream portion of the intensity distribution of the laser light that does not contribute to the cutting of the first sheet conforming body PA1.

第24圖是立體圖,用來表示IOR640之內部構成。 Figure 24 is a perspective view showing the internal structure of the IOR 640.

如第24圖所示,IOR640具有:第一聚光透鏡641,其係聚光從EBS630射出之雷射光;第一保持框架642,其係保持第一聚光透鏡641;光圈構件643,其係集中被第一聚光透鏡641聚光之雷射光;保持構件644,其係保持光圈構件643;準直透鏡645,其係使被光圈構件643集中之雷射光平行化;第二保持框架646,其係保持準直透鏡645;和移動機構647,其係使保持構件644和第二保持框架646相對移動。 As shown in Fig. 24, the IOR 640 has a first collecting lens 641 that collects the laser light emitted from the EBS 630, a first holding frame 642 that holds the first collecting lens 641, and a diaphragm member 643. The laser light condensed by the first condensing lens 641 is concentrated; the holding member 644 holds the aperture member 643; the collimator lens 645 is configured to parallelize the laser light concentrated by the aperture member 643; the second holding frame 646, It holds the collimating lens 645; and a moving mechanism 647 that moves the holding member 644 and the second holding frame 646 relatively.

第25圖是側剖視圖,用來表示第一聚光透 鏡641、光圈構件643和準直透鏡645之配置構成。 Figure 25 is a side cross-sectional view showing the first spotlight transmission The mirror 641, the aperture member 643, and the collimator lens 645 are configured.

如第25圖所示,於光圈構件643係形成用以集中被第一聚光透鏡641聚光之雷射光的針孔643h。第一聚光透鏡641、光圈構件643和準直透鏡645之各個之中心,被配置在與從EBS630射出之雷射光之光軸CL重疊之位置。 As shown in Fig. 25, a pinhole 643h for concentrating the laser light collected by the first condensing lens 641 is formed in the aperture member 643. The center of each of the first condensing lens 641, the diaphragm member 643, and the collimator lens 645 is disposed at a position overlapping the optical axis CL of the laser light emitted from the EBS 630.

光圈構件643較佳係配置在第一聚光透鏡641之後側焦點之附近。 The aperture member 643 is preferably disposed in the vicinity of the rear focus of the first condensing lens 641.

在此處,本說明書所說明之「第一聚光透鏡641之後側焦點之附近」是指光圈構件643之配置位置,在不大幅位置偏離第一聚光透鏡641之後側焦點之範圍,配置位置可以有稍微差異。例如,從第一聚光透鏡641之中心到第一聚光透鏡641之後側焦點之距離K1、和從第一聚光透鏡641之中心到光圈構件643之針孔643h之中心之距離K2,假如其比K1/K2在0.9/1以上1.1/1以下之範圍時,成為光圈構件643被配置在第一聚光透鏡641之後側焦點之附近。在此種範圍時,可以有效地集中被第一聚光透鏡641聚光之雷射光。 Here, the "near focus of the rear side focus of the first condensing lens 641" described in the present specification means the arrangement position of the diaphragm member 643, and the position of the side focus after the first condensing lens 641 is not largely displaced, and the arrangement position is There can be a slight difference. For example, the distance K 1 from the center of the first collecting lens 641 to the rear focal point of the first collecting lens 641 and the distance K 2 from the center of the first collecting lens 641 to the center of the pinhole 643h of the diaphragm member 643 If the ratio K 1 /K 2 is in the range of 0.9/1 or more and 1.1/1 or less, the diaphragm member 643 is disposed in the vicinity of the rear focus of the first collecting lens 641. In such a range, it is possible to effectively concentrate the laser light collected by the first collecting lens 641.

另外,光圈構件643較佳係被配置在第一聚光透鏡641之後側焦點之附近,但是光圈構件643之配置位置不限定在該位置。光圈構件643之配置位置只要在第一聚光透鏡641和準直透鏡645之間之光程上,不限於第一聚光透鏡641之後側焦點之附近。 Further, the diaphragm member 643 is preferably disposed in the vicinity of the rear focus of the first condensing lens 641, but the arrangement position of the diaphragm member 643 is not limited to this position. The arrangement position of the diaphragm member 643 is not limited to the vicinity of the focus of the rear side of the first condensing lens 641 as long as it is in the optical path between the first condensing lens 641 and the collimator lens 645.

返回到第24圖,移動機構647具有:滑動器機構648,其係使第一保持框架642、保持構件644和第 二保持框架646之各個,在與雷射光之行進方向之平行方向移動;和保持桌台649,其係保持滑動器機構648。 Returning to Fig. 24, the moving mechanism 647 has a slider mechanism 648 that causes the first holding frame 642, the holding member 644, and the Each of the two holding frames 646 moves in a direction parallel to the direction of travel of the laser light; and a table 649 is held which holds the slider mechanism 648.

例如,在保持構件644被配置在一定位置之狀態,使第一保持框架642和第二保持框架646,在與雷射光之行進方向之平行方向移動,進行第一保持框架642、保持構件644和第二保持框架646之互相定位。具體而言,將光圈構件643配置在準直透鏡645之前側焦點之位置和第一聚光透鏡641之後側焦點之位置。 For example, in a state where the holding member 644 is disposed at a certain position, the first holding frame 642 and the second holding frame 646 are moved in a direction parallel to the traveling direction of the laser light, and the first holding frame 642 and the holding member 644 are performed. The second retention frames 646 are positioned relative to each other. Specifically, the diaphragm member 643 is disposed at the position of the front focus of the collimator lens 645 and the position of the rear focus of the first condensing lens 641.

返回到第22圖,掃描器650使雷射光在與保持面611a平行之平面內進行2軸掃描。亦即,掃描器650係對第一桌台611,使雷射光在與保持面611a平行之第一方向(X方向)、和與保持面611a平行之第一方向之正交之第二方向(Y方向),獨立地相對移動。藉此,可以以良好之精確度,使雷射光照射在被第一桌台611保持之第一薄片貼合體PA1之任意位置。 Returning to Fig. 22, the scanner 650 causes the laser light to perform 2-axis scanning in a plane parallel to the holding surface 611a. That is, the scanner 650 is paired with the first table 611 such that the laser light is in a first direction (X direction) parallel to the holding surface 611a and a second direction orthogonal to the first direction parallel to the holding surface 611a ( Y direction), moving independently relative to each other. Thereby, the laser light can be irradiated to any position of the first sheet bonding body PA1 held by the first table 611 with good precision.

掃描器650具備第一照射位置調整裝置651、和第二照射位置調整裝置654。 The scanner 650 includes a first irradiation position adjusting device 651 and a second irradiation position adjusting device 654.

第一照射位置調整裝置651和第二照射位置調整裝置654係構成掃描元件,掃描元件係使從IOR640射出之雷射光在與保持面611a平行之平面內進行2軸掃描。第一照射位置調整裝置651和第二照射位置調整裝置654,例如,使用電流(galvano)掃描器。另外,掃描元件並不只限於電流掃描器,亦可以使用方向支架(gimbal)。 The first irradiation position adjusting device 651 and the second irradiation position adjusting device 654 constitute a scanning element that scans the laser light emitted from the IOR 640 in two planes in a plane parallel to the holding surface 611a. The first irradiation position adjusting device 651 and the second irradiation position adjusting device 654 use, for example, a current (galvano) scanner. In addition, the scanning element is not limited to a current scanner, and a gimbal can also be used.

第一照射位置調整裝置651具備有平面鏡 652和調整平面鏡652之設置角度之致動器653。致動器653具有平行於與第一方向和第二方向正交之第三方向(Z方向)之旋轉軸。致動器653根據控制裝置670之控制,使平面鏡652圍繞Z軸旋轉。 The first irradiation position adjusting device 651 is provided with a plane mirror 652 and an actuator 653 that adjusts the set angle of the mirror 652. The actuator 653 has a rotation axis parallel to a third direction (Z direction) orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction. Actuator 653 rotates plane mirror 652 about the Z axis in accordance with control of control device 670.

第二照射位置調整裝置654具備有平面鏡655和調整平面鏡655之設置角度之致動器656。致動器656具有與Y方向平行之旋轉軸。致動器656根據控制裝置670之控制,使平面鏡655圍繞Y軸旋轉。 The second irradiation position adjusting device 654 is provided with an actuator 656 having a plane mirror 655 and an angle at which the plane mirror 655 is adjusted. The actuator 656 has a rotational axis that is parallel to the Y direction. Actuator 656 rotates plane mirror 655 about the Y axis in accordance with control of control device 670.

在掃描器650和第一桌台611之間之光程上,配置有第二聚光透鏡680,其係使經由掃描器650之雷射光朝向保持面611a聚光。例如,第二聚光透鏡680使用f θ透鏡。藉此。從平面鏡655平行於第二聚光透鏡680射出之雷射光,可平行地聚光於第一薄片貼合體PA1。 On the optical path between the scanner 650 and the first table 611, a second condensing lens 680 is disposed which condenses the laser light passing through the scanner 650 toward the holding surface 611a. For example, the second concentrating lens 680 uses an f θ lens. Take this. The laser light emitted from the plane mirror 655 parallel to the second condensing lens 680 can be condensed in parallel on the first sheet bonding body PA1.

另外,亦可以構成在掃描器650和第一桌台611之間之光程上不配置第二聚光透鏡680。 In addition, the second condensing lens 680 may not be disposed on the optical path between the scanner 650 and the first table 611.

從雷射光振盪機620振盪出之雷射光L,經由音響光學元件631、IOR640、平面鏡652、平面鏡655和第二聚光透鏡680,照射在被第一桌台611保持之第一薄片貼合體PA1。第一照射位置調整裝置651、第二照射位置調整裝置654,根據控制裝置670之控制,調整從雷射光振盪機620朝向被第一桌台611保持之第一薄片貼合體PA1照射之雷射光之照射位置。 The laser light L oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620 is irradiated onto the first sheet bonding body PA1 held by the first table 611 via the acoustic optical element 631, the IOR 640, the plane mirror 652, the plane mirror 655, and the second condensing lens 680. . The first irradiation position adjusting device 651 and the second irradiation position adjusting device 654 adjust the laser light irradiated from the laser light oscillating machine 620 toward the first sheet bonding body PA1 held by the first table 611 in accordance with the control of the control device 670. Irradiation position.

利用掃描器650之控制之雷射加工區域(以下稱為掃描區域610s),從保持面611a之法線觀看成為矩 形。在本實施形態中,掃描區域610s之面積,小於第一保持面611a1和第二保持面611a2之各個之面積。 The laser processing region (hereinafter referred to as the scanning region 610s) controlled by the scanner 650 is viewed as a moment from the normal line of the holding surface 611a. shape. In the present embodiment, the area of the scanning area 610s is smaller than the area of each of the first holding surface 611a1 and the second holding surface 611a2.

第26圖用以說明EBS630之作用。 Figure 26 is used to illustrate the role of EBS630.

第26圖中所示之(a)表示從雷射光振盪機620振盪出之雷射光之控制訊號。 (a) shown in Fig. 26 shows a control signal of the laser light oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620.

第26圖中所示之(b)表示從雷射光振盪機620振盪出之雷射光本身之輸出特性,亦即,從雷射光振盪機620振盪出之雷射光,在通過音響光學元件631前之雷射光之輸出特性。 (b) shown in Fig. 26 shows the output characteristics of the laser light oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620, that is, the laser light oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620, before passing through the acoustic optical element 631. The output characteristics of laser light.

第26圖中所示之(c)表示音響光學元件631之控制訊號。 (c) shown in Fig. 26 shows the control signal of the acoustic optical element 631.

第26圖中所示之(d)表示從雷射光振盪機620振盪出之雷射光,在通過音響光學元件631後之雷射光之輸出特性。 (d) shown in Fig. 26 shows the output characteristics of the laser light oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620 after passing through the acoustic optical element 631.

在第26圖中所示之(b)、(d)之各個,橫軸為時間,縱軸為雷射光之強度。 In each of (b) and (d) shown in Fig. 26, the horizontal axis represents time and the vertical axis represents the intensity of the laser light.

在第27圖中所示之(a)至(d),在第26圖中所示之(a)至(d)中,著眼在雷射光之1個之脈波。 In (a) to (d) shown in Fig. 27, in (a) to (d) shown in Fig. 26, one pulse of the laser light is focused.

另外,在以下之說明中,將「從雷射光振盪機620振盪出之雷射光之控制訊號」稱為「雷射光之控制訊號」。將「從雷射光振盪機620振盪出之雷射光,在通過音響光學元件631前之雷射光之輸出特性」稱為「音響光學元件631通過前之雷射光之輸出特性」。將「從雷射光振盪機620振盪出之雷射光,在通過音響光學元件631後之雷射光之 輸出特性」稱為「音響光學元件631通過後之雷射光之輸出特性」。 In addition, in the following description, "the control signal of the laser light oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620" is called "the control signal of the laser light". The "output characteristics of the laser light oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620 before the acoustic optical element 631 passes" is referred to as "the output characteristic of the laser light before the acoustic optical element 631 passes". "Laser light oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620, after the laser light passing through the acoustic optical element 631 The output characteristic is referred to as "the output characteristic of the laser light after the acoustic optical element 631 passes."

如第26圖中之(a)和第27圖中之(a)所示,雷射光之控制訊號之脈波Ps1為矩形脈波。如第26圖中之(a)所示,雷射光之控制訊號為所謂之時鐘脈波,經由週期性地變換對雷射光振盪機620之ON/OFF訊號,以產生複數之脈波Ps1。 As shown in (a) of Fig. 26 and (a) of Fig. 27, the pulse wave Ps1 of the control signal of the laser light is a rectangular pulse wave. As shown in (a) of Fig. 26, the control signal of the laser light is a so-called clock pulse, and the ON/OFF signal to the laser oscillating machine 620 is periodically changed to generate a complex pulse wave Ps1.

在第26圖中所示之(a),和第27圖中所示之(a)中,脈波Ps1之山之部分是對雷射光振盪機620發送ON訊號之狀態,亦即,從雷射光振盪機620振盪出雷射光之ON狀態。脈波Ps1之谷之部分是對雷射光振盪機620發送OFF訊號之狀態,亦即,不從雷射光振盪機620振盪出雷射光之OFF狀態。 In (a) shown in Fig. 26 and (a) shown in Fig. 27, the portion of the mountain of the pulse wave Ps1 is a state in which the ON signal is transmitted to the laser oscillating machine 620, that is, from the thunder. The illuminating oscillating machine 620 oscillates the ON state of the laser light. The portion of the valley of the pulse wave Ps1 is a state in which the laser beam 620 transmits an OFF signal, that is, the OFF state of the laser light is not oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620.

如第26圖中之(a)所示,以短間隔配置3個之脈波Ps1,以形成1個之集合脈波PL1。3個之集合脈波PL1以比3個之脈波Ps1之配置間隔更長之間隔配置。例如,相鄰之2個之脈波Ps1之間之間隔為1ms,相鄰之2個集合脈波PL1之間之間隔為10ms。 As shown in (a) of Fig. 26, three pulse waves Ps1 are arranged at short intervals to form one set pulse wave PL1. The three sets of pulse waves PL1 are arranged in comparison with three pulse waves Ps1. Configured at longer intervals. For example, the interval between two adjacent pulse waves Ps1 is 1 ms, and the interval between two adjacent set pulse waves PL1 is 10 ms.

另外,在本實施形態中,是舉例說明以短間隔配置3個之脈波Ps1以形成1個之集合脈波PL1,但是並不只限於此種方式。例如,亦可以以短間隔配置2個或4個以上之複數之脈波,以形成1個之集合脈波PL1。 In the present embodiment, the three pulse waves Ps1 are arranged at short intervals to form one set pulse wave PL1. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, two or more complex pulse waves may be arranged at short intervals to form one set pulse wave PL1.

另外,並不只限於週期性地形成複數之脈波,亦可以構成以長幅形成1個之脈波。亦即,亦可以構成對雷射光 振盪機之ON訊號至OFF訊號,只以一定強度之雷射光振盪既定時間。 Further, it is not limited to the periodic formation of a plurality of pulse waves, and it is also possible to form a pulse wave which is formed in a long length. That is, it can also constitute a pair of laser light The ON signal of the oscillator is turned to the OFF signal, and only the laser light of a certain intensity is oscillated for a predetermined time.

如第26圖中之(b)和第27圖中之(b)所示,通過音響光學元件631前之雷射光之輸出特性之脈波Ps2,是具有上升部分G1和下降部分G2之波形之脈波。 As shown in (b) of FIG. 26 and (b) of FIG. 27, the pulse wave Ps2 of the output characteristic of the laser light passing through the acoustic optical element 631 is a waveform having a rising portion G1 and a falling portion G2. Pulse wave.

在此處,上升部分G1是指脈波Ps2中之雷射光之強度,從零到有助於對象物之切割之強度之期間之部分。下降部分G2是指雷射光之輸出特性之脈波Ps2中之從雷射光之強度為有助於對象物之切割之強度,到零之期間之部分。有助於對象物之切割之強度,依照對象物之材質、厚度、雷射光之輸出值而不同,其一實例,如第27圖中之(b)所示,成為雷射光之尖峰強度(100%)之50%之強度。 Here, the rising portion G1 refers to a portion of the period of the intensity of the laser light in the pulse wave Ps2 from zero to the intensity of the cut of the object. The descending portion G2 is a portion of the pulse wave Ps2 of the output characteristic of the laser light from the intensity of the laser light to the intensity of the cutting of the object, and to the period of zero. The strength of the object to be cut is different depending on the material, thickness, and output value of the laser light. An example of this is the peak intensity of the laser light as shown in (b) of Fig. 27 (100). 50% of the strength of %).

如第26圖中之(b)和第27圖中之(b)所示,脈波Ps2中上升部分G1之幅寬長於下降部分G2之幅寬。亦即,從雷射光振盪機620振盪出之雷射光之上升部分G1之時間,長於從雷射光振盪機620振盪出之雷射光之下降部分G2之時間。例如,上升部分G1之幅寬為45μs,下降部分G2之幅寬為25μs。 As shown in (b) of Fig. 26 and (b) of Fig. 27, the width of the rising portion G1 in the pulse wave Ps2 is longer than the width of the falling portion G2. That is, the time from the rising portion G1 of the laser light oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620 is longer than the time from the falling portion G2 of the laser light oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620. For example, the width of the rising portion G1 is 45 μs, and the width of the falling portion G2 is 25 μs.

另外,在本實施形態中,是舉例說明使脈波Ps2之上升部分G1之幅寬長於下降部分G2之幅寬,但是並不只限於此種方式。例如,亦可以使脈波Ps2之上升部分G1之幅寬大致等於下降部分G2之幅寬,或使脈波Ps2之上升部分G1之幅寬短於下降部分G2之幅寬,在任一情 況均可適用本發明。 Further, in the present embodiment, the width of the rising portion G1 of the pulse wave Ps2 is longer than the width of the falling portion G2, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the width of the rising portion G1 of the pulse wave Ps2 may be substantially equal to the width of the falling portion G2, or the width of the rising portion G1 of the pulse wave Ps2 may be shorter than the width of the falling portion G2. The present invention is applicable to all cases.

如第26圖中之(c)和第27圖中之(c)所示,音響光學元件631之控制訊號之脈波Ps3為矩形脈波。如第26圖中之(c)所示,音響光學元件631之控制訊號,週期性地變換雷射光通過音響光學元件631之時點,經由週期性地變換對驅動器632之控制訊號,產生複數之脈波Ps3,所謂時鐘脈波。 As shown in (c) of Fig. 26 and (c) of Fig. 27, the pulse wave Ps3 of the control signal of the acoustic optical element 631 is a rectangular pulse wave. As shown in (c) of FIG. 26, the control signal of the acoustic optical element 631 periodically changes the timing at which the laser light passes through the acoustic optical element 631, and periodically changes the control signal to the driver 632 to generate a complex pulse. Wave Ps3, the so-called clock pulse.

在第26圖中所示之(c)和第27圖中所示之(c)中,脈波Ps3之山之部分為雷射光通過之狀態,亦即,雷射光透過之透光狀態。脈波Ps3之谷之部分為雷射光不通過之狀態,亦即,遮蔽雷射光之遮光狀態。 In (c) shown in Fig. 26 and (c) shown in Fig. 27, the portion of the mountain of the pulse wave Ps3 is a state in which the laser light passes through, that is, a light transmitting state through which the laser light passes. The portion of the valley of the pulse wave Ps3 is a state in which the laser light does not pass, that is, the shading state of the laser light is blocked.

如第27圖中之(c)所示,各個脈波Ps3之谷之部分被重疊地配置在第27圖中之(b)所示之各個脈波Ps2之上升部分G1和下降部分G2之兩者。 As shown in (c) of Fig. 27, the valleys of the respective pulse waves Ps3 are overlapped and arranged in the rising portion G1 and the falling portion G2 of the respective pulse waves Ps2 shown in (b) of Fig. 27; By.

如第27圖中之(c)所示,著眼於1個脈波Ps3時,脈波Ps3之前側之谷之部分V1之幅寬,大於脈波Ps2之上升部分G1之幅寬,且,脈波Ps3之後側之谷之部分V2之幅寬,大致等於脈波Ps2之下降部分G2之幅寬。例如,脈波Ps3之前側之谷之部分V1之幅寬為45μs,脈波Ps3之後側之谷之部分V2之幅寬為25μs。依照此種方式,EBS630具有快速回應特性之開關功能。 As shown in (c) of Fig. 27, when focusing on one pulse wave Ps3, the width of the portion V1 of the valley on the front side of the pulse wave Ps3 is larger than the width of the rising portion G1 of the pulse wave Ps2, and the pulse The width of the portion V2 of the valley on the rear side of the wave Ps3 is substantially equal to the width of the falling portion G2 of the pulse wave Ps2. For example, the width V1 of the valley on the front side of the pulse wave Ps3 is 45 μs, and the width V2 of the valley on the rear side of the pulse wave Ps3 is 25 μs. In this way, the EBS630 has a switching function that responds quickly.

利用此種方式,除去雷射光上升部分G1和下降部分G2,可以選擇性地取出雷射光之輸出特性之脈波Ps2中雷射光之強度有助於對象物之切割之部分。 In this manner, by removing the laser light rising portion G1 and the falling portion G2, the intensity of the laser light in the pulse wave Ps2 of the output characteristic of the laser light can be selectively extracted to contribute to the cutting of the object.

其結果,如第26圖中之(d)和第27圖中之(d)所示,通過音響光學元件631後之雷射光之輸出特性之脈波Ps4,未具有上升部分G1和下降部分G2,成為尖銳突出之脈波。 As a result, as shown in (d) of FIG. 26 and (d) of FIG. 27, the pulse wave Ps4 of the output characteristic of the laser light passing through the acoustic optical element 631 does not have the rising portion G1 and the falling portion G2. Become a sharp and prominent pulse wave.

另外,在本實施形態中,是舉例說明脈波Ps3之前側之谷之部分V1之幅寬,大於脈波Ps2之上升部分G1之幅寬,而且,脈波Ps3之後側之谷之部分V2之幅寬,大致等於脈波Ps2之下降部分G2之幅寬,但是並不只限於此種方式。例如,可以使脈波Ps3之前側之谷之部分V1之幅寬,大致等於脈波Ps2之上升部分G1之幅寬,或使脈波Ps3之後側之谷之部分V2之幅寬,大於脈波Ps2之下降部分G2之幅寬等,依照需要適當調整。 Further, in the present embodiment, the width of the portion V1 of the valley on the front side of the pulse wave Ps3 is larger than the width of the rising portion G1 of the pulse wave Ps2, and the portion V2 of the valley on the rear side of the pulse wave Ps3 is exemplified. The width is approximately equal to the width of the falling portion G2 of the pulse wave Ps2, but is not limited to this manner. For example, the width of the portion V1 of the valley on the front side of the pulse wave Ps3 may be made substantially equal to the width of the rising portion G1 of the pulse wave Ps2 or the width of the portion V2 of the valley on the rear side of the pulse wave Ps3, which is larger than the pulse wave. The width of the descending portion G2 of Ps2, etc., is appropriately adjusted as needed.

第28圖用以說明IOR640之作用。 Figure 28 illustrates the role of the IOR640.

第28圖之左側之圖表示通過針孔643h前之雷射光之強度分布。第28圖之左側上段之圖為俯視圖,第28圖之左側中段之圖為立體圖,第28圖之左側下段之圖表示橫軸為位置,縱軸為強度。 The diagram on the left side of Fig. 28 shows the intensity distribution of the laser light passing through the pinhole 643h. The upper left side view of Fig. 28 is a plan view, the left middle section of Fig. 28 is a perspective view, and the left lower part of Fig. 28 is a view showing the horizontal axis as the position and the vertical axis as the intensity.

第28圖之右側之圖表示通過針孔643h後之雷射光之強度分布,第28圖之右側上段之圖為俯視圖,第28圖之右側中段之圖為立體圖,第28圖之右側下段之圖表示橫軸為位置,縱軸為強度。 The figure on the right side of Fig. 28 shows the intensity distribution of the laser light after passing through the pinhole 643h, the upper right side view of Fig. 28 is a plan view, the right middle side view of Fig. 28 is a perspective view, and the right side lower part of Fig. 28 is a view. Indicates that the horizontal axis is the position and the vertical axis is the intensity.

第29圖是使用比較例之雷射光照射裝置,切割對象物之偏光板時之切割面之擴大圖。 Fig. 29 is an enlarged view of a cut surface when a polarizing plate of an object is cut using a laser light irradiation device of a comparative example.

在此處,比較例之雷射光照射裝置是直接使用通過針 孔643h前之雷射光之雷射光照射裝置,亦即,未具備有IOR640之雷射光照射裝置。 Here, the laser light irradiation device of the comparative example is used directly through the needle The laser light irradiation device of the laser light before the hole 643h, that is, the laser light irradiation device having the IOR640 is not provided.

第30圖是使用本實施形態之雷射光照射裝置(第一切割裝置61),切割對象物之偏光板時之切割面之擴大圖。 Fig. 30 is an enlarged view of the cut surface when the polarizing plate of the object is cut by the laser light irradiation device (first cutting device 61) of the embodiment.

如第28圖之左側之圖所示,通過針孔643h前之雷射光之強度分布成為射束之中心部之強度較強,射束之外周部之強度較弱之強度分布。射束之外周部之雷射光之強度變小時,射束之外周部無助於對象物之切割。 As shown in the diagram on the left side of Fig. 28, the intensity distribution of the laser light passing through the pinhole 643h is such that the intensity of the center portion of the beam is strong and the intensity of the outer portion of the beam is weak. When the intensity of the laser light outside the beam becomes small, the outer periphery of the beam does not contribute to the cutting of the object.

此時,如第29圖所示,在比較例之雷射光照射裝置,確認偏光板之切割面形成傾斜狀。此係切割偏光板時,要考慮到雷射光之射束徑之外周部,沿著切割線部分地受到熱影響,使偏光板之切割區域以外之部分熔解之原因。 At this time, as shown in Fig. 29, in the laser light irradiation apparatus of the comparative example, it was confirmed that the cut surface of the polarizing plate was inclined. When cutting the polarizing plate, it is necessary to take into consideration the peripheral portion of the beam path of the laser light, which is partially affected by heat along the cutting line, and causes the portion other than the cutting region of the polarizing plate to be melted.

與此相對地,如第28圖之右側之圖所示,通過針孔643h後之雷射光之強度分布,經由除去雷射光之強度分布中之無助於偏光板之切割之下游部分,使雷射光之強度分布成為理想之高斯(Gaussian)分布。通過針孔643h後之雷射光之強度分布之半寬值,變成比通過針孔643h前之雷射光之強度分布之半寬值小。 On the other hand, as shown in the right side of Fig. 28, the intensity distribution of the laser light after passing through the pinhole 643h is improved by removing the downstream portion of the intensity distribution of the laser light which does not contribute to the cutting of the polarizing plate. The intensity distribution of the light is an ideal Gaussian distribution. The half width value of the intensity distribution of the laser light after passing through the pinhole 643h becomes smaller than the half width value of the intensity distribution of the laser light before passing through the pinhole 643h.

在此時,如第30圖所示,在具備有本實施形態之IOR640之雷射光照射裝置中,確認偏光板之切割面變成垂直於保持面。此係在切割偏光板時,考量使雷射光之強度分布中之有助於偏光板之切割之部分,照射在偏光板,以選擇性地熔斷偏光板之切割區域。 At this time, as shown in Fig. 30, in the laser light irradiation apparatus including the IOR 640 of the present embodiment, it was confirmed that the cut surface of the polarizing plate was perpendicular to the holding surface. When cutting the polarizing plate, it is considered that the portion of the intensity distribution of the laser light that contributes to the cutting of the polarizing plate is irradiated on the polarizing plate to selectively melt the cutting region of the polarizing plate.

返回到第22圖,移動裝置660使第一桌台611和第二桌台612(參照第1圖)之各個和掃描器650相對移動。移動裝置660包含第一滑動器機構661和第二滑動器機構662。第一滑動器機構661係用以使第一桌台611和第二桌台612之各個朝第一方向(X方向)移動。第二滑動器機構662係用以使第一滑動器機構661朝第二方向(Y方向)移動。 Returning to Fig. 22, the mobile device 660 relatively moves each of the first table 611 and the second table 612 (see Fig. 1) and the scanner 650. The mobile device 660 includes a first slider mechanism 661 and a second slider mechanism 662. The first slider mechanism 661 is configured to move each of the first table 611 and the second table 612 in a first direction (X direction). The second slider mechanism 662 is configured to move the first slider mechanism 661 in the second direction (Y direction).

根據此種構成,移動裝置660使第一滑動器機構661和第二滑動器機構662之各個內藏之線性馬達(未圖示)動作,使第一滑動器機構661和第二滑動器機構662之各個可對第一方向和第二方向之各個方向移動。 According to this configuration, the moving device 660 operates the linear motor (not shown) incorporated in each of the first slider mechanism 661 and the second slider mechanism 662 to cause the first slider mechanism 661 and the second slider mechanism 662. Each of them can move in each of the first direction and the second direction.

在第一滑動器機構661和第二滑動器機構662內之被脈波驅動之線性馬達,依照供給該線性馬達之脈波訊號,可以精細地進行輸出軸之旋轉角度控制。因此,可以高精確度控制被第一滑動器機構661支持之第一桌台611和第二桌台612之各個之第一方向和第二方向之各個方向上之位置。另外,第一桌台611和第二桌台612(參照第1圖)之位置控制,並不只限於使用脈波馬達之位置控制,例如,亦可以利用伺服馬達之回饋控制或其他之控制方法而實現。 The linear motor driven by the pulse wave in the first slider mechanism 661 and the second slider mechanism 662 can finely control the rotation angle of the output shaft in accordance with the pulse wave signal supplied to the linear motor. Therefore, the positions in the respective directions of the first direction and the second direction of each of the first table 611 and the second table 612 supported by the first slider mechanism 661 can be controlled with high precision. In addition, the position control of the first table 611 and the second table 612 (refer to FIG. 1) is not limited to the position control using the pulse motor, and for example, the feedback control of the servo motor or other control methods may be utilized. achieve.

控制裝置670具有:雷射控制部671,其係控制雷射光振盪機620和音響光學元件631(驅動器632);掃描控制部672,其係控制掃描器650;和滑動器控制部673,其係控制移動裝置660。 The control device 670 includes a laser control unit 671 that controls the laser oscillator 620 and the acoustic optical element 631 (driver 632), a scan control unit 672 that controls the scanner 650, and a slider control unit 673 that is The mobile device 660 is controlled.

具體而言,雷射控制部671進行之控制有:雷射光振盪機620之ON/OFF、從雷射光振盪機620振盪出之雷射光之輸出、從雷射光振盪機620振盪出之雷射L通過音響光學元件631之時點、和驅動器632之控制。 Specifically, the laser control unit 671 controls the ON/OFF of the laser oscillating machine 620, the output of the laser light oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620, and the laser oscillated from the laser oscillating machine 620. Control by the timing of the acoustic optical element 631 and the driver 632.

掃描控制部672進行第一照射位置調整裝置651之致動器653、第二照射位置調整裝置654之致動器656之各個驅動之控制。 The scan control unit 672 controls the respective driving of the actuator 653 of the first irradiation position adjusting device 651 and the actuator 656 of the second irradiation position adjusting device 654.

滑動器控制部673進行第一滑動器機構661和第二滑動器機構662之各個內藏之線性馬達之控制。 The slider control unit 673 performs control of a linear motor incorporated in each of the first slider mechanism 661 and the second slider mechanism 662.

掃描器650在藉由控制裝置91決定之第一切割位置,切割第一薄片F1m。根據第一切割位置,藉由切割第一薄片F1m,切離貼合在液晶面板P之顯示面側之面之第一薄片F1m之第一光學構件F11之對應部分、和其外側之剩餘部分。藉此,形成對應於第一貼合面SA1之大小之光學構件(第一光學構件F11)。 The scanner 650 cuts the first sheet F1m at the first cutting position determined by the control device 91. According to the first cutting position, by cutting the first sheet F1m, the corresponding portion of the first optical member F11 of the first sheet F1m which is bonded to the surface on the display surface side of the liquid crystal panel P, and the remaining portion of the outer side thereof are cut away. Thereby, an optical member (first optical member F11) corresponding to the size of the first bonding surface SA1 is formed.

此處,本說明書所說明之「對應於第一貼合面SA1之大小」是指表示第二基板P2之外形狀之大小。例如,在對應到第一貼合面SA1之部分為CF基板之貼合面時,因為沒有與電性零件安裝部等之機能部分相當之部分,所以在液晶面板P之四邊,沿著液晶面板P之外周緣切割。 Here, the "size corresponding to the first bonding surface SA1" described in the present specification means the size of the shape other than the second substrate P2. For example, when the portion corresponding to the first bonding surface SA1 is the bonding surface of the CF substrate, since there is no portion corresponding to the functional portion such as the electrical component mounting portion, the liquid crystal panel P is along the liquid crystal panel. Cutting outside the periphery of P.

回到第1圖,利用第一切割裝置61,從第一薄片貼合體PA1切離第一薄片F1m之剩餘部分,以形成在液晶面板P之顯示面側之面貼合有第一光學構件F11之 第一光學構件貼合體PA2。利用第一切割裝置61形成之第一光學構件貼合體PA2,例如,利用皮帶輸送帶等之搬運機構,移交給第一剝離裝置71。 Returning to Fig. 1, the remaining portion of the first sheet F1m is cut away from the first sheet bonding body PA1 by the first cutting device 61 to form the first optical member F11 on the surface on the display surface side of the liquid crystal panel P. It The first optical member is bonded to the body PA2. The first optical member bonding body PA2 formed by the first cutting device 61 is transferred to the first peeling device 71 by, for example, a conveying mechanism such as a belt conveyor.

(第一剝離裝置) (first peeling device)

第一剝離裝置71配置在較第一切割裝置61之面板搬運更下游側。第一剝離裝置71從第一薄片F1m切離之剩餘部分進行剝離。利用第一剝離裝置71剝離之剩餘部分,藉由未圖示之回收裝置回收。 The first peeling device 71 is disposed on the downstream side of the panel conveyance of the first cutting device 61. The remaining portion of the first peeling device 71 cut away from the first sheet F1m is peeled off. The remaining portion peeled off by the first peeling device 71 is recovered by a recovery device (not shown).

桌台12b和滑動器機構13b被配置在較第一剝離裝置71之面板搬運更下游側。滑動器機構13b俯視觀看形成直線狀。滑動器機構13b可以使保持第一光學構件貼合體PA2之桌台12b,沿著滑動器機構13b之長邊方向移動。第一光學構件貼合體PA2利用桌台12b和滑動器機構13b,移交給第一反轉裝置81。 The table 12b and the slider mechanism 13b are disposed on the downstream side of the panel conveyance of the first peeling device 71. The slider mechanism 13b is formed in a straight shape in plan view. The slider mechanism 13b can move the table 12b holding the first optical member bonding body PA2 along the longitudinal direction of the slider mechanism 13b. The first optical member bonding body PA2 is transferred to the first inverting device 81 by the table 12b and the slider mechanism 13b.

(第一反轉裝置) (first inversion device)

第一反轉裝置81被配置在較第一剝離裝置71之面板搬運更下游側。第一反轉裝置81利用吸附或挾持等保持經由第一貼合裝置51移交給桌台12b之第一光學構件貼合體PA2,使第一光學構件貼合體PA2之表背反轉,同時例如轉換方向以使與液晶面板P之短邊平行被搬運之第一光學構件貼合體PA2,成為與液晶面板P之長邊平行地被搬運。 The first reversing device 81 is disposed on the downstream side of the panel conveyance of the first peeling device 71. The first reversing device 81 holds the first optical member bonding body PA2 that is transferred to the table 12b via the first bonding device 51 by suction or holding, and the front surface of the first optical member bonding body PA2 is reversed, for example, converted. The first optical member bonding body PA2 that is conveyed in parallel with the short side of the liquid crystal panel P is conveyed in parallel with the long side of the liquid crystal panel P.

上述反轉是使貼合在液晶面板P之表背面之各個光學構件F1X,配置成使偏光軸方向互成直角。 The above-described inversion is performed so that the respective optical members F1X bonded to the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P are arranged such that the directions of the polarization axes are at right angles to each other.

另外,在只使液晶面板P之表背反轉時, 例如,亦可以使用具有反轉手臂之反轉裝置,該反轉手臂具有與搬運方向平行之轉動軸。此時,假如將第一貼合裝置51之薄片搬運方向和第二貼合裝置52之薄片搬運方向,配置成俯視看互成直角,則可以在液晶面板P之表背面,貼合偏光軸方向互成直角之薄片FXm。 In addition, when only the front and back of the liquid crystal panel P are reversed, For example, an inversion device having a reversing arm having a rotation axis parallel to the conveying direction may also be used. In this case, if the sheet conveyance direction of the first bonding apparatus 51 and the sheet conveyance direction of the second bonding apparatus 52 are arranged at right angles in a plan view, the direction of the polarization axis can be adhered to the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P. Sheet FXm at right angles to each other.

第一反轉裝置81係使液晶面板P之顯示面側為上面之第一光學構件貼合體PA2表背反轉,而使液晶面板P之背光側成為上面。經由第一反轉裝置81之第一光學構件貼合體PA,利用構成第一反轉裝置81之反轉機構,移交給搬運輸送帶11d。 The first inverting device 81 reverses the front and back of the first optical member bonding body PA2 on the display surface side of the liquid crystal panel P, and sets the backlight side of the liquid crystal panel P to the upper surface. The first optical member bonding body PA that has passed through the first inverting device 81 is transferred to the transport conveyor belt 11d by the reversing mechanism that constitutes the first inverting device 81.

返回到第1圖,搬運輸送帶11d俯視看形成直線狀。搬運輸送帶11d保持第一光學構件貼合體PA2地搬運,在搬運輸送帶11d中,以液晶面板P之長邊沿搬運方向之方式,搬運第一光學構件貼合體PA2。 Returning to Fig. 1, the conveyance belt 11d is formed in a straight line in plan view. The conveyance belt 11d is conveyed by the 1st optical member bonding body PA2, and the conveyance belt 11d conveys the 1st optical member bonding body PA2 in the conveyance direction of the long side of the liquid crystal panel P.

吸附手臂14c在搬運輸送帶11d之側方,被配在搬運輸送帶11d和第二貼合裝置52之間。 The suction arm 14c is disposed between the conveyance belt 11d and the second bonding device 52 on the side of the conveyance belt 11d.

吸附手臂14c吸附保持被搬運輸送帶11d保持之第一光學構件貼合體PA2,在垂直方向和水平方向自由搬運。例如,吸附手臂14c將吸附保持之第一光學構件貼合體PA2,以水平狀態搬運到構成第二貼合裝置52之貼合桌台(第一貼合桌台541、第二貼合桌台542)之正上方,在該位置解除吸附,將第一光學構件貼合體PA2移交給貼合桌台。第一光學構件貼合體PA2藉由吸附手臂14c移交給第二貼合裝置52。 The adsorption arm 14c sucks and holds the first optical member bonding body PA2 held by the conveyance belt 11d, and is freely transported in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. For example, the adsorption arm 14c transports the first optical member bonding body PA2 that is adsorbed and held to the bonding table (the first bonding table 541 and the second bonding table 542) that constitute the second bonding device 52 in a horizontal state. Immediately above, the adsorption is released at this position, and the first optical member bonding body PA2 is transferred to the bonding table. The first optical member bonding body PA2 is handed over to the second bonding device 52 by the adsorption arm 14c.

(第二貼合裝置) (second bonding device)

第二貼合裝置52在第一光學構件貼合體PA2將第二薄片F2m貼合在液晶面板P之背光側之面。第二薄片F2m為大小比第二光學構件F12大之第二光學構件薄片F2之薄片。藉由第二貼合裝置52,將第二薄片F2m貼合在第一光學構件貼合體PA2之第一光學構件F11之相反側之面,以形成第二薄片貼合體PA3。以第二貼合裝置52形成之第二薄片貼合體PA3,利用吸附手臂14c移交至搬運輸送帶11d。 The second bonding apparatus 52 bonds the second sheet F2m to the surface on the backlight side of the liquid crystal panel P in the first optical member bonding body PA2. The second sheet F2m is a sheet of the second optical member sheet F2 that is larger in size than the second optical member F12. The second sheet F2m is bonded to the surface opposite to the first optical member F11 of the first optical member bonding body PA2 by the second bonding apparatus 52 to form the second sheet bonding body PA3. The second sheet bonding body PA3 formed by the second bonding device 52 is transferred to the conveyance belt 11d by the suction arm 14c.

另外,第二貼合裝置52因具備有複數之貼合頭521(參照第7圖),所以即使第二薄片F2m之貼合處理需要長時間,亦可以抑制第二薄片F2m之供給之停滯。因此,可以抑制第二薄片貼合體PA3之生產效率之降低。 Further, since the second bonding apparatus 52 is provided with a plurality of bonding heads 521 (see FIG. 7), even if the bonding process of the second sheet F2m takes a long time, the supply of the second sheet F2m can be suppressed from being stagnant. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the production efficiency of the second sheet bonding body PA3.

吸附手臂14c係吸附保持被貼合桌台保持之第二薄片貼合體PA3,在垂直方向和水平方向自由搬運。例如,吸附手臂14c將吸附保持之第二薄片貼合體PA3以水平狀態搬運到搬運輸送帶11d之正上方,在該位置解除吸附,將第二薄片貼合體PA3移交給搬運輸送帶11d。在搬運輸送帶11d以液晶面板P之長邊沿著搬運方向之方式,搬運第二薄片貼合體PA3。 The adsorption arm 14c adsorbs and holds the second sheet bonding body PA3 held by the bonding table, and is freely transported in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. For example, the adsorption arm 14c conveys the second sheet bonding body PA3 that is adsorbed and held in a horizontal state directly above the conveyance belt 11d, and at this position, the suction is released, and the second sheet bonding body PA3 is transferred to the conveyance belt 11d. The second sheet bonding body PA3 is conveyed in the conveyance belt 11d so that the long side of the liquid crystal panel P is along the conveyance direction.

吸附手臂14d在搬運輸送帶11d之下游側,被配置在搬運輸送帶11d和搬運輸送帶11e之間。搬運輸送帶11d和搬運輸送帶11e被配置成面對地包夾吸附手臂14d。搬運輸送帶11e俯視看形成直線形狀。 The suction arm 14d is disposed between the conveyance belt 11d and the conveyance belt 11e on the downstream side of the conveyance belt 11d. The transport conveyor belt 11d and the transport conveyor belt 11e are configured to face the suction arm 14d face to face. The conveyance belt 11e forms a linear shape in plan view.

吸附手臂14d係吸附保持被搬運輸送帶11d 保持之第二薄片貼合體PA3,在垂直方向和水平方向自由搬運。例如,吸附手臂14d將吸附保持之二薄片貼合體PA3搬運到搬運輸送帶11e之正上方,在該位置解除吸附,將第二薄片貼合體PA3移交給搬運輸送帶11e。搬運輸送帶11e保持第二薄片貼合體PA3地搬運。在搬運輸送帶11e以液晶面板P之長邊沿著搬運方向之方式,搬運第二薄片貼合體PA3。 The adsorption arm 14d is adsorbed and held by the transport belt 11d The held second sheet bonding body PA3 is freely transported in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. For example, the adsorption arm 14d conveys the two sheet bonding bodies PA3 that are adsorbed and held directly above the conveyance belt 11e, and at this position, the suction is released, and the second sheet bonding body PA3 is transferred to the conveyance belt 11e. The conveyance belt 11e is conveyed by the 2nd sheet bonding body PA3. The conveyance belt 11e conveys the second sheet bonding body PA3 so that the long side of the liquid crystal panel P is along the conveyance direction.

吸附手臂14e,在搬運輸送帶11e之側方,被配置在搬運輸送帶11e和第三貼合裝置53之間。 The suction arm 14e is disposed between the conveyance belt 11e and the third bonding device 53 on the side of the conveyance belt 11e.

吸附手臂14e係吸附保持被搬運輸送帶11e保持之第二薄片貼合體PA3,在垂直方向和水平方向自由搬運。例如,吸附手臂14e係將吸附保持之第二薄片貼合體PA3以水平狀態搬運到構成第三貼合裝置53之貼合桌台(第一貼合桌台541、第二貼合桌台542)之正上方,在該位置解除吸附,將第二薄片貼合體PA3移交給貼合桌台。第二薄片貼合體PA3利用吸附手臂14e移交給第三貼合裝置53。 The suction arm 14e sucks and holds the second sheet bonding body PA3 held by the conveyance belt 11e, and is freely conveyed in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. For example, the adsorption arm 14e conveys the second sheet bonding body PA3 that is adsorbed and held in a horizontal state to the bonding table (the first bonding table 541 and the second bonding table 542) constituting the third bonding device 53. Immediately above, the suction is released at this position, and the second sheet bonding body PA3 is transferred to the bonding table. The second sheet bonding body PA3 is transferred to the third bonding device 53 by the adsorption arm 14e.

(第三貼合裝置) (third bonding device)

第三貼合裝置53係在第二薄片貼合體PA3中,將第三薄片F3m貼合在液晶面板P之背光側之面。第三薄片F3m是大小比第三光學構件F13大之第三光學構件片F3之薄片。利用第三貼合裝置53,將第三薄片F3m貼合在第二薄片貼合體PA3之第二薄片F2m側之面,以形成第三薄片貼合體PA4。以第三貼合裝置53形成之第三薄片貼合體 PA4,利用吸附手臂14e移交給搬運輸送帶11e。 The third bonding apparatus 53 is attached to the second sheet bonding body PA3, and the third sheet F3m is bonded to the surface of the liquid crystal panel P on the backlight side. The third sheet F3m is a sheet of the third optical member sheet F3 which is larger in size than the third optical member F13. The third sheet F3m is bonded to the surface of the second sheet F2m side of the second sheet bonding body PA3 by the third bonding apparatus 53, so that the third sheet bonding body PA4 is formed. Third sheet bonding body formed by the third bonding device 53 The PA 4 is transferred to the conveyance conveyor belt 11e by the suction arm 14e.

另外,第三貼合裝置53因具備複數之貼合頭521(參照第7圖),所以即使第三薄片F3m之貼合處理需要長時間,亦可以抑制第三薄片F3m之供給之停滯。因此,可以抑制第三薄片貼合體PA3之生產效率之降低。 Further, since the third bonding apparatus 53 includes a plurality of bonding heads 521 (see FIG. 7), even if the bonding process of the third sheet F3m takes a long time, the supply of the third sheet F3m can be suppressed from being stagnant. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the production efficiency of the third sheet bonding body PA3.

吸附手臂14e係吸附保持被貼合桌台保持之第薄片貼合體PA4,在垂直方向和水平方向自由搬運。例如,吸附手臂14e將吸附保持之第三薄片貼合體PA4以水平狀態搬運到搬運輸送帶11e之正上方,在該位置解除吸附,將第三薄片貼合體PA4移交給搬運輸送帶11e。在搬運輸送帶11e,以液晶面板P之長邊沿著搬運方向之方式,搬運第三薄片貼合體PA4。 The adsorption arm 14e adsorbs and holds the first sheet bonding body PA4 held by the bonding table, and is freely transported in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. For example, the adsorption arm 14e conveys the third sheet bonding body PA4 that is adsorbed and held in a horizontal state directly above the conveyance belt 11e, and at this position, the suction is released, and the third sheet bonding body PA4 is transferred to the conveyance belt 11e. The conveyance belt 11e is conveyed, and the 3rd sheet bonding body PA4 is conveyed so that the long side of the liquid crystal panel P may advance along a conveyance direction.

第三光學構件貼合體PA4藉由搬運輸送帶11e移交給第二檢測裝置32。 The third optical member bonding body PA4 is handed over to the second detecting device 32 by the conveyance conveyor belt 11e.

(第二檢測裝置) (second detection device)

第二檢測裝置32係設在第三貼合裝置53之面板搬運下游惻。第二檢測裝置32檢測液晶面板P和第二薄片F2m之貼合面(第一貼合面)之端緣。 The second detecting device 32 is disposed downstream of the panel conveyance of the third bonding device 53. The second detecting device 32 detects the edge of the bonding surface (first bonding surface) of the liquid crystal panel P and the second sheet F2m.

第二檢測裝置32係例如在設置於搬運輸送帶11e之搬運路徑上之4個位置之檢查區域CA(參照第15圖),檢測第二貼合面之端緣。各個檢查區域CA配置在與具有矩形形狀之第二貼合面之4個角部對應之位置。對在線上被搬運之每一個液晶面板P,檢測其端緣。利用第二檢測裝置32檢測到之端緣之資料,記憶在記憶裝置92(參 照第1圖)。 The second detecting device 32 detects the edge of the second bonding surface, for example, at an inspection area CA (see FIG. 15) provided at four positions on the conveyance path of the conveyance conveyor 11e. Each of the inspection areas CA is disposed at a position corresponding to four corner portions of the second bonding surface having a rectangular shape. For each liquid crystal panel P that is transported on the line, its end edge is detected. The data detected by the second detecting device 32 is memorized in the memory device 92 (see According to Figure 1).

第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之切割位置,根據第二貼合面之檢測結果調整。控制裝置91(參照第1圖),取得被記憶在記憶裝置92(參照第1圖)之第二貼合面之端緣ED之資料,以第二光學構件F12和第三光學構件F13不會突出液晶面板P之外側(第二貼合面之外側)之方式,決定第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之切割位置(第二切割位置)。 The cutting positions of the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m are adjusted according to the detection result of the second bonding surface. The control device 91 (see Fig. 1) acquires data of the edge ED of the second bonding surface stored in the memory device 92 (see Fig. 1), so that the second optical member F12 and the third optical member F13 do not. The cutting position (second cutting position) of the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m is determined so as to protrude the outer side of the liquid crystal panel P (the outer side of the second bonding surface).

桌台12c和滑動器機構13c被配置在搬運輸送帶11e之面板搬運下游惻。滑動器機構13c俯視看形成直線形狀。滑動器機構13c可以使保持第三薄片貼合體PA4之桌台12c,沿著滑動器機構13c之長邊方向移動。第三薄片貼合體PA4利用搬運輸送帶11e、桌台12c和滑動器機構13c,移交給第二切割裝置62。 The table 12c and the slider mechanism 13c are disposed on the lower side of the panel conveyance of the conveyance conveyor 11e. The slider mechanism 13c forms a linear shape in plan view. The slider mechanism 13c can move the table 12c holding the third sheet bonding body PA4 in the longitudinal direction of the slider mechanism 13c. The third sheet bonding body PA4 is transferred to the second cutting device 62 by the conveyance belt 11e, the table 12c, and the slider mechanism 13c.

(第二切割裝置) (second cutting device)

第二切割裝置62配置在第二檢測裝置32之面板搬運下游側。 The second cutting device 62 is disposed on the panel transport downstream side of the second detecting device 32.

另外,第二切割裝置62之構成與第一切割裝置61之構成相同,所以將其詳細說明省略。 Further, the configuration of the second cutting device 62 is the same as that of the first cutting device 61, and thus detailed description thereof will be omitted.

掃描器650係根據第二切割位置,切割第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m,切離貼合在液晶面板P之背光側之面之第二薄片F2m之第二光學構件F12之對應部分、和其外側之剩餘部分,以及切離貼合在第二薄片F2m之液晶面板P之相反側之面之第三薄片F3m的第三光學構件 F13之對應部分、和其外側之剩餘部分。利用此種方式,形成與第二貼合面對應之大小之光學構件(第二光學構件F12和第三光學構件F13)。 The scanner 650 cuts the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m according to the second cutting position, and cuts off a corresponding portion of the second optical member F12 of the second sheet F2m that is attached to the backlight side of the liquid crystal panel P, and a remaining portion of the outer side, and a third optical member of the third sheet F3m which is cut away from the surface opposite to the liquid crystal panel P of the second sheet F2m The corresponding part of F13 and the remainder of its outer side. In this manner, the optical members (the second optical member F12 and the third optical member F13) having a size corresponding to the second bonding surface are formed.

因此,在本說明書中所說明之「與第二貼合面對應之大小」表示第一基板P1之外形狀之大小。但是,包含顯示區域P4之大小以上、液晶面板P之外形狀之大小以下之區域,而且避開電性零件安裝部等之機能部分之區域。在本實施形態中,在俯視為矩形之液晶面板P,在除了上述機能部分外之三邊,沿著液晶面板P之外周緣,雷射切割剩餘部分,在與上述機能部分相當之一邊,於從液晶面板P之外周緣適當進入顯示區域P4側之位置,雷射切割剩餘部分。例如,在與第二貼合面對應之部分為TFT基板之貼合面時,在與上述機能部分相當之一邊,除去上述機能部分,切割從液晶面板P之外周緣向顯示區域P4側偏離既定量之位置。 Therefore, the "size corresponding to the second bonding surface" described in the present specification means the size of the shape other than the first substrate P1. However, it includes an area equal to or larger than the size of the display region P4 and a size other than the shape of the liquid crystal panel P, and avoids a functional portion such as an electrical component mounting portion. In the present embodiment, the liquid crystal panel P having a rectangular shape in plan view is laser-cut along the outer periphery of the liquid crystal panel P on the three sides except the functional portion, and is adjacent to the functional portion. The remaining portion of the liquid crystal panel P is appropriately cut into the display region P4 side, and the laser cuts the remaining portion. For example, when the portion corresponding to the second bonding surface is the bonding surface of the TFT substrate, the functional portion is removed from one side of the functional portion, and the cutting is deviated from the outer periphery of the liquid crystal panel P toward the display region P4 side. The location of the quantity.

另外,在液晶面板P,並不只限於將薄片貼合在包含上述機能部分之區域(例如,液晶面板P全體)。例如,亦可以預先貼合在液晶面板P之避開上述機能部分之區域,然後,在俯視看矩形之液晶面板P之除去上述機能部分之三邊,沿著液晶面板P之外周緣而雷射切割剩餘部分。 Further, the liquid crystal panel P is not limited to being bonded to a region including the above-described functional portion (for example, the entire liquid crystal panel P). For example, it is also possible to adhere to the area of the liquid crystal panel P that avoids the above-described functional portion, and then, in a plan view, the rectangular liquid crystal panel P is removed from the periphery of the liquid crystal panel P and is laser-arranged along the outer periphery of the liquid crystal panel P. Cut the rest.

利用第二切割裝置62從第三薄片貼合體PA4,切離第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之各個之剩餘部分,以將第二光學構件F12和第三光學構件F13貼合在液晶面板P之背光側之面,而且,形成在液晶面板P之顯示 面側貼合有第一光學構件F11之光學構件貼合體PA。以第二切割裝置62形成之光學構件貼合體PA,例如,利用皮帶輸送帶等之搬運機構,移交給第二剝離裝置72。 The remaining portion of each of the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m is cut away from the third sheet bonding body PA4 by the second cutting device 62 to bond the second optical member F12 and the third optical member F13 to the liquid crystal panel P The side of the backlight side, and formed on the display of the liquid crystal panel P The optical member bonding body PA of the first optical member F11 is bonded to the surface side. The optical member bonding body PA formed by the second cutting device 62 is transferred to the second peeling device 72 by, for example, a conveying mechanism such as a belt conveyor.

(第二剝離裝置) (second peeling device)

第二剝離裝置72被配置在第二切割裝置62之面板搬運下游側。第二剝離裝置72對從第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之各個切離之剩餘部分,進行剝離。利用第二剝離裝置72剝離之剩餘部分,以未圖示之回收裝置回收。經過第二剝離裝置72之光學構件貼合體PA,例如,利用皮帶輸送帶等之搬運機構,移交給搬運輸送帶11f。 The second peeling device 72 is disposed on the panel conveyance downstream side of the second cutting device 62. The second peeling device 72 peels off the remaining portion cut away from each of the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m. The remaining portion peeled off by the second peeling device 72 is recovered by a recovery device (not shown). The optical member bonding body PA that has passed through the second peeling device 72 is transferred to the transport conveyor belt 11f by, for example, a transport mechanism such as a belt conveyor.

另外,薄片FXm之剩餘部分之大小(突出到液晶面板P之外側之部分之大小),依照液晶面板P之大小適宜地設定。例如,當使薄片FXm適用在5吋至10吋之中小型大小之液晶面板P時,在薄片FXm之各邊,將薄片FXm之一邊和液晶面板P之一邊之間之間隔,設定在2mm至5mm之範圍之長度。 Further, the size of the remaining portion of the sheet FXm (the size of the portion protruding to the outer side of the liquid crystal panel P) is appropriately set in accordance with the size of the liquid crystal panel P. For example, when the sheet FXm is applied to a liquid crystal panel P of a small size of 5 吋 to 10 ,, the interval between one side of the sheet FXm and one side of the liquid crystal panel P is set to 2 mm on each side of the sheet FXm. The length of the range of 5mm.

第31圖表示當使用第一切割裝置61和第二切割裝置62而將薄片FXm切割成為既定大小之光學構件F1X時,使雷射光在薄片FXm上以矩形狀掃描之控制方法。 Fig. 31 shows a control method of scanning the laser light in a rectangular shape on the sheet FXm when the sheet FXm is cut into the optical member F1X of a predetermined size by using the first cutting device 61 and the second cutting device 62.

另外,在第31圖中,符號Tr是作為目的之雷射光之移動軌跡(所希望之軌跡,以下稱為雷射光移動軌跡),符號Tr1是利用第一桌台611和掃描器650之相對移動之移動軌跡,投影在薄片FXm之軌跡(以下稱為光源移動軌跡)。光源移動軌跡Tr1成為使具有矩形之雷射光移動 軌跡Tr之4個之角部彎曲之形狀,符號K1是角部以外之直線區間,符號K2是角部之屈曲區間。符號Tr2是曲線(以下稱為調整曲線),其係表示當使掃描器650在光源移動軌跡Tr1上相對移動時,雷射光之照射位置利用第一照射位置調整裝置651和第二照射位置調整裝置654,以何種程度偏離(被調整)與光源移動軌跡Tr1正交之方向。雷射照射位置之偏離量(調整量)表示在與光源移動軌跡Tr1正交之方向,調整曲線Tr2和雷射光移動軌跡Tr之間之距離。 Further, in Fig. 31, the symbol Tr is a moving trajectory of the target laser light (a desired trajectory, hereinafter referred to as a laser light moving trajectory), and the symbol Tr1 is a relative movement using the first table 611 and the scanner 650. The movement trajectory is projected on the trajectory of the sheet FXm (hereinafter referred to as a light source movement trajectory). The light source moving track Tr1 becomes a moving laser light having a rectangular shape The shape of the corners of the four corners of the track Tr is curved, the symbol K1 is a straight line section other than the corner portion, and the symbol K2 is a flexion section of the corner portion. The symbol Tr2 is a curve (hereinafter referred to as an adjustment curve) which indicates that when the scanner 650 is relatively moved on the light source moving locus Tr1, the irradiation position of the laser light utilizes the first irradiation position adjusting device 651 and the second irradiation position adjusting device. 654, to what extent is deviated (adjusted) from the direction orthogonal to the light source moving trajectory Tr1. The amount of deviation (adjustment amount) of the laser irradiation position indicates the distance between the adjustment curve Tr2 and the laser light moving locus Tr in the direction orthogonal to the light source movement locus Tr1.

如第31圖所示,光源移動軌跡Tr1成為角部彎曲之大致矩形之移動軌跡。光源移動軌跡Tr1和雷射光移動軌跡Tr大致一致,只有角部之狹窄區域,兩者之形狀不同。當光源移動軌跡Tr1成為矩形形狀時,在矩形之角部,掃描器650之移動速度變慢,角部由於雷射光之熱而膨脹和起浪。因此,在第31圖中,使光源移動軌跡Tr1之角部彎曲,掃描器650之移動速度在光源移動軌跡Tr1全體成為大致一定。 As shown in Fig. 31, the light source movement locus Tr1 becomes a substantially rectangular movement locus where the corner portion is curved. The light source movement trajectory Tr1 and the laser light movement trajectory Tr are substantially identical, and only the narrow region of the corner portion is different in shape. When the light source moving locus Tr1 has a rectangular shape, the moving speed of the scanner 650 becomes slow at the corner portion of the rectangle, and the corner portion expands and waves due to the heat of the laser light. Therefore, in Fig. 31, the corner portion of the light source moving locus Tr1 is curved, and the moving speed of the scanner 650 is substantially constant throughout the light source moving locus Tr1.

控制裝置670係因為當掃描器650在直線區間K1移動時,光源移動軌跡Tr1和雷射光移動軌跡Tr大致一致,所以雷射光之照射位置不被第一照射位置調整裝置651和第二照射位置調整裝置654調整,直接從掃描器650對薄片FXm照射雷射光。另一方面,當掃描器650在屈曲區間K2移動時,因為光源移動軌跡Tr1和雷射光移動軌跡Tr不一致,所以利用第一照射位置調整裝置651和第二照射位置調整裝置654控制雷射光之照射位置,雷射 光之照射位置被配置在雷射光移動軌跡Tr上。例如,當掃描器650移動到符號M所示之位置時,利用第一照射位置調整裝置651和第二照射位置調整裝置654,使雷射光之照射位置,在光源移動軌跡Tr1之正交方向N1偏離距離W1。距離W1係和在光源移動軌跡Tr1之正交方向N1之調整曲線Tr2與雷射光移動軌跡Tr之距離W2相同。光源移動軌跡Tr1被配置在雷射光移動軌跡Tr之內側,但是,因為雷射光之照射位置由於第一照射位置調整裝置651和第二照射位置調整裝置654,偏離到雷射光移動軌跡Tr之外側,所以該等之偏離互相抵消,雷射光之照射位置被配置在雷射光移動軌跡Tr上。 The control device 670 is configured such that when the scanner 650 moves in the linear section K1, the light source movement trajectory Tr1 and the laser light movement trajectory Tr substantially coincide, the irradiation position of the laser light is not adjusted by the first illumination position adjustment device 651 and the second illumination position. The device 654 is adjusted to illuminate the sheet FXm directly from the scanner 650 with laser light. On the other hand, when the scanner 650 moves in the flexing section K2, since the light source moving locus Tr1 and the laser light moving locus Tr do not coincide, the first irradiation position adjusting means 651 and the second irradiation position adjusting means 654 are used to control the irradiation of the laser light. Position, laser The light irradiation position is arranged on the laser light moving locus Tr. For example, when the scanner 650 moves to the position indicated by the symbol M, the first irradiation position adjusting means 651 and the second irradiation position adjusting means 654 are used to make the irradiation position of the laser light in the orthogonal direction N1 of the light source moving locus Tr1. Deviation from the distance W1. The distance W2 between the distance W1 and the adjustment direction Tr2 in the orthogonal direction N1 of the light source movement locus Tr1 is the same as the distance W2 of the laser light movement locus Tr. The light source movement trajectory Tr1 is disposed inside the laser light movement trajectory Tr, but since the irradiation position of the laser light is deviated to the outside of the laser light movement trajectory Tr due to the first irradiation position adjusting device 651 and the second irradiation position adjusting device 654, Therefore, the deviations cancel each other out, and the irradiation position of the laser light is arranged on the laser light trajectory Tr.

回到第1圖,搬運輸送帶11f俯視看形成直線形狀。搬運輸送帶11f保持光學構件貼合體PA地搬運第二剝離裝置72。在搬運輸送帶11f使液晶面板P之短邊沿著搬運方向,搬運光學構件貼合體PA。光學構件貼合體PA利用搬運輸送帶11f移交給第二反轉裝置82。 Returning to Fig. 1, the conveyance belt 11f has a linear shape in plan view. The conveyance belt 11f carries the second peeling device 72 while holding the optical member bonding body PA. The conveyance belt 11f conveys the optical member bonding body PA with the short side of the liquid crystal panel P along the conveyance direction. The optical member bonding body PA is transferred to the second inverting device 82 by the conveyance belt 11f.

(第二反轉裝置) (second reversal device)

第二反轉裝置82被配置在第二剝離裝置72之面板搬運下游側。第二反轉裝置82係使液晶面板P之背光側為上面之光學構件貼合體PA進行表背反轉,而使液晶面板P之顯示面側成為上面。在第二反轉裝置82之面板搬運下游側,配置高壓釜裝置100。經過第二反轉裝置82之光學構件貼合體PA,例如,利用皮帶輸送帶等之搬運機構,移交給高壓釜裝置100。 The second inverting device 82 is disposed on the panel conveyance downstream side of the second peeling device 72. The second inverting device 82 reverses the front and back of the optical member bonding body PA on the backlight side of the liquid crystal panel P, and sets the display surface side of the liquid crystal panel P to the upper surface. The autoclave device 100 is disposed on the downstream side of the panel conveyance of the second reversing device 82. The optical member bonding body PA that has passed through the second inverting device 82 is transferred to the autoclave device 100 by, for example, a transport mechanism such as a belt conveyor.

(高壓釜裝置) (autoclave device)

高壓釜裝置100對經過第二反轉裝置82之光學構件貼合體PA,施加加熱加壓處理之高壓釜處理(第一高壓釜處理)。高壓釜裝置100具有處理室101,其係將疊上複數片之光學構件貼合體PA一起搬入,對複數片之光學構件貼合體PA施加加熱加壓處理。 The autoclave device 100 applies autoclave treatment (first autoclave treatment) to the optical member bonding body PA that has passed through the second inverting device 82 by applying heat and pressure treatment. The autoclave device 100 has a processing chamber 101 in which a plurality of optical member bonding bodies PA stacked thereon are carried together, and a plurality of optical member bonding bodies PA are subjected to heat and pressure treatment.

在本說明書中所說明之「高壓釜處理」是指將處理品之不良品,在比大氣壓高之加壓環境下,曝露在比室溫高之溫度,保持一定時間。處理條件之一實例是在0.294MPa以上0.785MPa以下(3kgf/cm2以上8kgf/cm2以下)之壓力條件,以40℃以上80℃以下之溫度條件,保持30秒以上25分鐘以下之保持時間。又,亦依保持時間而定,但一般當超過溫度80℃時,發生偏光薄膜之尺寸變化。 The "autoclave treatment" described in the present specification means that the defective product of the treated product is exposed to a temperature higher than room temperature in a pressurized environment higher than atmospheric pressure for a certain period of time. An example of the processing conditions is a pressure condition of 0.294 MPa or more and 0.785 MPa or less (3 kgf/cm 2 or more and 8 kgf/cm 2 or less), and a holding time of 30 seconds or more and 25 minutes or less is maintained at a temperature of 40 ° C or more and 80 ° C or less. . Further, depending on the holding time, generally, when the temperature exceeds 80 ° C, the dimensional change of the polarizing film occurs.

壓力條件較佳係0.392MPa以上(4kgf/cm2以上)、0.588MPa以下(6kgf/cm2以下)。 The pressure condition is preferably 0.392 MPa or more (4 kgf/cm 2 or more) or 0.588 MPa or less (6 kgf/cm 2 or less).

溫度條件較佳係50℃以上70℃以下。 The temperature condition is preferably 50 ° C or more and 70 ° C or less.

保持時間較佳係1分鐘以上5分鐘以下。 The holding time is preferably from 1 minute to 5 minutes.

處理條件之上限值和下限值可以任意組合。 The upper limit and the lower limit of the treatment conditions can be arbitrarily combined.

另外,在本說明書中所說明之「保持時間」是指在處理室101內成為壓力和溫度之設定值以上後,至壓力和溫度之任一方小於設定值之時間。因此,即使壓力和溫度之任一方或雙方有變動,假如壓力和溫度在設定值以上時,該條件之處理時間被包含在保持時間。 In addition, the "holding time" described in the present specification means a time until one of the pressure and the temperature is less than the set value after the pressure in the processing chamber 101 is equal to or higher than the set value of the pressure and the temperature. Therefore, even if either or both of the pressure and the temperature fluctuate, if the pressure and the temperature are above the set value, the processing time of the condition is included in the holding time.

另外,在第一高壓釜處理時,亦可以只進 行加壓或加熱之任一方,亦可以加壓或加熱之任一方為中心而進行。例如,以加壓成為中心而進行時,成為壓力0.5MPa、加壓時間20分(但是,依照規格具有變動)、溫度23℃(常溫)或60℃左右之處理條件。 In addition, when processing in the first autoclave, it is also possible to enter only One of pressurization or heating may be performed centering on either one of pressurization or heating. For example, when the pressurization is performed as the center, the pressure is 0.5 MPa, the pressurization time is 20 minutes (however, it varies according to specifications), the temperature is 23 ° C (normal temperature), or about 60 ° C.

在高壓釜處理裝置100,首先,將順序搬來之光學構件貼合體PA,在未圖示之疊上部(被配置在處理室101之上游側之符號102所示之位置)疊上既定片數。在疊上部以處理室101進行高壓釜處理之期間,進行既定片數之疊上。因此,疊上部具有作為緩衝器之機能,其係使高壓釜處理中之光學構件貼合體PA之搬運不會停滯。 In the autoclave processing apparatus 100, first, the optical member bonding body PA that has been sequentially transferred is stacked on a stack (not shown) (the position indicated by the symbol 102 on the upstream side of the processing chamber 101). . During the autoclave treatment in the processing chamber 101 in the upper portion of the stack, a predetermined number of sheets are stacked. Therefore, the upper portion of the stack has a function as a buffer which prevents the conveyance of the optical member bonding body PA in the autoclave processing from stagnating.

其次,將疊上複數片之光學構件貼合體PA一起搬入到處理室101內,進行高壓釜處理。 Next, the optical member bonding body PA in which a plurality of sheets are stacked is carried into the processing chamber 101, and autoclave processing is performed.

可進行高壓釜處理之最長時間,由製造線上之光學構件貼合體PA之搬運速度、和疊上部上之疊上片數規定。例如,光學構件貼合體PA每10秒被搬入到疊上部,在疊上部疊上20片之光學構件貼合體PA時,從疊上部朝向處理室101,每200秒搬入20片之光學構件貼合體PA。此種之情況,在處理室101可進行包含升溫升壓或降溫降壓之時間為最長200秒之高壓釜處理。 The maximum time that the autoclave treatment can be performed is defined by the conveyance speed of the optical member bonding body PA on the manufacturing line and the number of stacked sheets on the upper stack. For example, when the optical member bonding body PA is carried into the upper portion of the stack every 10 seconds, and 20 pieces of the optical member bonding body PA are stacked on the upper side of the stack, 20 pieces of the optical member bonding body are carried in every 200 seconds from the upper portion toward the processing chamber 101. PA. In such a case, the processing chamber 101 can perform an autoclave treatment including a temperature increase or a decrease in temperature drop for a maximum of 200 seconds.

在未圖示之疊下部(被配置於處理室101之下游側之符號103所示之位置),將從處理室101搬出之複數片之光學構件貼合體PA,1次1片地疊下,搬運到下游側。在疊下部,以與疊上部之光學構件貼合體PA之疊上同等以上之速度,進行光學構件貼合體PA之疊下,以使 光學構件貼合體PA之搬運不會停滯。 The optical member bonding body PA of a plurality of sheets which are carried out from the processing chamber 101 is stacked one at a time in a stacked lower portion (position shown by the reference numeral 103 on the downstream side of the processing chamber 101) (not shown). Move to the downstream side. In the lower portion of the stack, the optical member bonding body PA is stacked at a speed equal to or higher than the stack of the optical member bonding body PA on the upper portion, so that The handling of the optical member bonding body PA does not stagnate.

另外,亦可以在第二反轉裝置82之下游側,使製造線分支成複數,在每一個分支配置之製造線,配置高壓釜處理裝置100,並行處理高壓釜處理。在並行處理高壓釜處理之時,較佳係使各個高壓釜處理裝置之可處理時間變長。 Further, the manufacturing line may be branched into a plurality on the downstream side of the second inverting device 82, and the autoclave processing apparatus 100 may be disposed in a manufacturing line disposed in each branch, and the autoclave processing may be performed in parallel. When the autoclave treatment is performed in parallel, it is preferred to make the treatable time of each autoclave processing apparatus long.

藉由高壓釜處理裝置100之高壓釜處理,在搬入到高壓釜處理裝置100之光學構件貼合體PA之中,對於包含缺陷之一部分之光學構件貼合體PA,可以使缺陷消失,其詳細部分如後面所述。對於利用高壓釜處理不能消失之缺陷,利用第二缺陷檢查裝置42檢測。 By the autoclave treatment of the autoclave processing apparatus 100, the optical member bonding body PA carried into the autoclave processing apparatus 100 can cause the defect to disappear in the optical member bonding body PA including a part of the defect, and the detailed part thereof is as follows. As described later. The defect which cannot be eliminated by the autoclave processing is detected by the second defect inspection device 42.

在此處,第二缺陷檢查裝置42之檢查對象之「缺陷」是指存在於光學構件貼合體PA之顯示區域P4之可光學式檢查之缺點,在使用該光學構件貼合體PA製造之顯示裝置引起顯示不良者。 Here, the "defect" of the object to be inspected by the second defect inspection device 42 is a defect that can be optically inspected in the display region P4 of the optical member bonding body PA, and the display device manufactured using the optical member bonding body PA is used. Causes poor display.

此種缺陷,例如有(1)液晶面板P本身具有之缺陷,(2)光學構件本身具有之缺陷,(3)在液晶面板P和光學構件之貼合產生之缺陷等。 Such defects include, for example, (1) defects in the liquid crystal panel P itself, (2) defects in the optical member itself, and (3) defects in bonding of the liquid crystal panel P and the optical member.

「(1)液晶面板P本身具有之缺陷」,例如,由於液晶面板P之液晶定向膜之變亂,使液晶面板P之液晶不能如所設計地定向。具有此種缺陷時,例如,即使將一對之偏光板正確地貼合在正交尼科耳,將液晶面板P設計為常黑,當從光學構件貼合體PA之一側照射光時,會產生漏光,可以確認為亮點。另外,液晶面板P在搬運中 損傷時,成為「(1)液晶面板P本身具有之缺陷」。 "(1) The liquid crystal panel P itself has defects", for example, due to the disorder of the liquid crystal alignment film of the liquid crystal panel P, the liquid crystal of the liquid crystal panel P cannot be oriented as designed. In the case of such a defect, for example, even if a pair of polarizing plates are correctly bonded to the crossed Nicols, the liquid crystal panel P is designed to be normally black, and when light is irradiated from one side of the optical member bonding body PA, Light leakage is generated and can be confirmed as a bright spot. In addition, the liquid crystal panel P is in transit In the case of damage, it becomes "(1) defects in the liquid crystal panel P itself."

「(2)光學構件本身具有之缺陷」,可以舉例有例如形成在光學構件F1X之表面之損傷或凹陷等之變形。具有此缺陷時,在經由液晶面板P射出之光,因為在變形部分產生屈折或散射,所以與沒有變形之其他部分之亮度不同,故可利用亮度差而檢查。 "(2) Defects of the optical member itself", for example, deformation such as damage or depression formed on the surface of the optical member F1X can be exemplified. In the case of such a defect, since the light emitted through the liquid crystal panel P is inflected or scattered in the deformed portion, it is different from the luminance of the other portion which is not deformed, so that it can be inspected by the difference in luminance.

「(3)在液晶面板P和光學構件之貼合產生之缺陷」,可以舉例有例如在液晶面板P和光學構件之貼合面,由於夾入灰塵(以下稱為「異物」)之缺陷,或在貼合面形成夾入空氣之氣泡之缺陷。貼合面是第3圖所示之液晶面板P和第一光學構件F11之貼合面、和液晶面板P和第二光學構件F12之貼合面。具有此缺陷時,在經由液晶面板P射出之光,因為在缺陷部分產生屈折或散射,所以與沒有缺陷之其他部分之亮度不同,因此,可利用亮度差而檢查。 (3) A defect in the bonding of the liquid crystal panel P and the optical member, for example, a defect in which the dust is caught by a dust (hereinafter referred to as "foreign matter") on the bonding surface of the liquid crystal panel P and the optical member. Or forming a defect in the air bubble trapped on the bonding surface. The bonding surface is a bonding surface of the liquid crystal panel P and the first optical member F11 shown in FIG. 3, and a bonding surface of the liquid crystal panel P and the second optical member F12. In the case of such a defect, since the light emitted through the liquid crystal panel P is inflected or scattered in the defective portion, it is different from the luminance of the other portion having no defect, and therefore, it can be inspected by using the luminance difference.

當對光學構件貼合體PA施加高壓釜處理時,光學構件貼合體PA所具有之缺陷,在「(2)光學構件本身具有之缺陷」中,光學構件本身之小變形,或在「(3)在液晶面板P和光學構件之貼合產生之缺陷」中,在液晶面板P和光學構件之貼合面,產生夾入空氣之氣泡為微小物時,可期待該缺陷消失。 When the autoclave treatment is applied to the optical member bonding body PA, the optical member bonding body PA has a defect, and in "(2) defects in the optical member itself, the optical member itself is slightly deformed, or "(3) In the defect in which the liquid crystal panel P and the optical member are bonded together, when the air bubble trapped in the liquid crystal panel P and the optical member is a fine object, the defect can be expected to disappear.

亦即,在缺陷為光學構件本身之小變形時,當施加高壓釜處理時,容易由於熱使光學構件軟化而變形。藉此,可期待成為缺陷之原因之小變形消失。 That is, when the defect is a small deformation of the optical member itself, when the autoclave treatment is applied, the optical member is easily deformed by softening due to heat. Thereby, it is expected that the small deformation which is the cause of the defect disappears.

另外,在缺陷為在貼合面夾入空氣產生氣泡時,由於熱和壓力,因為光學構件具有之黏著層F2a(參照第4圖)之薄片之空氣之飽和溶解度增加,所以形成氣泡之空氣溶入到黏著層F2a之薄片。因此,可以期待氣泡消失。 Further, when the defect is that air is trapped in the bonding surface, air bubbles are formed by the heat and the pressure, because the saturated solubility of the air of the sheet of the adhesive layer F2a (refer to Fig. 4) of the optical member is increased. The sheet into the adhesive layer F2a. Therefore, it is expected that the bubble disappears.

另外,溶解至黏著層F2a之薄片之空氣,在黏著層F2a之薄片內擴散,所以即使在高壓釜處理後,使不良品回到大氣壓下常溫時,可以期待在氣泡消失之位置,不會再度凝集空氣而再生氣泡。 Further, since the air dissolved in the sheet of the adhesive layer F2a is diffused in the sheet of the adhesive layer F2a, even if the defective product is returned to the atmospheric pressure at normal temperature after the autoclave treatment, it is expected that the bubble disappears and does not reappear. The air is agglomerated to regenerate the bubbles.

期待利用高壓釜處理消失之缺陷,因為多於第二缺陷檢查裝置42難以發現者,所以當將具有此種微細缺陷之光學構件貼合體PA導入到檢查步驟時,容易產生虛報或遺漏。因此,利用高壓釜處理使此種缺陷消失,以使後面所述之檢查步驟之檢查結果容易穩定。 It is expected that the defect that disappears by the autoclave treatment is more difficult than the second defect inspection device 42. Therefore, when the optical member bonding body PA having such fine defects is introduced into the inspection step, false reports or omissions are likely to occur. Therefore, such defects are eliminated by the autoclave treatment, so that the inspection results of the inspection steps described later are easily stabilized.

另外一方面,光學構件貼合體PA具有之缺陷,在液晶面板P之損傷等「(1)液晶面板P本身具有之缺陷」,「(2)光學構件本身具有之缺陷」中光學構件本身之大變形,或在「(3)在液晶面板P和光學構件之貼合產生之缺陷」中在液晶面板P和光學構件之貼合面,夾入空氣產生之氣泡為大的物,或在貼合面夾入異物產生之缺陷時,藉由高壓釜處理可以期待該缺陷消失。 On the other hand, the optical member bonding body PA has a defect, and the optical member itself is large in the "(1) the defect of the liquid crystal panel P itself" and the "(2) the defect of the optical member itself" in the damage of the liquid crystal panel P. Deformation, or "(3) Defects caused by bonding of the liquid crystal panel P and the optical member", on the bonding surface of the liquid crystal panel P and the optical member, the air bubbles generated by the air entrapment are large, or are bonded. When the surface is caught by a foreign matter, the defect can be expected to disappear by autoclaving.

但是,如此地對於以高壓釜處理不消失之缺陷,因為在檢查步驟容易顯現者多,所以不容易產生檢查步驟之虛報或遺漏。因此,容易使後面所述之檢查步驟 之檢查結果穩定。 However, in the case of the defect that the autoclave treatment does not disappear, since it is easy to appear in the inspection step, it is not easy to cause a false report or omission of the inspection step. Therefore, it is easy to make the inspection steps described later The inspection results are stable.

經過高壓釜處理裝置100之光學構件貼合體PA,例如,利用皮帶輸送帶之搬運機構移交給第二缺陷檢查裝置42。 The optical member bonding body PA that has passed through the autoclave processing apparatus 100 is transferred to the second defect inspection device 42 by, for example, a transport mechanism of a belt conveyor.

(第二缺陷檢查裝置) (second defect inspection device)

第二缺陷檢查裝置42係在將光學構件F1X貼合在液晶面板P之後,進行光學構件貼合體PA之缺陷之檢查。第二缺陷檢查裝置42是自動檢查裝置,其係對於經過高壓釜處理裝置100而顯示面側向上之光學構件貼合體PA,進行AOI檢查(光學式自動外觀檢查:Automatic Optical Inspection)。在本實施形態中,第二缺陷檢查裝置42是從光學構件貼合體PA之下面側(背光側),以光源411(參照第6圖)照射光,同時從上面側(顯示面側),以攝影裝置412(參照第6圖)攝影,根據其攝影資料,自動檢查光學構件貼合體PA之缺陷之有無。第二缺陷檢查裝置42,只要是能夠光學式自動檢查缺陷者,亦可以使用其他之構成。第二缺陷檢查裝置42之檢查資料被記憶在記憶裝置92(參照第1圖)。 The second defect inspection device 42 performs inspection of defects of the optical member bonding body PA after bonding the optical member F1X to the liquid crystal panel P. The second defect inspection device 42 is an automatic inspection device that performs an AOI inspection (Automatic Optical Inspection) on the optical member bonding body PA that faces up through the autoclave processing device 100. In the present embodiment, the second defect inspection device 42 is configured to emit light from the lower surface side (backlight side) of the optical member bonding body PA by the light source 411 (see FIG. 6), and from the upper surface side (display surface side). The photographing device 412 (see Fig. 6) photographs, and automatically checks for the presence or absence of a defect of the optical member bonding body PA based on the photographing data. The second defect inspection device 42 may have other configurations as long as it is capable of optically automatically checking for defects. The inspection data of the second defect inspection device 42 is stored in the memory device 92 (see Fig. 1).

對於在第二缺陷檢查裝置42中被檢查之光學構件貼合體PA,因為利用製造線內之高壓釜處理裝置100,進行高壓釜處理,所以可以減低容易成為虛報或遺漏之原因之微細缺陷。因此,可以使第二缺陷檢查裝置42之檢查結果穩定。 In the optical member bonding body PA inspected in the second defect inspection device 42, since the autoclave processing is performed by the autoclave processing apparatus 100 in the manufacturing line, it is possible to reduce fine defects which are likely to cause false alarms or omissions. Therefore, the inspection result of the second defect inspection device 42 can be stabilized.

另外,在第二缺陷檢查裝置42,因為可以 只以利用高壓釜處理未消失之大缺陷作檢查對象,所以第二缺陷檢查裝置42之缺陷之檢測變為容易,使缺陷之檢查結果穩定。 In addition, in the second defect inspection device 42, because Only the large defects which have not disappeared by the autoclave treatment are used as the inspection object, so that the detection of the defects of the second defect inspection device 42 becomes easy, and the inspection result of the defects is stabilized.

另外,因為第二缺陷檢查裝置42被配置在製造線上,所以在製造線中,可以即時全數檢查光學構件貼合體PA。因此,在發現有不良品時,在製造更多之不良品之前,使製造線停止,可以儘早實施不良品之發生位置之特定和對不良品發生之對策。 Further, since the second defect inspection device 42 is disposed on the manufacturing line, the optical member bonding body PA can be inspected at all in the manufacturing line at all times. Therefore, when a defective product is found, the manufacturing line is stopped before the production of more defective products, and the specific position of the defective product and the countermeasure against the occurrence of the defective product can be implemented as early as possible.

控制裝置91(參照第1圖)係對於被記憶在記憶裝置92之利用第二缺陷檢查裝置42之檢查資料,確認發現之缺陷之種類或狀態,根據預先設定之基準,進行(1)OK判定(表示良品之判定),(2)GRAY判定(表示良品或不良品之任一方不明之情況之判定),(3)NG判定(表示不良品之判定)。依照控制裝置91之判定結果,被記憶在記憶裝置92(參照第1圖)。另外,利用控制裝置91進行判定時之基準,可以依照貼合之光學構件F1X之種類,或液晶面板P之構造等而適當值相異,故可進行適當之預備實驗而設定。 The control device 91 (see Fig. 1) confirms the type and state of the defect found by the second defect inspection device 42 stored in the memory device 92, and performs (1) OK determination based on a predetermined standard. (Determining the determination of a good product), (2) GRAY determination (determination that the case of either the good or defective product is unknown), and (3) NG determination (determining the determination of the defective product). The result of the determination by the control device 91 is stored in the memory device 92 (see Fig. 1). In addition, the criterion for the determination by the control device 91 can be set according to the type of the optical member F1X to be bonded or the structure of the liquid crystal panel P, and the like, and can be set by an appropriate preliminary experiment.

OK判定係在光學構件貼合體PA未發現缺陷之情況,或判斷沒有使用上有問題之缺陷之情況。GRAY判定是在光學構件貼合體PA發現缺陷,但無法判斷是否為實際使用上有問題之缺陷之情況。NG判定係在光學構件貼合體PA發現缺陷之情況。 The OK judgment is a case where no defect is found in the optical member bonding body PA, or it is judged that the defective problem is not used. GRAY judged that a defect was found in the optical member bonding body PA, but it was impossible to judge whether it was a defect in which the actual use was defective. The NG determination is a case where a defect is found in the optical member bonding body PA.

經過第二缺陷檢查裝置42之光學構件貼合 體PA,分別移交給搬運輸送帶11g、搬運輸送帶11h和搬運輸送帶11i。搬運輸送帶11g、搬運輸送帶11h和搬運輸送帶11i配置在第二缺陷檢查裝置42之面板搬運下游側依序互相鄰接之位置。 The optical member is pasted by the second defect inspection device 42 The body PA is transferred to the conveyance conveyor 11g, the conveyance conveyor 11h, and the conveyance conveyor 11i, respectively. The conveyance conveyor belt 11g, the conveyance conveyance belt 11h, and the conveyance conveyance belt 11i are arrange|positioned in the position of the downstream of the panel conveyance of the 2nd defect inspection apparatus 42.

搬運輸送帶11g係保持並搬運經OK判定之光學構件貼合體PA。搬運輸送帶11h係保持並搬運經GRAY判定之光學構件貼合體PA。搬運輸送帶11i係保持並搬運經NG判定之光學構件貼合體PA。在搬運輸送帶11g、搬運輸送帶11h和搬運輸送帶11i係分別光學構件貼合體PA以液晶面板P之短邊沿著搬運方向之方式被搬運。經過搬運輸送帶11g之光學構件貼合體PA係移交至搬運輸送帶11j。 The conveyance belt 11g hold|maintains and conveys the optical member bonding body PA OK by OK. The conveyance belt 11h holds and conveys the optical member bonding body PA judged by GRAY. The conveyance belt 11i holds and conveys the optical member bonding body PA determined by NG. In the conveyance belt 11g, the conveyance belt 11h, and the conveyance belt 11i, the optical member bonding body PA is conveyed so that the short side of the liquid crystal panel P may follow the conveyance direction. The optical member bonding body PA that has passed through the conveyance belt 11g is transferred to the conveyance belt 11j.

吸附手臂14f配置在較搬運輸送帶11g和搬運輸送帶11h之面板搬運更下游側,搬運輸送帶11j和搬運輸送帶11k之間。吸附手臂14f吸附保持被搬運輸送帶11g和搬運輸送帶11h之各個保持之光學構件貼合體PA,在垂直方向和水平方向自由地搬運。例如,吸附手臂14f將所吸附保持之光學構件貼合體PA直接以水平狀態搬運至搬運輸送帶11j或搬運輸送帶11k之正上方,在該位置解除吸附,將光學構件貼合體PA移交給搬運輸送帶11j或搬運輸送帶11k。吸附手臂14f係將經OK判定之光學構件貼合體PA移交給搬運輸送帶11j,將經GRAY判定之光學構件貼合體PA移交至搬運輸送帶11k。 The suction arm 14f is disposed on the downstream side of the panel conveyance belt 11g and the conveyance belt 11h, and between the conveyance belt 11j and the conveyance belt 11k. The adsorption arm 14f adsorbs and holds the optical member bonding body PA held by each of the conveyance conveyance belt 11g and the conveyance conveyance belt 11h, and is conveyed freely in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. For example, the adsorption arm 14f directly conveys the optical member bonding body PA that is adsorbed and held to the conveyance belt 11j or the conveyance belt 11k in a horizontal state, and releases the suction at this position, and transfers the optical member bonding body PA to the conveyance and conveyance. Belt 11j or carrying conveyor belt 11k. The adsorption arm 14f transfers the optical member bonding body PA determined by the OK to the conveyance belt 11j, and transfers the optical member bonding body PA determined by GRAY to the conveyance belt 11k.

搬運輸送帶11j保持支架15j而搬運。支架 15j可以收容複數(在本實施形態中為2個)之光學構件貼合體PA。藉此,構建成經OK判定之光學構件貼合體PA沿著搬運輸送帶11j而移動。經OK判定之光學構件貼合體PA利用搬運輸送帶11j搬運到下游側,從薄膜貼合系統1之製造線搬出。 The transport conveyor 11j holds the bracket 15j and carries it. support 15j can accommodate a plurality of optical member bonding bodies PA (two in the present embodiment). Thereby, the optical member bonding body PA constructed to be OK is moved along the conveyance belt 11j. The optical member bonding body PA determined by the OK is conveyed to the downstream side by the conveyance conveyor 11j, and is carried out from the manufacturing line of the film bonding system 1.

搬運輸送帶11k保持支架15k地搬運。支架15k可收容複數(在本實施形態中為2個)之光學構件貼合體PA。藉此,構建成經GRAY判定之光學構件貼合體PA,沿著搬運輸送帶11k移動。經GRAY判定之光學構件貼合體PA係利用搬運輸送帶11k移交至下一個步驟。 The conveyance belt 11k is conveyed while holding the bracket 15k. The holder 15k can accommodate a plurality of optical member bonding bodies PA (two in the present embodiment). Thereby, the optical member bonding body PA judged by GRAY is constructed and moved along the conveyance belt 11k. The optical member bonding body PA determined by GRAY is transferred to the next step by the conveyance conveyor 11k.

搬運輸送帶11m保持支架15m地搬運。支架15m可以收容複數(在本實施形態中為2個)之光學構件貼合體PA。利用此種方式,構建成經NG判定之光學構件貼合體PA沿著搬運輸送帶11m移動。經NG判定之光學構件貼合體PA利用搬運輸送帶11m移交給下一個步驟。 The conveyance belt 11m is conveyed while holding the bracket 15m. The holder 15m can accommodate a plurality of optical member bonding bodies PA (two in the present embodiment). In this manner, the optical member bonding body PA constructed as NG is moved along the conveyance belt 11m. The optical member bonding body PA judged by NG is transferred to the next step by the conveyance conveyor belt 11m.

另外,並不只限於分別將搬運輸送帶11j、搬運輸送帶11k、搬運輸送帶11m保持支架15j、支架15k、支架15m而搬運之構成,而亦可為構成使搬運輸送帶11j、搬運輸送帶11k、搬運輸送帶11m分別直接保持光學構件貼合體PA而搬運。 In addition, it is not limited to the configuration in which the conveyance belt 11j, the conveyance belt 11k, the conveyance belt 11m are held by the bracket 15j, the bracket 15k, and the bracket 15m, respectively, and the conveyance belt 11j and the conveyance belt 11k may be configured. The conveyance belt 11m is directly conveyed by holding the optical member bonding body PA.

在本實施形態中,經GRAY判定或NG判定之光學構件貼合體PA,離開製造線,在製造線外(離線),進行目視檢查(第一目視檢查步驟)。 In the present embodiment, the optical member bonding body PA judged by GRAY or NG is removed from the manufacturing line and visually inspected (offline) (first visual inspection step).

對於在目視檢查中沒有發現缺陷之光學構 件貼合體PA,係作為完成品之光學構件貼合體PA,而搬出到下一個步驟。 For optical structures where no defects are found in the visual inspection The part bonding body PA is carried out as an optical member bonding body PA of the finished product, and is carried out to the next step.

其次,對於在目視檢查中發現到有缺陷之光學構件貼合體PA(不良品),可施加以下之再生處理。在此處,在本實施形態中,因為對光學構件貼合體PA施加高壓釜處理,故若與未施加高壓釜處理之情形比較,不良品之數目減少。因此,成為再生處理對象之不良品變少,可以進行具有餘裕之再生處理。在以下之說明中,以目視檢查判定之不良品稱為「第一目視檢查不良品」。 Next, the following regeneration treatment can be applied to the optical member bonding body PA (defective product) which is found to be defective in visual inspection. Here, in the present embodiment, since the autoclave treatment is applied to the optical member bonding body PA, the number of defective products is reduced as compared with the case where the autoclave treatment is not applied. Therefore, the number of defective products to be subjected to the regeneration processing is reduced, and the reproduction processing with a margin can be performed. In the following description, the defective product determined by visual inspection is referred to as "first visual inspection defective product".

(再生處理) (regeneration treatment)

對於第一目視檢查不良品,首先,確認發現到之缺陷的種類或狀態,判斷是否可經由施加後段之處理使缺陷消失。其次,依照,缺陷之狀態,選擇以下2個處理之任一個,施加處理。 For the first visual inspection of defective products, first, the type or state of the defect found is confirmed, and it is judged whether or not the defect can be eliminated by the treatment of the subsequent stage. Next, in accordance with the state of the defect, any one of the following two processes is selected, and the process is applied.

缺陷為「(2)光學構件本身具有之缺陷」中光學構件本身小的變形之情形,或在「(3)在液晶面板P和光學構件之貼合面產生之缺陷」中在液晶面板P和光學構件之貼合面,產生夾入空氣之氣泡且為微小物,判斷為利用高壓釜處理可以使其消失之情形,對第一目視檢查不良品施加高壓釜處理(第二高壓釜處理)。 The defect is a case where the optical member itself is smallly deformed in "(2) a defect in the optical member itself, or in the liquid crystal panel P in "(3) defects occurring in the bonding surface of the liquid crystal panel P and the optical member" When the bonding surface of the optical member is a bubble which is trapped in the air and is a fine object, it is judged that it can be removed by the autoclave treatment, and the autoclave treatment (second autoclave treatment) is applied to the first visual inspection defective product.

對於檢測到有缺陷之第一目視檢查不良品,已經在製造線內之高壓釜處理裝置100施加第一高壓釜處理。因此,在第二高壓釜處理之處理條件比第一高壓釜處理之處理條件鬆之時,視為缺陷不容易消失。 The first autoclave treatment has been applied to the autoclave processing apparatus 100 in the manufacturing line for detecting the defective first visual inspection defective product. Therefore, when the processing conditions of the second autoclave treatment are looser than the processing conditions of the first autoclave treatment, it is considered that the defect does not easily disappear.

因此,第二高壓釜處理可以比第一高壓釜處理之處理條件更嚴格之條件進行。在第二高壓釜處理中,可以將溫度或壓力之設定值,設定成高於第一高壓釜處理之設定值,但是若提高該等之設定值,有使液晶面板P破損之虞。因此,在第二高壓釜處理時,可以將高壓釜處理之保持時間設定成比第一高壓釜處理長,成為比第一高壓釜處理之處理條件更嚴格之條件。 Therefore, the second autoclave treatment can be carried out under more stringent conditions than the processing conditions of the first autoclave treatment. In the second autoclave treatment, the set value of the temperature or the pressure may be set higher than the set value of the first autoclave treatment, but if the set value is increased, the liquid crystal panel P may be damaged. Therefore, in the second autoclave treatment, the holding time of the autoclave treatment can be set to be longer than the first autoclave treatment, and the conditions are more strict than the processing conditions of the first autoclave treatment.

第二高壓釜處理之處理條件可以舉例在0.294MPa以上0.785MPa以下(3kgf/cm2以上8kgf/cm2以下)之壓力條件,以40℃以上80℃以下之溫度條件保持30秒以上25分以下之時間。另外,亦依保持時間而定,一般若高壓釜處理之溫度條件超過80℃時,發生偏光膜之尺寸變化。 The processing conditions of the second autoclave treatment can be, for example, a pressure condition of 0.294 MPa or more and 0.785 MPa or less (3 kgf/cm 2 or more and 8 kgf/cm 2 or less), and the temperature is maintained at 40 ° C or higher and 80 ° C or lower for 30 seconds or more and 25 minutes or less. Time. Further, depending on the holding time, generally, if the temperature condition of the autoclave treatment exceeds 80 ° C, the dimensional change of the polarizing film occurs.

上述之壓力條件較佳係0.392MPa以上(4kgf/cm2以上)、0.588MPa以下(6kgf/cm2以下)。 The pressure conditions described above are preferably 0.392 MPa or more (4 kgf/cm 2 or more) and 0.588 MPa or less (6 kgf/cm 2 or less).

上述之溫度條件較佳係50℃以上70℃以下。 The above temperature conditions are preferably 50 ° C or more and 70 ° C or less.

上述之保持時間較佳係1分鐘以上5分鐘以下。 The above holding time is preferably from 1 minute to 5 minutes.

處理條件之上限值和下限值可分別任意地組合。 The upper limit and the lower limit of the treatment conditions can be arbitrarily combined, respectively.

另外,在第二高壓釜處理時,亦可以只進行加壓或加熱之任一方,亦可以使加壓或加熱之任一方成為中心而進行。例如,在以加壓成為中心而進行時,設為壓力0.4至0.6MPa、加壓時間18至22分鐘(但是,依照規格具有變動)、溫度23℃(常溫)或60℃左右之處理條件。 Further, in the second autoclave treatment, only one of pressurization or heating may be performed, or either pressurization or heating may be performed as a center. For example, when the pressurization is performed as the center, the treatment conditions are a pressure of 0.4 to 0.6 MPa, a pressurization time of 18 to 22 minutes (however, according to specifications), a temperature of 23 ° C (normal temperature), or about 60 ° C.

另外,第一目視檢查不良品具有之缺陷, 在「(2)光學構件本身具有之缺陷」中光學構件本身大的變形,或在「(3)在液晶面板P和光學構件之貼合面產生之缺陷」中在液晶面板P和光學構件之貼合面,產生夾入空氣之氣泡為大的物時,或在貼合面夾入異物產生之缺陷時,以高壓釜處理可以預期該缺陷不會消失。 In addition, the first visual inspection of defective products has defects, In the "(2) defects in the optical member itself", the optical member itself is largely deformed, or in "(3) defects occurring in the bonding surface of the liquid crystal panel P and the optical member" in the liquid crystal panel P and the optical member When the bonding surface is such that a bubble trapped in the air is large, or when a defect caused by foreign matter is caught in the bonding surface, it is expected that the defect does not disappear by treatment with an autoclave.

此時,從第一目視檢查不良品剝離光學構件,使液晶面板P露出,對露出之液晶面板P貼合新的薄片,施加整修處理用以形成新的光學構件貼合體PA。 At this time, the optical member is peeled off from the first visual inspection defective product, the liquid crystal panel P is exposed, a new sheet is bonded to the exposed liquid crystal panel P, and a refurbishing process is applied to form a new optical member bonding body PA.

另外,第一目視檢查不良品具有之缺陷,為液晶面板P之損傷等「(1)液晶面板P本身具有之缺陷」,在判斷為利用上述之高壓釜處理和整修處理均不能再生時,將第一目視檢查不良品廢棄。 In addition, the first visual inspection defective product has defects such as "(1) defects in the liquid crystal panel P itself" in the damage of the liquid crystal panel P, and when it is determined that the autoclave treatment and the refurbishing treatment described above cannot be regenerated, The first visual inspection of defective products was abandoned.

此種之再生處理步驟,係與上述之製造線分離地進行(離線處理)。因此,於各個處理有充分之時間,可期待廢棄品之減少。 Such a regeneration processing step is performed separately from the above-described manufacturing line (offline processing). Therefore, there is sufficient time for each process, and reduction of waste products can be expected.

對於經過再生處理步驟之光學構件貼合體PA,在與上述之製造線分離之目視檢查(第二目視檢查步驟),檢查缺陷之有無。假如未發現缺陷時,作為完成品之光學構件貼合體PA,而搬出到下一個步驟。 The optical member bonding body PA subjected to the regeneration processing step is inspected for visual inspection (second visual inspection step) separated from the above-described manufacturing line to check for the presence or absence of defects. If the defect is not found, the optical member as the finished product is bonded to the body PA, and is carried out to the next step.

另外,對於在第二目視檢查步驟判定為發現有缺陷之不良品者,再度返回到上述之再生處理步驟,嘗試再生。在此處,於第二目視檢查步驟中發現到缺陷之第二目視檢查不良品,相當於本發明之「第二目視檢查不良品」。 Further, in the case where the defective product is determined to be defective in the second visual inspection step, the process returns to the above-described reproduction processing step again, and the reproduction is attempted. Here, the second visual inspection defective product in which the defect is found in the second visual inspection step corresponds to the "second visual inspection defective product" of the present invention.

(光學構件貼合體之製造方法) (Method of Manufacturing Optical Member Bonding Body)

第32圖是本實施形態之光學構件貼合體之製造方法之說明圖,表示上述之製造步驟之流程圖。以下適當地使用第1圖所示之符號,而說明製造流程。 Fig. 32 is an explanatory view showing a method of manufacturing the optical member bonded body of the embodiment, and shows a flow chart of the above-described manufacturing steps. Hereinafter, the manufacturing flow will be described using the symbols shown in Fig. 1 as appropriate.

在該流程圖中,符號S1所示之處理表示在製造線內進行之處理,符號S2所示之處理表示在製造線外進行之處理。 In the flowchart, the processing shown by symbol S1 indicates processing performed in the manufacturing line, and the processing indicated by symbol S2 indicates processing performed outside the manufacturing line.

(光學構件貼合體形成步驟) (Optical member bonding body forming step)

首先,在光學構件貼合體PA之製造中,將液晶面板P搬入到製造線(步驟S11),洗淨附著在液晶面板P之表面之灰塵等污染物(步驟S12)。 First, in the manufacture of the optical member bonding body PA, the liquid crystal panel P is carried into the manufacturing line (step S11), and contaminants such as dust adhering to the surface of the liquid crystal panel P are washed (step S12).

其次,以上述之薄膜貼合系統1,藉由在液晶面板P之顯示面側之面貼合第一薄片F1m,以形成第一薄片貼合體PA1。其次,對第一薄片貼合體PA1,依據第一切割位置,切割第一薄片F1m而形成第一光學構件F11,以形成第一光學構件貼合體PA2。其次,在第一光學構件貼合體PA2,在液晶面板P之背光側之面,貼合第二薄片F2m,以形成第二薄片貼合體PA3。其次,在第二薄片貼合體PA3,在第二薄片F2m之液晶面板P之相反側之面貼合第三薄片F3m,以形成第三薄片貼合體PA4。其次,對第三薄片貼合體PA4,根據第二切割位置,切割第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m而形成第二光學構件F12和第三光學構件F13,以形成光學構件貼合體PA(步驟S13)。 Then, in the film bonding system 1 described above, the first sheet F1m is bonded to the surface on the display surface side of the liquid crystal panel P to form the first sheet bonding body PA1. Next, the first sheet bonding body PA1 is cut into the first sheet member F1m according to the first cutting position to form the first optical member F11 to form the first optical member bonding body PA2. Next, the second sheet F2m is bonded to the surface of the liquid crystal panel P on the backlight side of the first optical member bonding body PA2 to form the second sheet bonding body PA3. Next, in the second sheet bonding body PA3, the third sheet F3m is bonded to the surface on the opposite side of the liquid crystal panel P of the second sheet F2m to form the third sheet bonding body PA4. Next, for the third sheet bonding body PA4, the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m are cut according to the second cutting position to form the second optical member F12 and the third optical member F13 to form the optical member bonding body PA (step S13). ).

(第一高壓釜處理) (first autoclave treatment)

其次,對所獲得之光學構件貼合體PA,在製造線內(線內)進行高壓釜處理(步驟S14)。 Next, the obtained optical member bonding body PA is subjected to autoclave processing in the manufacturing line (in-line) (step S14).

(自動檢查步驟) (automatic check step)

其次,對被高壓釜處理之光學構件貼合體PA,使用配置在製造線內(線內)之第二缺陷檢查裝置42,進行缺陷檢查(步驟S15)。 Next, the second member inspection device 42 disposed in the manufacturing line (in-line) is used to perform defect inspection on the optical member bonding body PA subjected to the autoclave processing (step S15).

檢查結果,對於經OK判定之光學構件貼合體PA,例如,收集複數片之後,朝向下一個步驟搬出(步驟S16)。 As a result of the inspection, for the optical member bonding body PA determined by the OK, for example, after collecting a plurality of sheets, the processing proceeds to the next step (step S16).

(第一目視檢查步驟) (first visual inspection step)

另一方面,缺陷檢查結果,對經GRAY判定或NG判定之光學構件貼合體PA,在製造線外(離線)進行缺陷之目視檢查(步驟S21)。 On the other hand, as a result of the defect inspection, visual inspection of the defect is performed outside the manufacturing line (offline) on the optical member bonding body PA judged by GRAY or NG (step S21).

目視結果,對經OK判定之光學構件貼合體PA,朝向下一個步驟搬出(步驟S16)。 As a result of the visual observation, the optical member bonding body PA determined by the OK is carried out in the next step (step S16).

(再生處理步驟) (regeneration process step)

另一方面,目視檢查之結果,對判定為具有缺陷之不良品(第一目視檢查不良品)之光學構件貼合體PA,確認所發現之缺陷之種類或狀態,藉由施加後段之處理,判斷是否可使缺陷消失(步驟S22)。 On the other hand, as a result of the visual inspection, the optical member bonding body PA which is determined to have a defective product (the first visual inspection defective product) is confirmed by the type of the defect or the state of the defect, and is judged by the application of the subsequent processing. Whether or not the defect can be eliminated (step S22).

在第一目視檢查不良品之缺陷,為光學構件本身小的變形或在液晶面板P和光學構件之貼合面,夾入空氣產生之氣泡為微小物時(在流程圖中以「缺陷/小」表示),施加高壓釜處理(步驟S23)。 In the first visual inspection of the defect of the defective product, the small deformation of the optical member itself or the bonding surface of the liquid crystal panel P and the optical member is a small object when the air bubble is trapped (in the flowchart, "defect/small" In other words, autoclave treatment is applied (step S23).

另一方面,在第一目視檢查不良品之缺陷,為光學構件本身大的變形或在液晶面板P和光學構件之貼合面,夾入空氣產生之氣泡為大的物時(在流程圖中以「缺陷/中」表示),施加整修處理(步驟S24)。 On the other hand, in the first visual inspection of the defect of the defective product, the deformation of the optical member itself is large, or when the bubble generated by the air is sandwiched between the liquid crystal panel P and the optical member, the bubble generated by the air is large (in the flowchart) The "repair/middle" is applied, and the refurbishing process is applied (step S24).

另外,在第一目視檢查不良品具有之缺陷,判斷為液晶面板P之損傷等,在上述之高壓釜處理或整修處理均不能再生者(在流程圖中以「缺陷/大」表示)時,進行廢棄。 In addition, when the first visual inspection has a defect in the defective product, it is determined that the liquid crystal panel P is damaged or the like, and the autoclave processing or the refurbishing processing described above cannot be regenerated (indicated by "defect/large" in the flowchart). Discard.

其次,對施加過高壓釜處理或整修處理之光學構件貼合體PA,進行缺陷之目視檢查(第二目視檢查,步驟S25)。 Next, the optical member bonding body PA to which the autoclave treatment or the refurbishing treatment has been applied is subjected to visual inspection of the defect (second visual inspection, step S25).

假如沒有發現缺陷,作為完成品之光學構件貼合體PA,搬出到下一個步驟。對於發現缺陷判定為為不良品(第二目視檢查不良品)者,再度返回到步驟S22,再經由再生處理步驟,嘗試再生。 If no defect is found, the optical member bonding body PA as a finished product is carried out to the next step. When it is determined that the defective product is a defective product (second visual inspection defective product), the process returns to step S22 again, and the regeneration is attempted via the regeneration processing step.

本實施形態之光學構件貼合體之製造方法,以以上之方式進行。 The method for producing an optical member bonded body of the present embodiment is carried out in the above manner.

如以上說明之方式,本實施形態之光學構件貼合體之製造裝置,係將光學構件F1X貼合在液晶面板P而構成,其中具備有:洗淨裝置20,其係洗淨液晶面板P;貼合手段50,其係在液晶面板P分別貼合與光學構件F1X對應之光學構件薄片FX之薄片FXm;切斷手段60,其係從貼合在液晶面板P之薄片FXm切出光學構件F1X;和搬運機構10,其係搬運液晶面板P;搬運機構係至少在 從藉由洗淨裝置20完成液晶面板P之洗淨後,至藉由貼合手段50完成將薄片FXm之全部貼合在液晶面板P之搬運路徑,不使用與液晶面板P之接觸部變動而搬運液晶面板P之搬運機構。亦即,在本實施形態中,係使用在上述範圍之液晶面板P之搬運路徑,與液晶面板P之接觸部不變動而搬運液晶面板P之搬運機構。 As described above, the optical member bonding body manufacturing apparatus of the present embodiment is configured by bonding the optical member F1X to the liquid crystal panel P, and includes a cleaning device 20 for cleaning the liquid crystal panel P; The means 50, wherein the liquid crystal panel P is bonded to the sheet FXm of the optical member sheet FX corresponding to the optical member F1X, and the cutting means 60 is formed by cutting the optical member F1X from the sheet FXm bonded to the liquid crystal panel P; And the transport mechanism 10, which transports the liquid crystal panel P; the transport mechanism is at least After the cleaning of the liquid crystal panel P is completed by the cleaning device 20, the bonding path 50 is used to bond all of the sheets FXm to the liquid crystal panel P, and the contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P is not used. The transport mechanism for transporting the liquid crystal panel P. In other words, in the present embodiment, the transport mechanism of the liquid crystal panel P in the above-described range is used, and the transport mechanism of the liquid crystal panel P is transported without changing the contact portion of the liquid crystal panel P.

若依照此種構造,至顯示區域P4之時,可以良好之精確度設置光學構件R1X。因此,可以包夾顯示區域P4外側之邊框部G(參照第3圖),達成顯示區域之擴大及機器之小型化。 According to this configuration, the optical member R1X can be set with good precision at the time of the display region P4. Therefore, the frame portion G outside the display region P4 can be sandwiched (see FIG. 3), and the display region can be enlarged and the size of the device can be reduced.

另外,在對液晶面板P貼合第一薄片F1m、第二薄片F2m及第三薄片F3m之前,使用與液晶面板P之接觸部順序地變動之搬運機構之情形比較,可抑制對液晶面板P之異物之附著。因此,提供貼合缺陷少之薄膜貼合系統1。 In addition, before the first sheet F1m, the second sheet F2m, and the third sheet F3m are bonded to the liquid crystal panel P, the liquid crystal panel P can be suppressed by using a transport mechanism that sequentially changes the contact portion of the liquid crystal panel P. Adhesion of foreign bodies. Therefore, the film bonding system 1 with few bonding defects is provided.

另外,貼合手段50包含:捲出部510a,其係使幅寬大於液晶面板P之顯示區域P4之長邊和短邊之任一方之邊長的帶狀之光學構件薄片FX,與分隔薄片一起從原材滾輪捲出;切割裝置(切割部)510b,其係使光學構件薄片FX殘留,同時長度以大於顯示區域P4之長邊和短邊之任一方之長度,切割光學構件薄片FX,而形成薄片FXm;和貼合頭521,其係將薄片FXm貼合在保持面521a而保持,同時並將保持面521a所保持之薄片FXm貼合在液晶面板P。 In addition, the bonding means 50 includes a winding-out portion 510a which is a strip-shaped optical member sheet FX having a width larger than a side of one of the long side and the short side of the display region P4 of the liquid crystal panel P, and a separator sheet The optical member sheet FX is cut out from the original material roller; the cutting device (cutting portion) 510b is formed to leave the optical member sheet FX while the length is longer than either the long side and the short side of the display area P4. The sheet FXm is formed, and the bonding head 521 is held by bonding the sheet FXm to the holding surface 521a, and the sheet FXm held by the holding surface 521a is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P.

假如,在以夾壓滾輪等之貼合機構進行液晶面板P和 薄片FXm之貼合處理時,夾壓滾輪係使與液晶面板P之接觸部藉由旋轉而順序變化,故若在夾壓滾輪任何處附著異物,該異物藉由夾壓滾輪之旋轉搬運到與液晶面板P面對之位置,附著在液晶面板P。因此,若與液晶面板P之接觸部沒有變動者比較,在貼合處理中,容易產生異物附著到液晶面板P。 If the liquid crystal panel P is performed by a bonding mechanism such as a pinch roller In the bonding process of the sheet FXm, the nip roller rotates the contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P in order by rotation, so that if foreign matter adheres to any portion of the nip roller, the foreign matter is transported by the rotation of the nip roller to The liquid crystal panel P faces the position and adheres to the liquid crystal panel P. Therefore, when the contact portion of the liquid crystal panel P is not changed, it is likely that foreign matter adheres to the liquid crystal panel P during the bonding process.

與此相對地,若依照此種構成,因為在貼合頭521進行液晶面板P和薄片FXm之貼合處理,所以相較於使用與液晶面板P之接觸部順序變動之貼合機構的情形,可以抑制對液晶面板P之異物附著。因此,可提供貼合缺陷少之薄膜貼合系統1。 On the other hand, according to this configuration, since the bonding head 521 performs the bonding process of the liquid crystal panel P and the sheet FXm, the bonding mechanism in which the contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P is sequentially changed is used. The adhesion of the foreign matter to the liquid crystal panel P can be suppressed. Therefore, the film bonding system 1 with less bonding defects can be provided.

搬運機構10具備:桌台,其係保持液晶面板P;滑動器機構,其係可使桌台移動;和吸附手臂,其係吸附保持被桌台保持之液晶面板P。另外,搬運機構10具備:搬運輸送帶,其係保持液晶面板P,進行搬運;和吸附手臂,其係保持被搬運輸送帶保持之液晶面板P。依照此種構成,相較於使用與液晶面板P之接觸部順序變動之搬運機構的情形,可以抑制異物附在液晶面板P。因此,可實現以簡單之構成提供貼合缺陷少之薄膜貼合系統1之效果。 The transport mechanism 10 includes a table that holds the liquid crystal panel P, a slider mechanism that moves the table, and a suction arm that sucks and holds the liquid crystal panel P held by the table. Further, the transport mechanism 10 includes a transport conveyor that holds the liquid crystal panel P and carries it, and a suction arm that holds the liquid crystal panel P held by the transport conveyor. According to this configuration, it is possible to suppress the foreign matter from adhering to the liquid crystal panel P as compared with the case of using the transport mechanism in which the contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P is sequentially changed. Therefore, the effect of providing the film bonding system 1 with few bonding defects in a simple configuration can be achieved.

另外,具備:第一缺陷檢查裝置41,在液晶面板P貼合第一薄片F1m、第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之前,進行液晶面板P之缺陷之檢查;和第二缺陷檢查裝置42,其係在液晶面板P貼合第一薄片F1m、第二薄片F2m 和第三薄片F3m之後,進行光學構件貼合體PA之缺陷之檢查。依照此種構成,藉由以第一缺陷檢查裝置41之檢查資料和以第二缺陷檢查裝置42之檢查資料之差分,可算出只在液晶面板P貼合第一薄片F1m、第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之後產生之缺陷。 Further, the first defect inspection device 41 is configured to perform inspection of defects of the liquid crystal panel P before the liquid crystal panel P is bonded to the first sheet F1m, the second sheet F2m, and the third sheet F3m, and the second defect inspection device 42, It is attached to the first sheet F1m and the second sheet F2m in the liquid crystal panel P. After the third sheet F3m, the defect of the optical member bonding body PA is inspected. According to this configuration, by the difference between the inspection data of the first defect inspection device 41 and the inspection data by the second defect inspection device 42, it is possible to calculate that only the first sheet F1m and the second sheet F2m are bonded to the liquid crystal panel P. Defects generated after the third sheet F3m.

另外,控制裝置91係對於以第二缺陷檢查裝置42之檢查資料,根據預設之基準,進行OK判定、GRAY判定、NG判定之任一方之判定。因此,相較於進行OK判定或NG判定之任一方之判定時,可以提高判定之精確度,在OK判定和NG判定之間的境界附近,可抑制本來應以OK判定處理者,變成以NG判定處理。 Further, the control device 91 determines whether one of the OK determination, the GRAY determination, and the NG determination is based on the predetermined reference data for the inspection data by the second defect inspection device 42. Therefore, the accuracy of the determination can be improved as compared with the determination of either the OK determination or the NG determination, and in the vicinity of the realm between the OK determination and the NG determination, it is possible to suppress the processor that should be judged by the OK, and become NG. Judgment processing.

另外,在本實施形態中,構建成在線上搬運來之光學構件貼合體全部被高壓釜處理。因此,會有人難以注意之微細缺陷,且對於具有藉由高壓釜處理而消失者之光學構件貼合體,可使缺陷消失而成為良品,並提高產出率。 Further, in the present embodiment, all of the optical member bonded bodies that are constructed to be transported on the wire are processed by the autoclave. Therefore, there is a fine defect that is difficult for a person to pay attention to, and for an optical member bonding body having a disappearance by autoclaving, the defect can be eliminated and become a good product, and the yield can be improved.

另外,在使用自動檢查裝置之自動檢查中,容易發生虛報,但是在本實施形態中,被檢查之光學構件貼合體PA藉由製造線內之高壓釜處理裝置100進行高壓釜處理,所以可以降低容易成為虛報或遺漏之原因的微細之缺陷。因此,即使使用第二缺陷檢查裝置42時,亦可使檢查結果穩定,享受檢查自動化之優點。 In addition, in the automatic inspection using the automatic inspection device, false detection is likely to occur. However, in the present embodiment, the optical member bonding body PA to be inspected is subjected to autoclave processing by the autoclave processing apparatus 100 in the manufacturing line, so that it can be reduced. It is easy to become a micro defect of the cause of false report or omission. Therefore, even when the second defect inspection device 42 is used, the inspection result can be stabilized and the advantage of inspection automation can be enjoyed.

另外,在本實施形態中,構建成在高壓釜處理後,藉由自動檢查裝置而順序地自動檢查在線上被搬 運之光學構件貼合體。依照此種方式,藉由在製造線上順序地檢查製造物,在不良品發生起之短時間,可以檢測製造線上之不良品之發生。因此,可抑制不良品之發生,提高產出率。 Further, in the present embodiment, it is constructed such that after the autoclave treatment, the automatic inspection device sequentially and automatically checks the line to be moved. The optical member is bonded to the body. According to this aspect, by sequentially inspecting the manufactured product on the manufacturing line, it is possible to detect the occurrence of defective products on the manufacturing line in a short period of time in which the defective product occurs. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of defective products and increase the yield.

另外,在本實施形態中,對於藉由製造線上之自動檢查裝置檢測到缺陷之不良品,在製造線外進行目視檢查。若使用市售之光學式自動檢查裝置,會有超過規格之虞,在藉由自動檢查判定不良品之光學構件貼合體,亦包含被判定為實際使用上沒有問題之良品,但是經由重複進行目視檢查,超過規格之虞較少,可使缺陷檢查之精確度保持在符合實際使用上之適當的水準。 Further, in the present embodiment, visual inspection is performed outside the manufacturing line for defective products in which defects are detected by the automatic inspection device on the manufacturing line. If a commercially available optical automatic inspection device is used, the optical member bonding body that determines the defective product by automatic inspection may also contain a good product that is determined to have no problem in actual use, but the visual inspection is repeated. Inspection, less than the specification, can keep the accuracy of defect inspection at an appropriate level for practical use.

另外,微細之缺陷藉由上述高壓釜處理而消失,所以具有缺陷之不良品之數目減少,可以減低目視檢查步驟負擔。 Further, since the fine defects are eliminated by the autoclave treatment, the number of defective products having defects is reduced, and the burden of the visual inspection step can be reduced.

另外,藉由高壓釜處理而使微細之缺陷消失,在目視檢查時,只要主要進行容易判定之大的缺陷之檢測即可,實際使用上不會過度或不足之精確度的缺陷檢測變容易。 In addition, the fine defects are eliminated by the autoclave treatment, and it is only necessary to perform the detection of the large defects which are easy to determine in the visual inspection, and it is easy to detect the defects which are not excessively or insufficiently accurate in practical use.

因此,依照本實施形態之光學構件貼合體之製造方法時,實際使用上可以進行不會過或不足之精確度之缺陷檢測,而且,無損於製造產出率而成為穩定的製造。 Therefore, according to the method for producing an optical member bonding body according to the present embodiment, it is possible to perform defect detection without excessive or insufficient precision in practical use, and to stably manufacture without impairing the manufacturing yield.

另外,本發明並非限於上述實施形態。例如,在上述中,說明有關將偏光薄膜貼合在液晶面板之情 形,但是貼合有光學構件之光學顯示組件並不限於液晶面板,例如,亦可適用於有機EL面板,被貼合之光學構件並不限於偏光膜,例如,亦可適用於防止反射薄膜、光擴散薄膜等。 Further, the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment. For example, in the above, the description is directed to attaching a polarizing film to a liquid crystal panel. However, the optical display unit to which the optical member is attached is not limited to the liquid crystal panel. For example, the optical member may be applied to the organic EL panel. The bonded optical member is not limited to the polarizing film, and may be, for example, a reflective film. Light diffusing film, etc.

另外,在本實施形態中,所舉例說明之搬運機構是在液晶面板P之洗淨完成後,至對液晶面板P貼合第一薄片F1m、第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之全部薄片完成止之搬運路徑中,不使用與液晶面板P之接觸部變動而搬運液晶面板P之搬運機構,但是並不限於此種方式。例如,搬運機構亦可以在液晶面板P之洗淨完成後,至對液晶面板P貼合第一薄片F1m和第二薄片F2m之只有二片薄片完成止之搬運路徑中,亦可不使用與液晶面板P之接觸部變動而搬運液晶面板P之搬運機構。但是,從不只抑制異物對液晶面板P之附著,更抑制異物對第二薄片F2m之附著之觀點看,較佳係在液晶面板P之洗淨完成後,至對液晶面板P貼合第一薄片F1m、第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之全部薄片完成止之搬運路徑中,不使用與液晶面板P之接觸部變動而搬運液晶面板P之搬運機構。 Further, in the present embodiment, the transport mechanism exemplified is such that after the cleaning of the liquid crystal panel P is completed, all the sheets of the first sheet F1m, the second sheet F2m, and the third sheet F3m are bonded to the liquid crystal panel P. In the transport path, the transport mechanism that transports the liquid crystal panel P without changing the contact portion of the liquid crystal panel P is not used, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the transport mechanism may not be used in the transport path after the cleaning of the liquid crystal panel P is completed, and only the two sheets of the first sheet F1m and the second sheet F2m are bonded to the liquid crystal panel P, and the liquid crystal panel may not be used. The conveyance mechanism of the liquid crystal panel P is conveyed when the contact portion of P changes. However, from the viewpoint of suppressing adhesion of foreign matter to the liquid crystal panel P and suppressing adhesion of foreign matter to the second sheet F2m, it is preferable to laminate the first sheet to the liquid crystal panel P after the cleaning of the liquid crystal panel P is completed. In the conveyance path in which all of the F1m, the second sheet F2m, and the third sheet F3m are completed, the conveyance mechanism that conveys the liquid crystal panel P without using the contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P is used.

另外,在本實施形態中是舉例說明在液晶面板P貼合複數(在本實施形態中為三片)之光學構件F1X而構成之光學構件貼合體PA之製造裝置,但是並不限於此種方式。例如,在本實施形態中說明之製造裝置亦可適用在將一片或二片或四片以上之光學構件F1X貼合在液晶面板P所構成之光學構件貼合體PA之製造裝置。 In the present embodiment, the manufacturing apparatus of the optical member bonding body PA in which the plurality of optical members F1X (three in the present embodiment) are bonded to the liquid crystal panel P is exemplified, but the invention is not limited thereto. . For example, the manufacturing apparatus described in the present embodiment can be applied to a manufacturing apparatus in which one or two or four or more optical members F1X are bonded to the optical member bonding body PA constituted by the liquid crystal panel P.

另外,在本實施形態中是在製造線配置第二缺陷檢查裝置42,在製造線內自動檢查缺陷,但是並限於此種方式,而可在配置有第二缺陷檢查裝置42之位置上配置檢查員,由檢查員以目視檢查。 Further, in the present embodiment, the second defect inspection device 42 is disposed on the manufacturing line, and the defect is automatically inspected in the manufacturing line. However, the present invention is limited to such a configuration, and the inspection may be disposed at a position where the second defect inspection device 42 is disposed. Member, inspected by an inspector.

此時,因檢查員進行目視檢查,故與使用測定裝置而自動化時比較,虛報(將良品判定為不良品)或遺漏(將不良品判定為良品)變少,缺陷檢查之結果穩定。在製造線內進行目視檢查時,對於檢查後再度進行之目視檢查(第32圖中之步驟S21)係可以省略。 At this time, since the inspector performs the visual inspection, the false report (determination of a good product as a defective product) or omission (the determination of a defective product as a good product) is reduced as compared with the case of automation using the measuring device, and the result of the defect inspection is stabilized. When the visual inspection is performed in the manufacturing line, the visual inspection (step S21 in Fig. 32) which is performed again after the inspection can be omitted.

在製造線內進行目視檢查時,通常檢查員對1片之光學構件貼合體PA之目視檢查需要之時間,多為光學構件貼合體PA之線搬運速度較快。因此,較佳係在缺陷檢查位置上配置複數之檢查員,分擔地進行目視檢查。 When the visual inspection is performed in the manufacturing line, the inspector usually takes a long time to visually inspect the optical member bonding body PA of one piece, and the wire conveying speed of the optical member bonding body PA is often fast. Therefore, it is preferable to arrange a plurality of inspectors at the defect inspection position and perform visual inspection in a shared manner.

複數之檢查員,亦可設定一個之檢查線,在該檢查線之延伸方向排成一列進行檢查,亦可設定複數之檢查線,在該複數之檢查線配置檢查員,將搬運來之光學構件貼合體PA分配到各個檢查線,在各個檢查線進行檢查。 The plurality of inspectors may also set an inspection line, which is arranged in a row in the direction in which the inspection line extends, and may also set a plurality of inspection lines, and an inspection inspector is arranged on the plurality of inspection lines to transport the optical components. The bonding body PA is distributed to each inspection line and is inspected on each inspection line.

依照此種方式,在製造線由檢查員進行目視檢查時,與利用市售之光學式自動檢查裝置進行缺陷檢查之情形比較,成為超過規格之虞變少,缺陷檢查之精確度保持在符合實際使用上之適當的水準。 In this way, when the manufacturing line is visually inspected by the inspector, compared with the case where the defect inspection is performed by using the commercially available optical automatic inspection device, the number of defects exceeding the specification is reduced, and the accuracy of the defect inspection is kept in accordance with the actual situation. Use the appropriate level.

另外,在本實施形態中是對於在第二目視 檢查步驟檢測到之不良品再度施加再生處理,但是若使再生處理步驟經由複數次,熱履歷變多,光學構件貼合體之品質容易降低,所以在第二目視檢查步驟檢測到之不良品亦可以廢棄。 In addition, in the present embodiment, it is for the second visual inspection. In the inspection step, the defective product is re-applied to the defective product. However, if the number of the thermal processing is increased by the number of times of the regeneration processing, the quality of the optical member bonded body is likely to be lowered. Therefore, the defective product detected in the second visual inspection step may be used. Discarded.

然而,從改善產出率之觀點看,廢棄品較少為佳,例如,可施加有關再生處理步驟之上限值預先設定,通過僅設定次數之再生處理步驟之不良品,亦可以作為廢棄之運用。 However, from the viewpoint of improving the yield, it is preferable that the waste product is less. For example, it is possible to apply a predetermined amount of the upper limit of the regeneration treatment step, and the defective product of the regeneration processing step by only setting the number of times can also be discarded. use.

另外,在本實施形態中,所舉例說明之貼合手段50之構成是以貼合頭521進行液晶面板P和薄片FXm之貼合處理,但是並不限於此種方式。例如,貼合手段亦可將從分隔片剝離之薄片FXm,暫時地貼著在成為轉寫體之貼合鼓等之貼合部,使該貼合部對準液晶面板P,使貼著在貼合部之薄片FXm,貼合在液晶面板P。另外,貼合手段亦可以構建成利用壓接滾輪進行液晶面板P和薄片FXm之貼合處理。 Further, in the present embodiment, the bonding means 50 exemplified is configured such that the bonding head 521 performs the bonding process of the liquid crystal panel P and the sheet FXm. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the bonding means may be such that the sheet FXm peeled off from the separator is temporarily attached to the bonding portion of the bonding drum or the like which is a transfer body, and the bonding portion is aligned with the liquid crystal panel P so as to be attached thereto. The sheet FXm of the bonding portion is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P. Further, the bonding means may be constructed such that the bonding process of the liquid crystal panel P and the sheet FXm is performed by a pressure roller.

另外,在本實施形態中是根據檢測裝置(第一檢測裝置31和第二檢測裝置32)所檢測到之貼合面(第一貼合面SA1和第二貼合面)之端緣之檢測結果,決定薄片FXm之切割位置(第一切割位置和第二切割位置),但是並不限於此種方式。薄片FXm之切割位置之決定亦可採用上述以外之各種方法。 Further, in the present embodiment, the detection of the edge of the bonding surface (the first bonding surface SA1 and the second bonding surface) detected by the detecting device (the first detecting device 31 and the second detecting device 32) is performed. As a result, the cutting position (the first cutting position and the second cutting position) of the sheet FXm is determined, but is not limited to this. The determination of the cutting position of the sheet FXm can also be carried out by various methods other than the above.

(第二實施形態) (Second embodiment)

第33圖是第二實施形態之薄膜貼合系統1001之概略 構成圖。另外,在第33圖中,對與第一實施形態所說明之薄膜貼合系統1相同之構成元件,賦予相同之符號,省略其詳細說明。 Figure 33 is a schematic view of a film bonding system 1001 of the second embodiment. Make up the picture. In the third embodiment, the same components as those of the film bonding system 1 described in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

如第33圖所示,本實施形態之薄膜貼合系統1001設在液晶面板P之製造線之一步驟。薄膜貼合系統1001之各個部分,利用作為電子控制裝置之控制裝置91統括控制。 As shown in Fig. 33, the film bonding system 1001 of the present embodiment is provided in one of the manufacturing lines of the liquid crystal panel P. The respective portions of the film bonding system 1001 are collectively controlled by a control device 91 as an electronic control device.

(薄膜貼合系統) (film bonding system)

其次,對本實施形態之薄膜貼合系統1001進行詳細說明。 Next, the film bonding system 1001 of the present embodiment will be described in detail.

另外,在第33圖中,圖中之左側表示液晶面板P之搬運方向之上游側(以下稱為面板搬運上游側),圖中之右側表示液晶面板P之搬運方向之下游側(以下稱為面板搬運下游側)。 In the 33rd drawing, the left side of the figure shows the upstream side of the conveyance direction of the liquid crystal panel P (hereinafter referred to as the panel conveyance upstream side), and the right side of the figure shows the downstream side of the conveyance direction of the liquid crystal panel P (hereinafter referred to as The panel transports the downstream side).

如第33圖所示,本實施形態之薄膜貼合系統1001具備:搬運機構1010、洗淨裝置20、檢測裝置30、第一缺陷檢查裝置41、第二缺陷檢查裝置42、貼合手段50、切斷手段60、第一剝離裝置71、第二剝離裝置72、第一反轉裝置81、第二反轉裝置82、切割位置定位手段90、高壓釜處理裝置100、控制裝置91和記憶裝置92。 As shown in FIG. 33, the film bonding system 1001 of the present embodiment includes a transport mechanism 1010, a cleaning device 20, a detecting device 30, a first defect inspecting device 41, a second defect inspecting device 42, and a bonding means 50. The cutting means 60, the first peeling means 71, the second peeling means 72, the first inverting means 81, the second inverting means 82, the cutting position positioning means 90, the autoclave processing means 100, the control means 91 and the memory means 92 .

洗淨裝置20係洗淨液晶面板P,除去附著或固著在液晶面板P之外表面之異物等。「異物等」是指例如,除了附著在液晶面板P之灰塵等之異物外,有固著在液晶面板P之糊或碎玻璃(廢玻璃)等。藉由從液晶面板P 除去異物等,可抑制對液晶面板P貼合薄片FXm時之貼合缺陷。 The cleaning device 20 cleans the liquid crystal panel P, and removes foreign matter adhering to or fixed to the outer surface of the liquid crystal panel P. The foreign matter or the like is, for example, a paste or cullet (waste glass) fixed to the liquid crystal panel P in addition to foreign matter such as dust adhering to the liquid crystal panel P. By using the liquid crystal panel P By removing foreign matter or the like, it is possible to suppress the bonding defect when the liquid crystal panel P is bonded to the sheet FXm.

檢測裝置30係在對液晶面板P貼合薄片FXm之前,檢測液晶面板P之外形形狀。如後述之方式,在本實施形態之薄膜貼合系統1001中,考量每個液晶面板P之大小之誤差,對液晶面板P貼合比目的光學構件F1X稍大之大小之薄片FXm,從薄片FXm側以攝影機等攝影液晶面板P,沿著液晶面板P之外形形狀切割薄片FXm。此時,因為攝影超過薄片FXm之液晶面板P,所以不能以良好精確度檢測液晶面板P之外形形狀(被薄片FXm隱蔽之部分)。因此,在本實施形態之薄膜貼合系統1001中,在貼合薄片FXm之前,預先以檢測裝置30測定各個液晶面板P之外形形狀,使用其測定資料,進行薄片FXm之切割。藉此,可以良好之精確度決定薄片FXm之切割位置。另外,利用檢測裝置30所獲得之測定資料,供給到切割位置定位手段90,切割位置定位手段90決定薄片FXm之切割位置。 The detecting device 30 detects the shape of the liquid crystal panel P before attaching the sheet FXm to the liquid crystal panel P. As described later, in the film bonding system 1001 of the present embodiment, the error of the size of each liquid crystal panel P is considered, and the liquid crystal panel P is bonded to the sheet FXm which is slightly larger than the intended optical member F1X, from the sheet FXm. On the side, the liquid crystal panel P is photographed by a camera or the like, and the sheet FXm is cut along the shape of the liquid crystal panel P. At this time, since the liquid crystal panel P of the sheet FXm is photographed, the shape of the liquid crystal panel P (the portion concealed by the sheet FXm) cannot be detected with good precision. Therefore, in the film bonding system 1001 of the present embodiment, the shape of each liquid crystal panel P is measured by the detecting device 30 before the sheet FXm is bonded, and the sheet FXm is cut using the measurement data. Thereby, the cutting position of the sheet FXm can be determined with good precision. Further, the measurement data obtained by the detecting device 30 is supplied to the cutting position positioning means 90, and the cutting position positioning means 90 determines the cutting position of the sheet FXm.

第一缺陷檢查裝置41檢查液晶面板P之缺陷。第一缺陷檢查裝置41中之缺陷檢查是在將光學構件貼合到液晶面板P之前進行之缺陷檢查,故在該缺陷檢查中,檢查液晶面板P內在之缺陷。液晶面板P內在之缺陷,例如有液晶層中之氣泡或定向膜之損傷等。 The first defect inspection device 41 checks for defects of the liquid crystal panel P. The defect inspection in the first defect inspection device 41 is a defect inspection performed before the optical member is attached to the liquid crystal panel P. Therefore, in the defect inspection, defects existing in the liquid crystal panel P are inspected. The defects inherent in the liquid crystal panel P include, for example, damage of bubbles or alignment films in the liquid crystal layer.

第二缺陷檢查裝置42檢查對液晶面板P貼合光學構件後之液晶面板P(光學構件貼合體)之缺陷。在第 二缺陷檢查裝置42可檢查液晶面板P內在之缺陷、和將薄片FXm貼合在液晶面板P所產生之缺陷之兩者。將薄片FXm貼合在液晶面板P所產生之缺陷,例如,舉例有被夾入在液晶面板P和薄片FXm之間之異物等之缺陷、或將薄片FXm貼合在液晶面板P時因應力在薄片FXm之內部產生之氣泡缺陷,除此之外有薄片FXm本身具有之氣泡缺陷或凹凸缺陷等。 The second defect inspection device 42 checks for defects in the liquid crystal panel P (optical member bonding body) after bonding the optical member to the liquid crystal panel P. In the first The second defect inspection device 42 can inspect both the defects in the liquid crystal panel P and the defects generated by bonding the sheet FXm to the liquid crystal panel P. The defect in which the sheet FXm is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P is exemplified by a defect such as foreign matter sandwiched between the liquid crystal panel P and the sheet FXm, or when the sheet FXm is attached to the liquid crystal panel P due to stress Bubble defects generated inside the sheet FXm, in addition to the bubble defects or uneven defects of the sheet FXm itself.

藉由使用第一缺陷檢查裝置41之檢查結果和第二缺陷檢查裝置42之檢查結果,可以區別地檢測液晶面板P內在之缺陷、和將薄片FXm貼合在液晶面板P所產生之缺陷。 By using the inspection result of the first defect inspection device 41 and the inspection result of the second defect inspection device 42, the defects inherent in the liquid crystal panel P and the defects generated by bonding the sheet FXm to the liquid crystal panel P can be detected differently.

貼合手段50係將薄片FXm貼合在液晶面板P。貼合手段50包含:第一貼合裝置51,其係將比第一光學構件F11大之第一光學構件薄片F1之第一薄片F1m,貼合在液晶面板P之第一面;第二貼合裝置52,其係將比第二光學構件F12大之第二光學構件薄片F2之第二薄片F2m,貼合在液晶面板P之第二面;和,第三貼合裝置53,其係將比第三光學構件F13大之第三光學構件薄片F3之第三薄片F3m,貼合在液晶面板P之第二面。 The bonding means 50 bonds the sheet FXm to the liquid crystal panel P. The bonding means 50 includes a first bonding device 51 for bonding the first sheet F1m of the first optical member sheet F1 larger than the first optical member F11 to the first surface of the liquid crystal panel P; The second device F2m of the second optical member sheet F2 which is larger than the second optical member F12 is attached to the second surface of the liquid crystal panel P; and the third bonding device 53 The third sheet F3m of the third optical member sheet F3 larger than the third optical member F13 is bonded to the second surface of the liquid crystal panel P.

切斷手段60係根據切割位置定位手段90決定之切割位置(第一切割位置、第二切割位置),切割薄片FXm,以切離貼合在液晶面板P之薄片FXm之光學構件F1X2對應的部分、和其外側之剩餘部分。切斷手段60包含:第一切割裝置61,其係根據第一切割位置切割第一薄 片F1m,以切離貼合在液晶面板P之第一面之第一薄片F1m之第一光學構件F11之對應部分、和其外側之剩餘部分;和第二切割裝置62,其係根據第二切割位置,一起切割第二薄片F2m、和重疊配置在第二薄片F2m上之第三薄片F3m,以切離貼合在液晶面板P之第二面之第二薄片F2m之第二光學構件F12之對應部分、和其外側之剩餘部分,而且切割第三薄片F3m之第三光學構件F13之對應部分、和其外側之剩餘部分。 The cutting means 60 cuts the sheet FXm in accordance with the cutting position (the first cutting position and the second cutting position) determined by the cutting position positioning means 90, and cuts off the portion corresponding to the optical member F1X2 of the sheet FXm of the liquid crystal panel P. And the rest of its outer side. The cutting means 60 comprises: a first cutting device 61 which cuts the first thin according to the first cutting position a sheet F1m for cutting away a corresponding portion of the first optical member F11 of the first sheet F1m bonded to the first surface of the liquid crystal panel P and a remaining portion thereof; and a second cutting device 62 according to the second Cutting position, cutting the second sheet F2m together, and overlapping the third sheet F3m disposed on the second sheet F2m to cut off the second optical member F12 of the second sheet F2m attached to the second surface of the liquid crystal panel P The corresponding portion, and the remaining portion of the outer side thereof, and the corresponding portion of the third optical member F13 of the third sheet F3m and the remaining portion of the outer side thereof are cut.

第一剝離裝置71係將藉由第二切割裝置62從第二光學構件F12和第三光學構件F13切離之第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之剩餘部分,從液晶面板P剝離。第二剝離裝置72係將藉由第一切割裝置61從第一光學構件F11切離之第一薄片F1m之剩餘部分,從液晶面板P剝離。 The first peeling device 71 peels off the remaining portions of the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m which are cut away from the second optical member F12 and the third optical member F13 by the second cutting device 62, and is peeled off from the liquid crystal panel P. The second peeling device 72 peels off the remaining portion of the first sheet F1m which is cut away from the first optical member F11 by the first cutting device 61, and is peeled off from the liquid crystal panel P.

第一反轉裝置81和第二反轉裝置82係使液晶面板P之表背反轉。在第一反轉裝置81和第二反轉裝置82中,依照需要,使液晶面板P旋轉90°,以使液晶面板P之長邊方向和短邊方向,對液晶面板P之搬運方向互換。該旋轉動作亦可以與反轉動作同時進行,亦可以與反轉動作分別進行。 The first inverting means 81 and the second inverting means 82 reverse the front and back of the liquid crystal panel P. In the first inverting device 81 and the second inverting device 82, the liquid crystal panel P is rotated by 90° as needed so that the longitudinal direction and the short side direction of the liquid crystal panel P are interchanged with respect to the conveyance direction of the liquid crystal panel P. This rotation operation may be performed simultaneously with the reversal operation or separately from the reversal operation.

高壓釜處理裝置100係對在液晶面板P貼合有第一光學構件F11、第二光學構件F12和第三光學構件F13之光學構件貼合體PA,進行加熱加壓處理,除去將薄片FXm貼合在液晶面板P時所產生之氣泡缺陷、或薄片FXm具有之內在氣泡缺陷。 In the autoclave processing apparatus 100, the optical member bonding body PA in which the first optical member F11, the second optical member F12, and the third optical member F13 are bonded to the liquid crystal panel P is subjected to heat and pressure treatment, and the sheet FXm is removed. The bubble defect generated in the liquid crystal panel P or the bubble defect in the sheet FXm.

各種處理裝置之洗淨裝置20、檢測裝置30、第一缺陷檢查裝置41、第二缺陷檢查裝置42、貼合手段50、切斷手段60、第一剝離裝置71、第二剝離裝置72、第一反轉裝置81、第二反轉裝置82、和高壓釜處理裝置100,係藉由一連貫之搬運機構1010連接,以搬運液晶面板P和將薄片FX或光學構件F1X貼合在液晶面板P所形成之光學構件貼合體。 Cleaning device 20, detection device 30, first defect inspection device 41, second defect inspection device 42, bonding means 50, cutting means 60, first peeling means 71, second peeling means 72, and The inverting device 81, the second inverting device 82, and the autoclave processing device 100 are connected by a continuous transport mechanism 1010 to transport the liquid crystal panel P and attach the sheet FX or the optical member F1X to the liquid crystal panel P. The formed optical member is bonded to the body.

在本實施形態之薄膜貼合系統1001中,在液晶面板P被搬入至薄膜貼合系統1001之搬入位置(以下稱為裝載位置),至液晶面板P(光學構件貼合體)從薄膜貼合系統1001被搬出之搬出位置(以下稱為卸載位置)之間之液晶面板P之全部搬運機構,成為「與液晶面板P之接觸部在液晶面板P之搬運中不變動之搬運機構」。 In the film bonding system 1001 of the present embodiment, the liquid crystal panel P is carried into the loading position of the film bonding system 1001 (hereinafter referred to as the loading position), and the liquid crystal panel P (optical member bonding body) is bonded from the film bonding system. All of the transport mechanisms of the liquid crystal panel P between the carry-out positions (hereinafter referred to as the unloading positions) of the 1001 are "transport mechanisms that do not change during the conveyance of the liquid crystal panel P by the contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P".

薄膜貼合系統1001係從裝載位置到卸載位置,使用搬運機構1010搬運液晶面板P,同時對液晶面板P順序地施加特定之處理。液晶面板P以其表背面為水平之狀態,藉由搬運機構1010搬運。 The film bonding system 1001 transports the liquid crystal panel P from the loading position to the unloading position, and applies a specific process to the liquid crystal panel P in order. The liquid crystal panel P is conveyed by the transport mechanism 1010 in a state where the front and back sides thereof are horizontal.

在以下之說明中,有時從裝載位置到卸載位置,以流程作業對液晶面板P進行之處理全體,稱為「製造線」。製造線是主要指在被配置於搬運機構1010之搬運路徑(亦稱為搬運線)上之複數之處理裝置進行之流程作業,在製造線進行之作業稱為「製造線內」之作業。 In the following description, the entire processing of the liquid crystal panel P by the flow operation from the loading position to the unloading position may be referred to as a "manufacturing line". The manufacturing line mainly refers to a flow operation performed by a plurality of processing devices disposed on a conveyance path (also referred to as a conveyance line) of the conveyance mechanism 1010, and the operation performed on the manufacturing line is referred to as "in-line manufacturing".

另外,從裝載位置到卸載位置,將處理裝置取出藉由搬運機構1010搬運之液晶面板P,在與處理裝置不同之位 置,對液晶面板P進行處理之後,使處理後之液晶面板P返回到搬運機構1010之搬運路徑上之情形,只要流程作業不會產生故障,可以處理為製造線之一部分。 Further, from the loading position to the unloading position, the processing device is taken out of the liquid crystal panel P transported by the transport mechanism 1010, and is different from the processing device. After the liquid crystal panel P is processed, the processed liquid crystal panel P is returned to the transport path of the transport mechanism 1010, and can be processed as a part of the manufacturing line as long as the flow operation does not cause a malfunction.

另外,與上述之流程作業分離進行之作業稱為「製造線外之作業」。在製造線外,係與搬運機構1010之搬運速度無關地,可以花費必要之時間進行作業。 In addition, the work performed separately from the above-described process operation is referred to as "manufacturing off-line work". Regardless of the conveyance speed of the conveyance mechanism 1010, it is possible to take the necessary time to perform work.

以下,詳細說明薄膜貼合系統1001之構成之一實例。 Hereinafter, an example of the configuration of the film bonding system 1001 will be described in detail.

(搬運機構) (handling mechanism)

本實施形態之搬運機構1010具備有搬運輸送帶1011a至1011j(皮帶輸送帶)、桌台1012a至1012g、滑動器機構1013a至1013g和吸附手臂1014a至1014e。 The transport mechanism 1010 of the present embodiment includes transport conveyors 1011a to 1011j (belt conveyor belts), tables 1012a to 1012g, slider mechanisms 1013a to 1013g, and suction arms 1014a to 1014e.

搬運輸送帶1011a被配置在裝載位置。搬運輸送帶1011a俯視看形成U字形狀。搬運輸送帶1011a保持支架1015a而搬運。支架1015a可以收容複數之液晶面板P。在本實施形態中,在支架1015a收容2個之液晶面板P。藉此,液晶面板P構建成沿著搬運輸送帶1011a而移動。 The transport conveyor belt 1011a is disposed at the loading position. The conveyance belt 1011a forms a U shape in plan view. The conveyance belt 1011a holds the holder 1015a and carries it. The holder 1015a can accommodate a plurality of liquid crystal panels P. In the present embodiment, two liquid crystal panels P are housed in the holder 1015a. Thereby, the liquid crystal panel P is constructed to move along the conveyance belt 1011a.

另外,在本實施形態中,並不限於搬運輸送帶1011a保持支架1015a進行搬運之構成,亦可以成為搬運輸送帶1011a直接保持支架1015a進行搬運之構成。 Further, in the present embodiment, the configuration in which the conveyance belt 1011a holds the holder 1015a for transportation is not limited, and the conveyance belt 1011a may be directly held by the holder 1015a.

吸附手臂1014a係在較搬運輸送帶1011a之面板搬運下游側,被配置在搬運輸送帶1011a之彎曲部分和搬運輸送帶1011b之間。吸附手臂1014a係吸附保持被 搬運輸送帶1011a保持之液晶面板P,在垂直方向和水平方向自由搬運。例如,吸附手臂1014a係將經吸附保持之液晶面板P直接以水平狀態搬運到搬運輸送帶1011b之正上方,在該位置解除吸附,將液晶面板P移交至搬運輸送帶1011b。 The suction arm 1014a is disposed on the downstream side of the panel conveyance belt 1011a, and is disposed between the curved portion of the conveyance conveyor 1011a and the conveyance belt 1011b. Adsorption arm 1014a is adsorbed and kept The liquid crystal panel P held by the conveyance belt 1011a is freely conveyed in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. For example, the adsorption arm 1014a directly conveys the liquid crystal panel P that has been adsorbed and held in a horizontal state directly above the conveyance belt 1011b, and at this position, the suction is released, and the liquid crystal panel P is transferred to the conveyance belt 1011b.

搬運輸送帶1011b在俯視看形成直線形狀。搬運輸送帶1011b保持晶面板P而進行搬運。液晶面板P係在搬運輸送帶1011b中,使液晶面板P之短邊沿著搬運方向被搬運。液晶面板P藉由搬運輸送帶1011b,移交至洗淨裝置20。 The conveyance belt 1011b forms a linear shape in plan view. The conveyance belt 1011b holds the crystal panel P and carries it. The liquid crystal panel P is attached to the conveyance belt 1011b, and the short side of the liquid crystal panel P is conveyed along the conveyance direction. The liquid crystal panel P is transferred to the cleaning device 20 by transporting the conveyor belt 1011b.

(洗淨裝置) (cleaning device)

洗淨裝置20設置成在薄膜貼合系統1001之上游步驟。洗淨裝置20係使用搬運輸送帶201(參照第5圖)而搬運液晶面板P,同時對液晶面板P順序地施加既定之洗淨處理。液晶面板P係以使其表背面為水平之狀態被搬運到搬運輸送帶201上。 The cleaning device 20 is arranged upstream of the film bonding system 1001. In the cleaning device 20, the liquid crystal panel P is transported by using the transport conveyance belt 201 (see FIG. 5), and a predetermined washing process is sequentially applied to the liquid crystal panel P. The liquid crystal panel P is conveyed to the conveyance belt 201 in a state in which the front and back surfaces thereof are horizontal.

通過洗淨裝置20之液晶面板P,附著在其表背面之塵埃等之異物被除去,一併藉由研磨部203(參照第5圖)除去被固著在液晶面板P之表背面之糊或碎玻璃(廢玻璃)等。藉此,確實地抑制在薄膜貼合系統1001之貼合異物所產生的不良品。 The liquid crystal panel P of the cleaning device 20 removes foreign matter such as dust adhering to the front and back surfaces thereof, and removes the paste adhered to the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P by the polishing unit 203 (see FIG. 5). Broken glass (waste glass), etc. Thereby, the defective product produced by bonding the foreign matter to the film bonding system 1001 is reliably suppressed.

(檢測裝置) (detection device)

第34圖是檢測裝置30之示意圖。 Figure 34 is a schematic illustration of the detection device 30.

如第34圖所示,檢測裝置30具備:攝影裝置302, 其係攝影液晶面板P之影像;和照明裝置301,其係包夾液晶面板P而從與攝影裝置302相反側照明液晶面板P。本實施形態之檢測裝置30,在製造線內,在將薄片FXm貼合到液晶面板P之前,檢測液晶面板P之外形形狀。另外,檢測裝置檢測設在液晶面板P之第一基板P1的外周部之標記Am(參照第2圖)。 As shown in FIG. 34, the detecting device 30 includes: a photographing device 302, This is an image of the photographic liquid crystal panel P; and an illuminating device 301 that encloses the liquid crystal panel P and illuminates the liquid crystal panel P from the side opposite to the photographing device 302. In the detecting device 30 of the present embodiment, the shape of the liquid crystal panel P is detected before the sheet FXm is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P in the manufacturing line. Further, the detecting device detects the mark Am (see FIG. 2) provided on the outer peripheral portion of the first substrate P1 of the liquid crystal panel P.

另外,液晶面板P之外形形狀並不限於在製造線內檢測,亦可以在製造線外檢測。亦即,亦可以構建成將薄片FXm貼合到液晶面板P之前,檢測液晶面板P之外形形狀。 In addition, the shape of the liquid crystal panel P is not limited to being detected in the manufacturing line, and may be detected outside the manufacturing line. That is, it is also possible to construct a shape in which the liquid crystal panel P is shaped before the sheet FXm is attached to the liquid crystal panel P.

第35A圖和第35B圖是示意圖,表示使用攝影裝置302而攝影液晶面板P之情形。首先,如第35A圖所示,使用攝影裝置302攝影液晶面板P之周邊。 35A and 35B are schematic views showing the case where the liquid crystal panel P is photographed using the photographing device 302. First, as shown in Fig. 35A, the periphery of the liquid crystal panel P is imaged using the photographing device 302.

液晶面板P具有被第二基板P2和第一基板P1包夾之液晶層P3(參照第2圖)。另外,液晶面板P俯視看之面積,第二基板P2小於第一基板P1,使兩者重疊時,第一基板P1之一端俯視看露出。在第一基板P1露出之區域P5設置端子部P6。 The liquid crystal panel P has a liquid crystal layer P3 sandwiched between the second substrate P2 and the first substrate P1 (see FIG. 2). Further, the liquid crystal panel P has an area in a plan view, and the second substrate P2 is smaller than the first substrate P1. When the two are overlapped, one end of the first substrate P1 is exposed in a plan view. The terminal portion P6 is provided in a region P5 where the first substrate P1 is exposed.

第35B圖表示液晶面板P之部分俯視圖。在第35B圖中,權宜上,顯示第二基板P2之4個邊EA、EB、EC、ED中之邊EA。本實施形態之液晶面板P以多去角製造。因此,如第3圖5所示,第二基板P2之角部(例如,邊EA之兩端之角部C1、C2)附近之EA1、EA2,與邊EA之中央EA3比較,產生毛邊或缺陷,不能成為直線狀。 附近EA1、EA2之長度,例如,在4吋顯示器用之液晶面板P中,經驗上為5mm左右。 Fig. 35B is a partial plan view showing the liquid crystal panel P. In Fig. 35B, it is expedient to display the side EA of the four sides EA, EB, EC, ED of the second substrate P2. The liquid crystal panel P of the present embodiment is manufactured with a plurality of chamfers. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 3, EA1 and EA2 in the vicinity of the corner portion of the second substrate P2 (for example, the corner portions C1 and C2 at both ends of the side EA) are compared with the center EA3 of the side EA, and burrs or defects are generated. Can't be linear. The length of the nearby EA1 and EA2 is, for example, about 5 mm in the liquid crystal panel P for a 4-inch display.

對於此種液晶面板P,使用攝影裝置302,攝影包含第二基板P2之攝影區域AR。攝影裝置302是線攝影機,其係包含有複數之攝影元件,排列在第二基板P2之4個邊EA、EB、EC、ED中之沿著端子部P6之與邊EC(或邊EA)平行之方向(第一方向)。例如,攝影元件為CCD(Charge Coupled Device)。攝影裝置302在與鄰接邊EC之邊EB(或邊ED)平行之方向(第二方向)移動,以俯視看攝影包含第二基板P2之影像(以下稱為面對基板影像)。 With respect to such a liquid crystal panel P, the photographing device 302 is used to photograph the photographing region AR including the second substrate P2. The photographing device 302 is a line camera including a plurality of photographing elements arranged in parallel with the side EC (or the side EA) of the terminal portion P6 among the four sides EA, EB, EC, and ED of the second substrate P2. Direction (first direction). For example, the photographic element is a CCD (Charge Coupled Device). The photographing device 302 moves in a direction (second direction) parallel to the side EB (or the side ED) of the adjacent side EC, and photographs an image including the second substrate P2 (hereinafter referred to as a facing substrate image) in a plan view.

另外,攝影裝置302之移動方向並沒有限定。例如,攝影裝置302亦可包含有被排列在與邊EB(或邊ED)平行之方向的複數之攝影元件,在與鄰接邊EB之邊EC(或邊EA)平行之方向移動,進行攝影面對基板影像。亦即,攝影裝置302亦可以構建成包含從第二基板P2之表面之法線方向看,排列在第一方向之複數之攝影元件,在與第一方向正交之第二方向移動,進行攝影面對基板影像。 In addition, the moving direction of the photographing device 302 is not limited. For example, the photographing device 302 may include a plurality of photographing elements arranged in a direction parallel to the side EB (or the side ED), and move in a direction parallel to the side EC (or the side EA) of the adjacent side EB to perform a photographing surface. For the substrate image. That is, the photographing device 302 may be configured to include a plurality of photographic elements arranged in the first direction as viewed in the normal direction of the surface of the second substrate P2, and move in a second direction orthogonal to the first direction to perform photographing. Facing the substrate image.

以攝影裝置302攝影到之影像之影像資料,輸入至控制裝置91(參照第33圖),進行下一個處理(影像處理、演算)。 The image data of the image captured by the photographing device 302 is input to the control device 91 (see FIG. 33), and the next processing (image processing, calculation) is performed.

(第一處理) (first treatment)

首先,第一處理是從影像資料,從第35A圖和第35B圖所示之第二基板P2側,俯視液晶面板P時,進行強調第二基板P2之輪廓線之處理。 First, the first processing is processing for emphasizing the outline of the second substrate P2 from the image data, from the side of the second substrate P2 shown in FIGS. 35A and 35B, when the liquid crystal panel P is viewed from above.

例如,俯視液晶面板P時,在存在有液晶面板P之區域(第一區域)和未存在有液晶面板P之區域(第二區域),光之透過率不同,所以在攝影到之影像,成為第二區域比第一區域亮之影像。因此,使攝影到之影像二進制化時,第一區域成為亮區域(白),第二區域成為暗區域(黑),以第二基板P2之輪廓線作為明暗之境界。 For example, when the liquid crystal panel P is viewed in a plan view, in the region where the liquid crystal panel P is present (the first region) and the region where the liquid crystal panel P is not present (the second region), the light transmittance is different, so that the image is captured. The second area is brighter than the first area. Therefore, when the captured image is binarized, the first region becomes a bright region (white), the second region becomes a dark region (black), and the outline of the second substrate P2 serves as a boundary between light and dark.

另外,二進制化時之色調值之臨限值,因為依照攝影位置之液晶面板P之構成等成為不同之適當值,所以亦可以利用適當之預備實驗進行設定。 Further, since the threshold value of the tone value at the time of binarization is an appropriate value depending on the configuration of the liquid crystal panel P at the photographing position, etc., it can also be set by an appropriate preliminary experiment.

(第二處理) (second treatment)

第36圖是示意圖,用以表示第35A圖和第35B圖之攝影裝置302所攝影到之影像之角部之附近。在第36圖中,權宜上,表示包含邊EA和邊EB之角部之附近。在第36圖中,以符號AR1表示第一區域,以符號AR2表示第二區域。第二處理如第36圖所示,根據在第一處理中二進制化影像資料(以下稱為二進制化資料),檢測與第二基板P2之輪廓線重複之複數之點D之座標。 Figure 36 is a schematic view showing the vicinity of the corners of the image captured by the photographing device 302 of Figs. 35A and 35B. In Fig. 36, it is expedient to indicate the vicinity of the corner including the side EA and the side EB. In Fig. 36, the first area is indicated by the symbol AR1 and the second area is represented by the symbol AR2. As shown in Fig. 36, the second processing detects the coordinates of the point D of the complex number which is repeated with the outline of the second substrate P2, based on the binarized image data (hereinafter referred to as binarized data) in the first processing.

首先,在藉由攝影裝置302攝影到之面對基板影像所求得之第二基板P2之輪廓線中,除去未滿足預設基準之第一部分。具體而言,在第36圖所示之角部之附近EA1、EB1(第一部分),在第二基板P2產生毛邊或缺陷,各邊(在第36圖中為邊EA、EB)之各個不成為直線狀。因此,在D點之檢測時,設定成檢測範圍不包含附近EA1、EB1(角部附近之預定範圍)。從檢測範圍除外之附近EA1、 EB1之範圍,可依照經驗或實驗求得之值,適當地設定。 First, in the outline of the second substrate P2 obtained by the photographing device 302 to face the substrate image, the first portion that does not satisfy the preset reference is removed. Specifically, in the vicinity of the corner portions EA1, EB1 (first portion) shown in Fig. 36, burrs or defects are generated on the second substrate P2, and each side (the sides EA, EB in Fig. 36) is not It becomes a straight line. Therefore, at the time of detection at point D, it is set so that the detection range does not include the nearby EA1, EB1 (predetermined range near the corner). From the vicinity of the detection range, EA1 The range of EB1 can be appropriately set according to the value obtained by experience or experiment.

其次,在各邊(在第36圖中為邊EA、邊EB)中分別在第二基板P2之輪廓線中除了附近EA1、EB1外之中央部EA3、EB3(第二部分),檢測與第二基板P2之輪廓線重疊之複數之點D的座標。 Next, in each side (the side EA, the side EB in Fig. 36), in the outline of the second substrate P2, except for the central portions EA3 and EB3 (second portion) other than the nearby EA1, EB1, the detection and the The coordinates of the point D of the complex number of the two substrates P2 overlapping.

檢測之座標之座標軸,例如,以二進制化資料之左上端作為原點,設定以影像之右方為+方向之X軸,以影像之下方為+方向之Y軸。另外,在以攝影裝置302攝影到之影像中,包夾第二基板P2之角部之2個邊(輪廓線),亦可以構建成在不與攝影到之影像之外周邊大致平行之情形,進行從適當之影像資料(或二進制化資料)切出適於分析之任意之區域之處理(修整處理),對處理後之影像進行第二處理。 For the coordinate axis of the detected coordinate, for example, the left upper end of the binarized data is used as the origin, and the X-axis with the + direction to the right of the image is set, and the Y-axis with the + direction below the image. Further, in the image captured by the photographing device 302, the two sides (outlines) of the corner portion of the second substrate P2 may be sandwiched, and may be constructed so as not to be substantially parallel to the periphery of the image to be photographed. Perform processing (trimming processing) for cutting out any area suitable for analysis from appropriate image data (or binarized data), and perform second processing on the processed image.

在檢測點D之座標時,例如,根據二進制化資料,在影像之X軸方向之任意之位置(x1),從上端在+Y方向檢測色調時,可從自白(第一區域)變黑(第二區域)之位置之Y方向之位置(y1),求得點D之座標(x1,y1)。對第二基板P2之4個之邊EA、EB、EC、ED之各個進行此種處理,可在各個邊以檢測重疊在邊之複數之點D之座標。 When detecting the coordinates of the point D, for example, according to the binarized data, at any position (x1) in the X-axis direction of the image, when the color tone is detected from the upper end in the +Y direction, it can be blackened from the confession (first region) ( The position (y1) of the position of the second region) in the Y direction is obtained as the coordinate (x1, y1) of the point D. This processing is performed on each of the four sides EA, EB, EC, and ED of the second substrate P2, and the coordinates of the point D overlapping the plurality of sides can be detected on each side.

另外,檢測點D之數目宜為較多,但可以設定成不會使後述之演算處理之處理負擔過大之數目。例如,可在4個之邊EA、EB、EC、ED之各個,檢測100個之點D。 Further, the number of detection points D is preferably large, but it may be set so as not to overload the processing of the arithmetic processing described later. For example, 100 points D can be detected on each of the four sides EA, EB, EC, and ED.

(第三處理) (third treatment)

第三處理是從第二處理所檢測到之複數之點D之座標,近似地求得與點D重疊之邊對應之直線。近似係可使用習知之統計學手法,例如,可使用最小平方法求得回歸直線(近似直線)之近似方法。 The third process is a coordinate of the point D of the complex number detected by the second process, and a straight line corresponding to the side overlapping the point D is approximately obtained. The approximation can use conventional statistical methods, for example, an approximation method of finding a regression line (approximating line) using the least squares method.

第37圖是表示以第三處理求得之近似直線L1之圖形,是以Y=0表示近似直線L1之圖形。在第37圖中,為方便,表示在邊EA求得之近似直線L1。 Fig. 37 is a graph showing the approximate straight line L1 obtained by the third processing, and is a graph in which the approximate straight line L1 is represented by Y=0. In Fig. 37, for convenience, the approximate straight line L1 obtained at the side EA is shown.

此處,在第37圖中,考量到於+y側描繪之點D1或於-y側描繪之點D2,當與其他之點D比較時,離開近似直線L1之離開距離變大,對近似直線L1之算出結果造成大影響。在此種之情況時,亦可以使用除了點D1和點D2之外之其餘之點,再度求得近似直線。 Here, in Fig. 37, the point D1 drawn on the +y side or the point D2 drawn on the -y side is considered, and when compared with the other point D, the departure distance from the approximate straight line L1 becomes larger, and the approximation is approximated. The calculation result of the straight line L1 has a large influence. In such a case, it is also possible to use an additional point other than the point D1 and the point D2 to obtain an approximate straight line again.

另外,除了點D之外,並不限於如第37圖所示之2個。對於近似直線L1和點D之(與第37圖之點D之Y座標之絕對值)距離,亦可以構建成決定臨限值,將Y座標之絕對值大於臨限值之點D除外,再度求得近似直線。對於臨限值可依照經驗或實驗求得之值適當地設定。 In addition, it is not limited to two as shown in FIG. 37 except for the point D. For the distance between the approximate straight line L1 and the point D (the absolute value of the Y coordinate of point D in Fig. 37), it can also be constructed to determine the threshold value, except for the point D where the absolute value of the Y coordinate is greater than the threshold value. Find an approximate straight line. The threshold value can be appropriately set according to empirical or experimental values.

對於攝影到之影像所含之4個邊EA、EB、EC、ED之各個,求得以此種方式求得之近似直線。在以下之說明中,將在邊EA求得之近似直線稱為L1,在邊EB求得之近似直線稱為L2,在邊EC求得之近似直線稱為L3,在邊ED求得之近似直線稱為L4。 For each of the four sides EA, EB, EC, and ED included in the captured image, the approximate straight line obtained in this way is obtained. In the following description, the approximate straight line obtained by the side EA is referred to as L1, the approximate straight line obtained by the side EB is referred to as L2, the approximate straight line obtained by the side EC is referred to as L3, and the approximated line obtained by the edge ED is approximated. The line is called L4.

(第四處理) (fourth processing)

第四處理是假定使用以攝影裝置302攝影到之面對基板影像所含之4邊分別求得之近似直線L1、L2、L3、L4,求得連結近似直線L1、L2、L3、L4所獲得之圖形,作為第二基板P2之輪廓線(近似輪廓線)。 The fourth processing is assumed to be obtained by using the approximate straight lines L1, L2, L3, and L4 obtained by the imaging device 302 to face the four sides of the substrate image, and obtaining the approximate straight lines L1, L2, L3, and L4. The figure is taken as the outline of the second substrate P2 (approximate outline).

第38圖是求得近似輪廓線OL之示意圖。 Figure 38 is a schematic diagram of the approximate contour line OL.

如第38圖所示,連結以第三處理求得之近似直線L1、L2、L3、L4,可以求得近似輪廓線OL。另外,近似輪廓線OL之資料被記憶在記憶裝置92(參照第33圖)。 As shown in Fig. 38, the approximate contour line OL can be obtained by connecting the approximate straight lines L1, L2, L3, and L4 obtained by the third processing. Further, the data of the approximate outline OL is memorized in the memory device 92 (refer to Fig. 33).

返回到第33圖,經過檢測裝置30之液晶面板P,例如,藉由皮帶輸送帶等之搬運機構,移交至第一缺陷檢查裝置41。 Returning to Fig. 33, the liquid crystal panel P passing through the detecting device 30 is transferred to the first defect inspection device 41 by, for example, a transport mechanism such as a belt conveyor.

(第一缺陷檢查裝置) (first defect inspection device)

第一缺陷檢查裝置41是自動檢查裝置,其係對於經過檢測裝置30而使顯示面側向上之液晶面板P,進行AOI檢查(光學式自動外觀檢查:Automatic Optical Inspection)。在本實施形態中,第一缺陷檢查裝置41係從液晶面板P之下面Sf1側(背光側),以光源411(參照第6圖)照射光,同時從上面Sf2側(顯示面側)以攝影裝置412攝影,根據其攝影資料自動檢查液晶面板P之缺陷之有無。第一缺陷檢查裝置41,只要能夠對缺陷進行光學式之自動檢查,亦可以使用其他之構成。第一缺陷檢查裝置41之檢查資料,被記憶在記憶裝置92(參照第33圖)。 The first defect inspection device 41 is an automatic inspection device that performs an AOI inspection (Automatic Optical Inspection) on the liquid crystal panel P on the display surface side through the detection device 30. In the present embodiment, the first defect inspection device 41 irradiates light from the lower surface Sf1 side (backlight side) of the liquid crystal panel P with the light source 411 (see FIG. 6), and photographs from the upper surface Sf2 side (display surface side). The device 412 photographs and automatically checks for the presence or absence of defects of the liquid crystal panel P based on the photographic data. The first defect inspection device 41 may have other configurations as long as it can perform optical automatic inspection of the defect. The inspection data of the first defect inspection device 41 is stored in the memory device 92 (see Fig. 33).

控制裝置91(參照第33圖),對被記憶在記憶裝置92之以第一缺陷檢查裝置41之檢查資料,確認發 現到之缺陷之種類或狀態,根據預設之基準,進行(1)OK判定(表示良品之判定)、(2)NG之判定(表示不良品之判定)。依控制裝置91之判定結果,被記憶在記憶裝置92(參照第33圖)。另外,進行判定時之基準可依照液晶面板P之構造等而為不同之適當值,故可進行適當之預備實驗而設定。 The control device 91 (refer to FIG. 33) confirms the inspection data of the first defect inspection device 41 that is stored in the memory device 92. The type or state of the defect that has arrived is determined based on the preset criteria (1) OK determination (determining good product), and (2) NG determination (determining defective product). The result of the determination by the control device 91 is stored in the memory device 92 (see Fig. 33). In addition, the criterion for the determination can be set to an appropriate value depending on the structure of the liquid crystal panel P, etc., and therefore can be set by an appropriate preliminary experiment.

OK判定是在液晶面板P未發現有缺陷之情況,或判斷為沒有實際使用上有問題之缺陷之情況。NG判定是在液晶面板P中發現有缺陷之情況。 The OK determination is a case where no defect is found in the liquid crystal panel P, or it is judged that there is no defect in actual use. The NG determination is a case where a defect is found in the liquid crystal panel P.

經OK判定之液晶面板P,搬出至下一個步驟。另一方面,經NG判定之液晶面板P藉由未圖示之廢棄裝置而被廢棄。 The liquid crystal panel P judged by the OK is carried out to the next step. On the other hand, the liquid crystal panel P determined by NG is discarded by a discarding device (not shown).

經過第一缺陷檢查裝置41之液晶面板P,例如,藉由皮帶輸送帶等之搬運機構,移交至搬運輸送帶1011c。 The liquid crystal panel P that has passed through the first defect inspection device 41 is transferred to the transport conveyor 1011c by, for example, a transport mechanism such as a belt conveyor.

搬運輸送帶1011c俯視看形成直線形狀。搬運輸送帶1011c保持經過第一缺陷檢查裝置41之液晶面板P而進行搬運。在搬運輸送帶1011c,以液晶面板P之短邊沿著搬運方向之方式,搬運液晶面板P。 The conveyance belt 1011c forms a linear shape in plan view. The conveyance belt 1011c is conveyed while passing through the liquid crystal panel P of the first defect inspection device 41. In the conveyance belt 1011c, the liquid crystal panel P is conveyed so that the short side of the liquid crystal panel P may follow the conveyance direction.

吸附手臂1014b係在較搬運輸送帶1011c之面板搬運下游側,被配置在搬運輸送帶1011c和滑動器機構1013a之間。滑動器機構1013a俯視看形成直線形狀。滑動器機構1013a可使保持液晶面板P之桌台1012a沿著滑動器機構1013a之長邊方向移動。 The adsorption arm 1014b is disposed on the downstream side of the panel conveyance of the conveyance belt 1011c, and is disposed between the conveyance belt 1011c and the slider mechanism 1013a. The slider mechanism 1013a forms a linear shape in plan view. The slider mechanism 1013a can move the table 1012a holding the liquid crystal panel P in the longitudinal direction of the slider mechanism 1013a.

吸附手臂1014b係吸附保持被搬運輸送帶1011c保持之液晶面板P,在垂直方向和水平方向自由搬運。例如,吸附手臂1014b將被吸附保持之液晶面板P直接以水平狀態搬運到桌台1012a之正上方,在該位置解除吸附,將液晶面板P移交給桌台1012a。液晶面板P藉由桌台1012a和滑動器機構1013a移交至第一貼合裝置51。 The suction arm 1014b sucks and holds the liquid crystal panel P held by the conveyance conveyor 1011c, and is freely conveyed in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. For example, the suction arm 1014b directly conveys the liquid crystal panel P that is adsorbed and held to the directly above the table 1012a in a horizontal state, and at this position, the suction is released, and the liquid crystal panel P is transferred to the table 1012a. The liquid crystal panel P is handed over to the first bonding device 51 by the table 1012a and the slider mechanism 1013a.

(第一貼合裝置) (first bonding device)

第一貼合裝置51係對於液晶面板P之上面(顯示面側之面)進行貼合第一光學構件薄片F1中已切成既定大小的貼合薄片F5之薄片(第一薄片F1m)。藉由第一貼合裝置51,在液晶面板P之顯示面側之面貼合第一薄片F1m,以形成第一薄片貼合體PA1。以第一貼合裝置51形成之第一薄片貼合體PA1移交給桌台1012a。 In the first bonding apparatus 51, a sheet (first sheet F1m) of the bonding sheet F5 which has been cut into a predetermined size in the first optical member sheet F1 is bonded to the upper surface (surface on the display surface side) of the liquid crystal panel P. The first sheet F1m is bonded to the surface on the display surface side of the liquid crystal panel P by the first bonding apparatus 51 to form the first sheet bonding body PA1. The first sheet bonding body PA1 formed by the first bonding device 51 is transferred to the table 1012a.

另外,第一貼合裝置51,因為具備複數之貼合頭521,所以即使第一薄片F1m之貼合處理需要長時間時,亦可抑制第一薄片F1m之供給停滯。因此,可抑制第一薄片貼合體PA1之生產效率之降低。 Further, since the first bonding apparatus 51 includes a plurality of bonding heads 521, even if the bonding process of the first sheet F1m takes a long time, the supply of the first sheet F1m can be suppressed from being stagnant. Therefore, the decrease in the production efficiency of the first sheet bonding body PA1 can be suppressed.

桌台1012b和滑動器機構1013b包夾吸附手臂1014b,配置成與桌台1012a和滑動器機構1013a面對。滑動器機構1013b俯視看形成直線形狀。滑動器機構1013b可使保持第一薄片貼合體PA1之桌台1012b沿著滑動器機構1013b之長邊方向移動。 The table 1012b and the slider mechanism 1013b enclose the suction arm 1014b and are configured to face the table 1012a and the slider mechanism 1013a. The slider mechanism 1013b forms a linear shape in plan view. The slider mechanism 1013b can move the table 1012b holding the first sheet bonding body PA1 in the longitudinal direction of the slider mechanism 1013b.

吸附手臂1014b係吸附保持被桌台1012a保持之第一薄片貼合體PA1,在垂直方向和水平方向自由搬 運。例如,吸附手臂1014b係吸附保持之第一薄片貼合體PA1直接以水平狀態搬運到桌台1012b之正上方,在該位置解除吸附,將第一薄片貼合體PA1移交給桌台1012b。第一薄片貼合體PA1藉由桌台1012b和滑動器機構1013b,移交給第一反轉裝置81。 The adsorption arm 1014b adsorbs and holds the first sheet conforming body PA1 held by the table 1012a, and is freely moved in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. Shipped. For example, the first sheet bonding body PA1 that is adsorbed and held by the adsorption arm 1014b is directly conveyed to the upper side of the table 1012b in a horizontal state, and the suction is released at this position, and the first sheet bonding body PA1 is transferred to the table 1012b. The first sheet bonding body PA1 is transferred to the first inverting device 81 by the table 1012b and the slider mechanism 1013b.

(第一反轉裝置) (first inversion device)

第一反轉裝置81係藉由吸附或挾持等保持經過第一貼合裝置51移交給桌台1012b之第一薄片貼合體PA1,使第一薄片貼合體PA1之表背反轉,和例如使以與液晶面板P之短邊平行被搬運之第一薄片貼合體PA1,方向轉換成為與液晶面板P之長邊平行地被搬運。 The first reversing device 81 is held by the first bonding device 51 and held by the first bonding device 51 to the first sheet bonding body PA1 of the table 1012b, so that the front and back of the first sheet bonding body PA1 are reversed, and for example, The first sheet bonding body PA1 conveyed in parallel with the short side of the liquid crystal panel P is conveyed in a direction parallel to the long side of the liquid crystal panel P.

第一反轉裝置81係使液晶面板P之顯示面側成為上面之第一薄片貼合體PA1表背反轉,而使液晶面板P之背光側成為上面。經第一反轉裝置81之第一薄片貼合體PA1,移交給搬運輸送帶1011d。 The first inverting device 81 reverses the front and back of the first sheet bonding body PA1 on the display surface side of the liquid crystal panel P, and sets the backlight side of the liquid crystal panel P to the upper surface. The first sheet bonding body PA1 of the first inverting device 81 is transferred to the conveyance belt 1011d.

搬運輸送帶1011d保持第一薄片貼合體PA1而進行搬運。在搬運輸送帶1011d,使液晶面板P之長邊沿著搬運方向,搬運第一薄片貼合體PA1。 The conveyance belt 1011d holds the first sheet bonding body PA1 and carries it. The conveyance belt 1011d is conveyed, and the long side of the liquid crystal panel P is conveyed along the conveyance direction, and the 1st sheet bonding body PA1 is conveyed.

吸附手臂1014c在搬運輸送帶1011d之側方,被配置在搬運輸送帶1011d和和滑動器機構1013c之間。滑動器機構1013c俯視看成為直線形狀。滑動器機構1013c可使保持第一薄片貼合體PA1之桌台1012c沿著滑動器機構1013c之長邊方向移動。 The suction arm 1014c is disposed between the conveyance belt 1011d and the slider mechanism 1013c on the side of the conveyance belt 1011d. The slider mechanism 1013c has a linear shape in plan view. The slider mechanism 1013c can move the table 1012c holding the first sheet bonding body PA1 in the longitudinal direction of the slider mechanism 1013c.

吸附手臂1014c係吸附保持被搬運輸送帶 1011d保持之第一薄片貼合體PA1,在垂直方向和水平方向自由搬運。例如,吸附手臂1014c將被吸附保持之第一薄片貼合體PA1直接以水平狀態搬運到桌台1012c之正上方,在該位置解除吸附,將第一薄片貼合體PA1移交給桌台1012c。第一薄片貼合體PA1藉由桌台1012c和滑動器機構1013c移交給第二貼合裝置52。 Adsorption arm 1014c is adsorbed and held by the conveyor belt The first sheet bonding body PA1 held by 1011d is freely transported in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. For example, the adsorption arm 1014c directly conveys the first sheet bonding body PA1 adsorbed and held to the directly above the table 1012c in a horizontal state, and at this position, the suction is released, and the first sheet bonding body PA1 is transferred to the table 1012c. The first sheet bonding body PA1 is handed over to the second bonding device 52 by the table 1012c and the slider mechanism 1013c.

(第二貼合裝置) (second bonding device)

第二貼合裝置52將第二薄片F2m貼合在第一薄片貼合體PA1之液晶面板P之背光側的面。藉由第二貼合裝置52將第二薄片F2m貼合在與第一薄片貼合體PA1之第一薄片F1m相反側之面,以形成第二薄片貼合體PA2。藉由第二貼合裝置52形成之第二薄片貼合體PA2,移交給桌台1012c。 The second bonding apparatus 52 bonds the second sheet F2m to the surface on the backlight side of the liquid crystal panel P of the first sheet bonding body PA1. The second sheet F2m is bonded to the surface opposite to the first sheet F1m of the first sheet bonding body PA1 by the second bonding apparatus 52 to form the second sheet bonding body PA2. The second sheet bonding body PA2 formed by the second bonding device 52 is transferred to the table 1012c.

另外,第二貼合裝置52係因為具備複數之貼合頭521,所以即使在第二薄片F2m之貼合處理需要長時間時,亦可以抑制第二薄片F2m之供給停滯。因此,可以抑制第二薄片貼合體PA2之生產效率之降低。 Further, since the second bonding apparatus 52 includes a plurality of bonding heads 521, even when the bonding process of the second sheet F2m takes a long time, the supply of the second sheet F2m can be suppressed from being stagnant. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the production efficiency of the second sheet bonding body PA2.

吸附手臂1014c係吸附保持被桌台1012c保持之第二薄片貼合體PA2,在垂直方向和水平方向自由搬運。例如,吸附手臂1014c將吸附保持之第二薄片貼合體PA2直接以水平狀態搬運到搬運輸送帶1011d之正上方,在該位置解除吸附,將第二薄片貼合體PA2移交給桌台1012b。在搬運輸送帶1011d,使液晶面板P之長邊沿著搬運方向,搬運第二薄片貼合體PA2。 The adsorption arm 1014c adsorbs and holds the second sheet bonding body PA2 held by the table 1012c, and is freely transported in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. For example, the adsorption arm 1014c directly conveys the second sheet bonding body PA2 that is adsorbed and held in a horizontal state directly above the conveyance belt 1011d, and at this position, the suction is released, and the second sheet bonding body PA2 is transferred to the table 1012b. The conveyance belt 1011d is conveyed, and the long side of the liquid crystal panel P is conveyed along the conveyance direction, and the 2nd sheet bonding body PA2 is conveyed.

吸附手臂1014c係在搬運輸送帶1011d之側方,被配置在滑動器機構1013d和滑動器機構1013e之間。滑動器機構1013d和滑動器機構1013e被配置成面對,且在其間包夾吸附手臂1014d。滑動器機構1013d和滑動器機構1013e分別俯視看成為直線形狀。滑動器機構1013d可使保持第二薄片貼合體PA2之桌台1012d沿著滑動器機構1013d之長邊方向移動。滑動器機構1013e可使保持第二薄片貼合體PA2之桌台1012e沿著滑動器機構1013e之長邊方向移動。 The adsorption arm 1014c is disposed on the side of the conveyance belt 1011d, and is disposed between the slider mechanism 1013d and the slider mechanism 1013e. The slider mechanism 1013d and the slider mechanism 1013e are configured to face and sandwich the adsorption arm 1014d therebetween. The slider mechanism 1013d and the slider mechanism 1013e each have a linear shape in plan view. The slider mechanism 1013d can move the table 1012d holding the second sheet bonding body PA2 in the longitudinal direction of the slider mechanism 1013d. The slider mechanism 1013e can move the table 1012e holding the second sheet bonding body PA2 along the longitudinal direction of the slider mechanism 1013e.

吸附手臂1014d係吸附保持被搬運輸送帶1011d保持之第二薄片貼合體PA2,在垂直方向和水平方向自由搬運。例如,吸附手臂1014d將被吸附保持之第二薄片貼合體PA2直接以水平狀態搬運到桌台1012d之正上方,在該位置解除吸附,將第二薄片貼合體PA2移交給桌台1012d。第二薄片貼合體PA2藉由桌台1012d和滑動器機構1013d移交給第三貼合裝置53。 The adsorption arm 1014d sucks and holds the second sheet bonding body PA2 held by the conveyance belt 1011d, and is freely conveyed in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. For example, the adsorption arm 1014d directly conveys the second sheet bonding body PA2 that is adsorbed and held to the directly above the table 1012d in a horizontal state, and at this position, the adsorption is released, and the second sheet bonding body PA2 is transferred to the table 1012d. The second sheet bonding body PA2 is handed over to the third bonding device 53 by the table 1012d and the slider mechanism 1013d.

吸附手臂1014d亦可以將吸附保持之第二薄片貼合體PA2直接以水平狀態搬運到桌台1012e之正上方,在該位置解除吸附,將第二薄片貼合體PA2移交給桌台1012e。此時,第二薄片貼合體PA2藉由桌台1012e和滑動器機構1013e移交給第三貼合裝置53。 The adsorption arm 1014d can also convey the second sheet bonding body PA2 that is adsorbed and held directly to the upper side of the table 1012e in a horizontal state, and at this position, the adsorption is released, and the second sheet bonding body PA2 is transferred to the table 1012e. At this time, the second sheet bonding body PA2 is transferred to the third bonding device 53 by the table 1012e and the slider mechanism 1013e.

(第三貼合裝置) (third bonding device)

第三貼合裝置53在第二薄片貼合體PA2之液晶面板P之背光側之面,貼合第三薄片F3m。藉由第三貼合裝置53 將第三薄片F3m貼合在第二薄片貼合體PA2之第二薄片F2m側之面,以形成第三薄片貼合體PA3。藉由第三貼合裝置53形成之第三薄片貼合體PA3,移交給桌台1012e。 The third bonding apparatus 53 bonds the third sheet F3m on the surface of the backlight panel side of the liquid crystal panel P of the second sheet bonding body PA2. By the third bonding device 53 The third sheet F3m is bonded to the surface of the second sheet F2m side of the second sheet bonding body PA2 to form a third sheet bonding body PA3. The third sheet bonding body PA3 formed by the third bonding device 53 is transferred to the table 1012e.

另外,第三貼合裝置53因為具備複數之貼合頭521,所以即使在第三薄片F3m之貼合處理需要長時間時,亦可以抑制第三薄片F3m之供給停滯。因此,可以抑制第三薄片貼合體PA3之生產效率之降低。 Further, since the third bonding apparatus 53 includes a plurality of bonding heads 521, even when the bonding process of the third sheet F3m takes a long time, the supply of the third sheet F3m can be suppressed from being stagnant. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the production efficiency of the third sheet bonding body PA3.

吸附手臂1014d係吸附保持被桌台1012e保持之第三薄片貼合體PA3,在垂直方向和水平方向自由搬運。例如,吸附手臂1014d將吸附保持之第三薄片貼合體PA3直接以水平狀態搬運到搬運輸送帶1011d之正上方,在該位置解除吸附,將第三薄片貼合體PA3移交給桌台1012b。在搬運輸送帶1011d,使液晶面板P之長邊沿著搬運方向,搬運第三薄片貼合體PA3。 The adsorption arm 1014d adsorbs and holds the third sheet bonding body PA3 held by the table 1012e, and is freely transported in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. For example, the adsorption arm 1014d directly conveys the third sheet bonding body PA3 that is adsorbed and held to the directly above the conveyance belt 1011d in a horizontal state, and at this position, the suction is released, and the third sheet bonding body PA3 is transferred to the table 1012b. The conveyance belt 1011d is conveyed, and the long side of the liquid crystal panel P is conveyed along the conveyance direction, and the 3rd sheet bonding body PA3 is conveyed.

滑動器機構1013f被配置在較搬運輸送帶1011d之面板搬運下游側。滑動器機構1013f俯視看形成直線形狀。滑動器機構1013f可使保持第三薄片貼合體PA3之桌台1012f沿著滑動器機構1013f之長邊方向移動。第三薄片貼合體PA3藉由桌台1012f和滑動器機構1013f,移交給第一切割裝置61。 The slider mechanism 1013f is disposed on the downstream side of the panel conveyance of the conveyance conveyor 1011d. The slider mechanism 1013f forms a linear shape in plan view. The slider mechanism 1013f can move the table 1012f holding the third sheet bonding body PA3 along the longitudinal direction of the slider mechanism 1013f. The third sheet bonding body PA3 is handed over to the first cutting device 61 by the table 1012f and the slider mechanism 1013f.

(第一切割裝置) (first cutting device)

第一切割裝置61係以第三薄片貼合體PA3作為切割對象,進行切割處理,其係切離第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之兩者的剩餘部分,形成與液晶面板P之背光側之貼 合面對應之大小之第二光學構件F12和第三光學構件F13。第一切割裝置61例如雷射光照射裝置。 The first cutting device 61 performs a dicing process by cutting the remaining portion of the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m with the third sheet bonding body PA3 as a cutting target, and forms a backlight side with the liquid crystal panel P. paste The second optical member F12 and the third optical member F13 are of a size corresponding to the face. The first cutting device 61 is, for example, a laser light irradiation device.

(切割定位手段) (cutting and positioning means)

第39圖是以切割定位手段90決定切割位置之決定方法之說明圖。 Fig. 39 is an explanatory diagram of a method of determining the cutting position by the cutting positioning means 90.

切割定位手段90根據在將薄片FXm貼合在液晶面板P前所檢測到之液晶面板P之外形形狀之檢測資料,決定在液晶面板P所貼合之第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之切割位置(第一切割位置FC1)、和在液晶面板P所貼合之第一薄片F1m之切割位置(第二切割位置FC2)。另外,切割定位手段90包含有與檢測裝置30(參照第34圖)同樣之構成(照明裝置和攝影裝置)。 The cutting and positioning means 90 determines the cutting of the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m to which the liquid crystal panel P is attached, based on the detection data of the shape of the liquid crystal panel P detected before the sheet FXm is attached to the liquid crystal panel P. The position (first cutting position FC1) and the cutting position (second cutting position FC2) of the first sheet F1m to which the liquid crystal panel P is attached. Further, the cutting positioning means 90 includes the same configuration (lighting device and imaging device) as the detecting device 30 (see FIG. 34).

如第39圖所示,在第三薄片貼合體PA3,設有複數之定位基準用之標記Am,其係用以檢測第一切割位置FC1和第二切割位置FC2。標記Am是在液晶面板P形成佈線圖型時之定位用之標記(對準標記)。在本實施形態中,該標記Am作為定位基準用之構造物,用來檢測第一切割位置FC1和第二切割位置FC2。 As shown in Fig. 39, the third sheet bonding body PA3 is provided with a plurality of positioning reference marks Am for detecting the first cutting position FC1 and the second cutting position FC2. The mark Am is a mark (alignment mark) for positioning when the liquid crystal panel P forms a wiring pattern. In the present embodiment, the mark Am is used as a structure for positioning reference for detecting the first cutting position FC1 and the second cutting position FC2.

標記Am係在液晶面板P中除了形成佈線圖型外,亦形成在不會產生故障之位置。例如,在液晶面板P中,將較佈線圖型被圖型化之部位(例如顯示區域P4)更外側之部位的一部分,藉由光刻製程,加工成既定之形狀,以形成標記Am。 The mark Am is formed in the liquid crystal panel P in addition to the wiring pattern, and is formed at a position where no trouble occurs. For example, in the liquid crystal panel P, a part of a portion outside the portion where the wiring pattern is patterned (for example, the display region P4) is processed into a predetermined shape by a photolithography process to form the mark Am.

在本實施形態中,標記Am例如在液晶面板 形成4個,分別形成在液晶面板P之第一基板P1之四角。在4個之標記Am1、標記Am2、標記Am3、標記Am4中標記Am3、標記Am4被設在從液晶面板P之第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m露出之位置。具體而言,標記Am3、標記Am4設在設有端子部P6之部分,亦即設在第一基板P1之露出區域P5。 In the present embodiment, the mark Am is, for example, in a liquid crystal panel Four are formed and formed on the four corners of the first substrate P1 of the liquid crystal panel P, respectively. In the four marks Am1, the mark Am2, the mark Am3, the mark Am4, the mark Am3, and the mark Am4 are provided at positions where the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m of the liquid crystal panel P are exposed. Specifically, the mark Am3 and the mark Am4 are provided in a portion where the terminal portion P6 is provided, that is, in the exposed region P5 of the first substrate P1.

另外,標記Am之配置數並不限於4個,例如,亦可以在液晶面板P形成3個標記Am,分別形成在液晶面板P之第一基板P1之四個角中之三個角。 Further, the number of the marks Am is not limited to four. For example, three marks Am may be formed on the liquid crystal panel P, and three corners of the four corners of the first substrate P1 of the liquid crystal panel P may be formed.

在本實施形態中,標記Am之平面形狀為任意形狀。標記Am之平面形狀亦可為圓形或橢圓形,將3根之線平行配置之川字形狀,使2根線交叉成十字狀之複數之元件構成1個之標記Am者。標記Am之平面形狀,只要是通常可利用作為對準標記之形狀,均可以適當採用。標記Am之形成方法並不限於上述之方法,可以採用習知之方法作為對準標記之形成方法。另外,在第39圖中,權宜上,使標記Am之平面形狀成為圓形。 In the present embodiment, the planar shape of the mark Am is an arbitrary shape. The planar shape of the mark Am may be a circular or elliptical shape, and the three lines may be arranged in parallel in a zigzag shape, and the elements in which the two lines intersect in a cross shape form one mark Am. The planar shape of the mark Am can be suitably employed as long as it is generally usable as an alignment mark. The method of forming the mark Am is not limited to the above method, and a conventional method can be employed as a method of forming the alignment mark. Further, in Fig. 39, it is expedient to make the planar shape of the mark Am circular.

在本實施形態中,切割定位手段90在被設於液晶面板P之4個之標記Am1、標記Am2、標記Am3、標記Am4中,以從液晶面板P之第二標記Am2和第三標記Am3露出之位置所設之標記Am3和標記Am4作為定位基準,根據檢測到之液晶面板P之外形形狀之檢測資料,決定第一切割位置FC1和第二切割位置FC2。 In the present embodiment, the cutting positioning means 90 is exposed from the second mark Am2 and the third mark Am3 of the liquid crystal panel P in the four marks Am1, the mark Am2, the mark Am3, and the mark Am4 which are provided in the liquid crystal panel P. The mark Am3 and the mark Am4 provided at the position are used as positioning standards, and the first cutting position FC1 and the second cutting position FC2 are determined based on the detected detection data of the shape of the liquid crystal panel P.

標記Am是形成液晶面板P之佈線圖型用之 定位基準之構造物。因此,藉由預先設定標記Am之位置和液晶面板P之外形形狀之對應關係,假如檢測標記Am之位置,成為連結近似直線L1、L2、L3、L4所獲得之圖形,亦即,俯視看與近似輪廓線OL(參照第38圖)重疊之切割線,可正確地知道薄片FXm之切割位置。 The mark Am is used to form a wiring pattern of the liquid crystal panel P. The structure of the positioning reference. Therefore, by setting the correspondence between the position of the mark Am and the shape of the liquid crystal panel P in advance, if the position of the mark Am is detected, the pattern obtained by connecting the approximate lines L1, L2, L3, and L4 is obtained, that is, the bird's-eye view and The cutting line which is approximated by the outline OL (refer to Fig. 38) is overlapped, and the cutting position of the sheet FXm can be accurately known.

切割定位手段90係檢測設在從液晶面板P之第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m露出之位置之標記Am3、標記Am4之位置。例如,在液晶面板P之表背面,各個吸收軸配置成正交(交叉尼科耳配置),即使貼合薄片FXm,在標記Am3、標記Am4俯視看成為重疊之區域,亦不成為交叉尼科耳配置。因此,在標記Am3、標記Am4俯視看成為重疊之區域,可以透過照明光,可攝影標記Am3、標記Am4之影像。因此,藉由檢測標記Am3、標記Am4之位置,可正確地知道用以切割第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之第一切割位置FC1。 The cutting positioning means 90 detects the position of the mark Am3 and the mark Am4 provided at positions exposed from the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m of the liquid crystal panel P. For example, in the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P, the respective absorption axes are arranged to be orthogonal (cross-Nicol arrangement), and even if the sheet FXm is bonded, the mark Am3 and the mark Am4 overlap each other in a plan view, and the cross-Nico is not crossed. Ear configuration. Therefore, in the region where the mark Am3 and the mark Am4 overlap in a plan view, the illumination light can be transmitted, and the image of the mark Am3 and the mark Am4 can be photographed. Therefore, by detecting the position of the mark Am3 and the mark Am4, the first cutting position FC1 for cutting the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m can be correctly known.

標記Am3和標記Am4之位置資訊輸入到控制裝置91(參照第33圖)。如上述之方式,藉由檢測裝30(參照第33圖)檢測到之標記Am和近似輪廓線OL之資料被記憶裝置92(參照第33圖)記憶。因此,藉由控制裝置91從記憶裝置92,取出與標記Am3和標記Am4之位置資訊對應之近似輪廓線OL之資料,可立即決定第一切割位置FC1。 The position information of the mark Am3 and the mark Am4 is input to the control device 91 (refer to Fig. 33). As described above, the data of the mark Am and the approximate outline OL detected by the detecting device 30 (refer to Fig. 33) is memorized by the memory device 92 (refer to Fig. 33). Therefore, the first cutting position FC1 can be immediately determined by the control device 91 taking out the data of the approximate contour line OL corresponding to the position information of the mark Am3 and the mark Am4 from the memory device 92.

在本實施形態中,切割定位手段90決定在第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m中與第一基板P1之輪廓線 (液晶面板P之背光側之面之外周緣)面對之位置,作為第一切割位置FC1,決定在第一薄片F1m中與第二基板P2之輪廓線(液晶面板P之顯示面側之面之外周緣)面對之位置,作為第二切割位置FC2。 In the present embodiment, the cutting positioning means 90 determines the contour of the first substrate P1 in the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m. The position of the first sheet F1m and the second substrate P2 (the surface of the display surface side of the liquid crystal panel P) is determined as the first cutting position FC1 at a position facing the first cutting position FC1. The outer peripheral edge faces the position as the second cutting position FC2.

第40圖是立體圖,用以表示使用構成第一切割裝置61之掃描器650,切割第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之情形。 Fig. 40 is a perspective view showing a state in which the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m are cut using the scanner 650 constituting the first cutting device 61.

第41圖是側面圖,用以表示使用構成第一切割裝置61之掃描器650,切割第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之情形。 Fig. 41 is a side view showing the state in which the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m are cut using the scanner 650 constituting the first cutting device 61.

如第40圖和第41圖所示,掃描器650根據第一切割位置FC1,切割第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m,以切離在液晶面板P之背光側之面所貼合之第二薄片F2m之第二光學構件F12對應之部分、和其外側之剩餘部分FY。與此一起地,掃描器650係切離在與第二薄片F2m之液晶面板P相反側之面所貼合之第三薄片F3m之第三光學構件F13對應之部分、和其外側之剩餘部分FY。藉此,形成與第一貼合面SA1對應之大小之光學構件(第二光學構件F12和第三光學構件F13)。 As shown in FIGS. 40 and 41, the scanner 650 cuts the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m according to the first cutting position FC1 to cut away from the second surface of the liquid crystal panel P. The portion corresponding to the second optical member F12 of the sheet F2m and the remaining portion FY on the outer side thereof. Along with this, the scanner 650 cuts off a portion corresponding to the third optical member F13 of the third sheet F3m to which the surface opposite to the liquid crystal panel P of the second sheet F2m is attached, and the remaining portion FY of the outer side thereof . Thereby, an optical member (the second optical member F12 and the third optical member F13) having a size corresponding to the first bonding surface SA1 is formed.

此處,在本說明書說明之「與第一貼合面SA1對應之大小」是表示第一基板P1之外形之大小,包含在顯示區域P4之大小以上,液晶面板P之外形之大小以下之區域,且避開電性零件安裝部等之機能部分之區域。在本實施形態中,在俯視看為矩形之液晶面板P,在除了 上述機能部分外之三邊,沿著液晶面板P之外周緣而雷射切割剩餘部分,在與上述機能部分相當之一邊,從液晶面板P之外周緣適當進入顯示區域P4側之位置,雷射切割剩餘部分。例如,在與第一貼合面SA1對應之部分為TFT基板之貼合面時,在與上述機能部分相當之一邊,以除去上述機能部分之方式,在從液晶面板P之外周緣,朝顯示區域P4側偏離既定量之位置進行切割。 Here, the "size corresponding to the first bonding surface SA1" described in the present specification is a size indicating the shape of the first substrate P1, and is included in the size of the display region P4 or more, and is smaller than the size of the liquid crystal panel P. And avoid the area of the functional part such as the electrical component mounting part. In the present embodiment, the liquid crystal panel P which is rectangular in plan view is in addition to The three sides of the functional portion are laser-cut along the outer periphery of the liquid crystal panel P, and the laser beam is cut from the periphery of the liquid crystal panel P to the display region P4 side at a position corresponding to the above-mentioned functional portion. Cut the rest. For example, when the portion corresponding to the first bonding surface SA1 is the bonding surface of the TFT substrate, the peripheral edge of the liquid crystal panel P is displayed on the side corresponding to the functional portion so as to remove the functional portion. The region P4 side is deviated from the quantitative position for cutting.

另外,在液晶面板P之包含上述機能部分之區域(例如,液晶面板P全體),貼合薄片,但是並不限於此種方式。例如,預先在液晶面板P之避開上述機能部分之區域,貼合薄片,然後,在俯視看為矩形之液晶面板P,在除了上述機能部分外之三邊,沿著液晶面板P之外周緣而雷射切剩餘部分。 In the region of the liquid crystal panel P including the functional portion (for example, the entire liquid crystal panel P), the sheet is bonded, but the invention is not limited thereto. For example, in the region of the liquid crystal panel P that avoids the above-described functional portion, the sheet is bonded, and then, the liquid crystal panel P having a rectangular shape in plan view, on the three sides except the above functional portion, along the periphery of the liquid crystal panel P The laser cuts the rest.

藉由第一切割裝置61從第三薄片貼合體PA3,切離第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之各個之剩餘部分,以在液晶面板P之背光側之面貼合第二光學構件F12和第三光學構件F13,而且,形成於液晶面板P之顯示面側之面貼合有第一薄片F1m而成之第四薄片貼合體PA4。藉由第一切割裝置61所形成之第四薄片貼合體PA4,例如,藉由皮帶輸送帶等之搬運機構,移交給第一剝離裝置71。 The remaining portion of each of the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m is cut away from the third sheet bonding body PA3 by the first cutting device 61 to adhere the second optical member F12 on the backlight side of the liquid crystal panel P and The third optical member F13 is a fourth sheet bonding body PA4 in which a first sheet F1m is bonded to a surface of the liquid crystal panel P on the display surface side. The fourth sheet bonding body PA4 formed by the first cutting device 61 is transferred to the first peeling device 71 by, for example, a conveying mechanism such as a belt conveyor.

(第一剝離裝置) (first peeling device)

第一剝離裝置71係配置在較第一切割裝置61之面板搬運下游側。第一剝離裝置71係剝離從第二薄片F2m和 第三薄片F3m分別切離之剩餘部分。藉由第一剝離裝置71剝離之剩餘部分,利用未圖示之回收裝置回收。經過第一剝離裝置71之第四薄片貼合體PA4,例如,藉由皮帶輸送帶等之搬運機構,移交給第二反轉裝置82。 The first peeling device 71 is disposed on the downstream side of the panel conveyance of the first cutting device 61. The first peeling device 71 is peeled off from the second sheet F2m and The third sheet F3m is respectively cut away from the remaining portion. The remaining portion peeled off by the first peeling device 71 is recovered by a recovery device (not shown). The fourth sheet bonding body PA4 that has passed through the first peeling device 71 is transferred to the second inverting device 82 by, for example, a conveying mechanism such as a belt conveyor.

(第二反轉裝置) (second reversal device)

第二反轉裝置82配置在第一剝離裝置71之面板搬運下游側。第二反轉裝置82使液晶面板P之背光側為上面之第四薄片貼合體PA4表背反轉,成為液晶面板P之顯示面側為上面。經過第二反轉裝置82之第四薄片貼合體PA4,例如,利用皮帶輸送帶等之搬運機構,移交給第二切割裝置62。 The second inverting device 82 is disposed on the panel conveyance downstream side of the first peeling device 71. The second inverting device 82 reverses the front and back of the fourth sheet bonding body PA4 on the backlight side of the liquid crystal panel P, and the display surface side of the liquid crystal panel P is the upper surface. The fourth sheet bonding body PA4 that has passed through the second inverting device 82 is transferred to the second cutting device 62 by, for example, a conveying mechanism such as a belt conveyor.

(第二切割裝置) (second cutting device)

第二切割裝置62配置在較第二反轉裝置82之面板搬運下游側。 The second cutting device 62 is disposed on the downstream side of the panel conveyance of the second inverting device 82.

另外,第二切割裝置62之構成因為與第一切割裝置61相同,所以將其詳細之說明省略。 In addition, the configuration of the second cutting device 62 is the same as that of the first cutting device 61, and thus detailed description thereof will be omitted.

第42圖是立體圖,用以表示使用構成第二切割裝置62之掃描器614,切割第一薄片F1m之情形。 Fig. 42 is a perspective view showing a state in which the first sheet F1m is cut using the scanner 614 constituting the second cutting device 62.

第43圖是側面圖,用以表示使用構成第二切割裝置62之掃描器614,切割第一薄片F1m之情形。 Fig. 43 is a side view showing the state in which the first sheet F1m is cut using the scanner 614 constituting the second cutting device 62.

如第42圖和第43圖所示,掃描器614根據第二切割位置FC2,藉由切割第一薄片F1m,以切離在液晶面板P之顯示面側之面所貼合之第一薄片F1m之第一光學構件F11對應的部分、和其外側之剩餘部分FY。藉此, 形成與第二貼合面SA2對應之大小之光學構件(第一光學構件F11)。 As shown in FIGS. 42 and 43, the scanner 614 cuts the first sheet F1m according to the second cutting position FC2 to cut off the first sheet F1m attached to the surface on the display surface side of the liquid crystal panel P. The portion corresponding to the first optical member F11 and the remaining portion FY on the outer side thereof. With this, An optical member (first optical member F11) having a size corresponding to the second bonding surface SA2 is formed.

此處,在本說明書說明之「與第二貼合面對應之大小」是指液晶面板P之外形(俯視看之輪廓形狀)之大小以下之大小。在本實施形態中,在俯視看為矩形之液晶面板P之四邊,沿著液晶面板P之外周緣雷射切割剩餘部分。例如,在與第二貼合面對應之部分為CF基板之貼合面時,因為沒有與上述機能部分相當之部分,所以在液晶面板P之四邊,沿著液晶面板P之外周緣切割。 Here, the "size corresponding to the second bonding surface" described in the present specification means the size of the liquid crystal panel P other than the size of the outer shape (the outline shape in a plan view). In the present embodiment, the remaining portions are laser-cut along the outer periphery of the liquid crystal panel P on the four sides of the rectangular liquid crystal panel P in plan view. For example, when the portion corresponding to the second bonding surface is the bonding surface of the CF substrate, since there is no portion corresponding to the above-described functional portion, the liquid crystal panel P is cut along the outer periphery of the liquid crystal panel P.

藉由第二切割裝置62,從第四薄片貼合體PA4切離第一薄片F1m之剩餘部分,以形成在液晶面板P之背光側之面貼合有第二光學構件F12和第三光學構件F13,而且,在液晶面板P之顯示面側之面貼合有第一光學構件F11之光學構件貼合體PA。藉由第二切割裝置62所形成之光學構件貼合體PA,例如,藉由皮帶輸送帶等之搬運機構,移交給第二剝離裝置72。 The remaining portion of the first sheet F1m is cut away from the fourth sheet bonding body PA4 by the second cutting device 62 to form the second optical member F12 and the third optical member F13 on the surface of the backlight side of the liquid crystal panel P. Further, the optical member bonding body PA of the first optical member F11 is bonded to the surface on the display surface side of the liquid crystal panel P. The optical member bonding body PA formed by the second cutting device 62 is transferred to the second peeling device 72 by, for example, a conveying mechanism such as a belt conveyor.

(第二剝離裝置) (second peeling device)

返回到第33圖,第二剝離裝置72配置在較第二切割裝置62之面板搬運下游側。第二剝離裝置72係剝離從第一薄片F1m切離之剩餘部分。以第二剝離裝置72剝離之剩餘部分,藉未圖示之回收裝置回收。經過第二剝離裝置72之光學構件貼合體PA,例如,藉由皮帶輸送帶等之搬運機構,移交給桌台1012g。 Returning to Fig. 33, the second peeling device 72 is disposed on the downstream side of the panel conveyance of the second cutting device 62. The second peeling device 72 peels off the remaining portion cut away from the first sheet F1m. The remaining portion peeled off by the second peeling device 72 is recovered by a recovery device not shown. The optical member bonding body PA that has passed through the second peeling device 72 is transferred to the table 1012g by, for example, a transport mechanism such as a belt conveyor.

另外,薄片FXm之剩餘部分FY之大小(突 出到液晶面板P之外側之部分之大小)依照液晶面板P之大小,適當地設定。例如,在使薄片FXm適用於5吋至10吋之中小型大小之液晶面板P時,在薄片FXm之各邊,將薄片FXm之一邊和液晶面板P之一邊之間隔設定在2mm至5mm之範圍之長度。 In addition, the size of the remaining portion FY of the sheet FXm The size of the portion that goes out to the outer side of the liquid crystal panel P is appropriately set in accordance with the size of the liquid crystal panel P. For example, when the sheet FXm is applied to a medium-sized and small-sized liquid crystal panel P of 5 吋 to 10 ,, the interval between one side of the sheet FXm and one side of the liquid crystal panel P is set in the range of 2 mm to 5 mm on each side of the sheet FXm. The length.

滑動器機構1013g係配置在第二剝離裝置72之面板搬運下游側。滑動器機構1013g俯視看形成直線形狀。滑動器機構1013g可使保持光學構件貼合體PA之桌台1012g沿著滑動器機構1013g之長邊方向移動。在較桌台1012g和滑動器機構1013g之面板搬運下游側,配置有高壓釜處理裝置100。光學構件貼合體PA藉由桌台1012g和滑動器機構1013g,移交給高壓釜處理裝置100。 The slider mechanism 1013g is disposed on the panel conveyance downstream side of the second peeling device 72. The slider mechanism 1013g forms a linear shape in plan view. The slider mechanism 1013g can move the table 1012g holding the optical member bonding body PA in the longitudinal direction of the slider mechanism 1013g. The autoclave processing apparatus 100 is disposed on the downstream side of the panel transport 1012g and the slider mechanism 1013g. The optical member bonding body PA is transferred to the autoclave processing apparatus 100 by the table 1012g and the slider mechanism 1013g.

(高壓釜處理裝置) (autoclave processing unit)

高壓釜處理裝置100係對經過第二剝離裝置72之光學構件貼合體PA,施加加熱加壓處理之高壓釜處理(第一高壓釜處理)。經過高壓釜裝置100之光學構件貼合體PA,例如,藉由皮帶輸送帶等之搬運機構,移交給第二缺陷檢查裝置42。 The autoclave processing apparatus 100 is an autoclave treatment (first autoclave treatment) in which the optical member bonding body PA passing through the second peeling device 72 is subjected to heat and pressure treatment. The optical member bonding body PA that has passed through the autoclave device 100 is transferred to the second defect inspection device 42 by, for example, a conveying mechanism such as a belt conveyor.

(第二缺陷檢查裝置) (second defect inspection device)

第二缺陷檢查裝置42在將光學構件F1X貼合於液晶面板P之後,進行光學構件貼合體PA之缺陷之檢查。第二缺陷檢查裝置42是自動檢查裝置,其係對於經過高壓釜處理裝置100而使顯示面側向上之光學構件貼合體PA,進行AOI檢查(光學式自動外觀檢查:Automatic Optical Inspection)。第二缺陷檢查裝置42係只要能夠光學式自動檢查缺陷者,亦可以使用其他之構成。第二缺陷檢查裝置42之檢查資料被記憶在記憶裝置92。 After bonding the optical member F1X to the liquid crystal panel P, the second defect inspection device 42 performs inspection of defects of the optical member bonding body PA. The second defect inspection device 42 is an automatic inspection device that performs AOI inspection on the optical member bonding body PA on the display surface side through the autoclave processing device 100 (optical automatic visual inspection: Automatic Optical Inspection). The second defect inspection device 42 may be configured to be used as long as it can optically and automatically check for defects. The inspection data of the second defect inspection device 42 is memorized in the memory device 92.

控制裝置91係對於被記憶在記憶裝置92之以第二缺陷檢查裝置42進行之檢查資料,確認發現到之缺陷之種類或狀態,根據預先設定之基準,進行(1)OK判定(表示良品之判定)、(2)GRAY判定(表示良品或不良品之任一方為不明之情況的判定)、(3)NG判定(表示不良品之判定)。依照控制裝置91之判定結果,被記憶在記憶裝置92。另外,進行判定時之基準,可依照貼合之光學構件F1X之種類或液晶面板P之構造等而成為不同之適當值,故進行適當之預備實驗而設定。 The control device 91 checks the data of the defect detected by the second defect inspection device 42 stored in the memory device 92, and confirms the type or state of the defect found, and performs (1) OK determination based on a predetermined standard (indicating good product) (3) GRAY judgment (determination that one of the good or bad products is unknown), and (3) NG determination (determining the defective product). The result of the determination by the control device 91 is stored in the memory device 92. In addition, the criterion for the determination can be set to an appropriate value depending on the type of the optical member F1X to be bonded or the structure of the liquid crystal panel P, and the like.

OK判定係在光學構件貼合體PA未發現缺陷之情況或實際使用上沒有問題之缺陷之情況。GRAY判定係在光學構件貼合體PA發現有缺陷,但不能判斷是否實際使用上有問題之缺陷之情況。NG判定係在光學構件貼合體PA中發現有缺陷之情況。 The OK determination is a case where no defect is found in the optical member bonding body PA or a defect in which there is no problem in actual use. The GRAY judgment was found to be defective in the optical member bonding body PA, but it was not possible to judge whether or not the problematic defect was actually used. The NG determination was found to be defective in the optical member bonding body PA.

經過第二缺陷檢查裝置42之光學構件貼合體PA,分別移交給搬運輸送帶1011e、搬運輸送帶1011f和搬運輸送帶1011g。搬運輸送帶1011e、搬運輸送帶1011f和搬運輸送帶1011g被配置在第二缺陷檢查裝置42之面板搬運下游側中依序互相鄰接之位置。 The optical member bonding body PA that has passed through the second defect inspection device 42 is transferred to the conveyance conveyor 1011e, the conveyance conveyor 1011f, and the conveyance belt 1011g, respectively. The conveyance conveyance belt 1011e, the conveyance conveyance belt 1011f, and the conveyance conveyance belt 1011g are arrange|positioned in the position of the downstream of the panel conveyance downstream side of the 2nd defect inspection apparatus 42.

搬運輸送帶1011e係保持OK判定之光學構件貼合體PA而搬運。搬運輸送帶1011f係保持GRAY判定 之光學構件貼合體PA而搬運。搬運輸送帶1011g係保持NG判定之光學構件貼合體PA而搬運。在搬運輸送帶1011g、搬運輸送帶1011h和搬運輸送帶1011i之各個中,光學構件貼合體PA以液晶面板P之短邊沿著搬運方向之方式被搬運。經過搬運輸送帶1011g之光學構件貼合體PA係移交給搬運輸送帶1011j。 The conveyance belt 1011e is conveyed by the optical member bonding body PA which hold|determined OK. Carrying conveyor belt 1011f keeps GRAY judgment The optical member is bonded to the body PA and transported. The conveyance belt 1011g is conveyed by the optical member bonding body PA which hold|maintains NG determination. In each of the conveyance belt 1011g, the conveyance belt 1011h, and the conveyance belt 1011i, the optical member bonding body PA is conveyed so that the short side of the liquid crystal panel P may be along the conveyance direction. The optical member bonding body PA which has passed through the conveyance belt 1011g is handed over to the conveyance conveyor 1011j.

吸附手臂1014e係在較搬運輸送帶1011e和搬運輸送帶1011f之面板搬運下游側,被配置在搬運輸送帶1011h和搬運輸送帶1011i之間。吸附手臂1014e係吸附保持被搬運輸送帶1011e和搬運輸送帶1011f之各個保持之光學構件貼合體PA,在垂直方向和水平方向自由搬運。例如,吸附手臂1014e將所吸附保持之光學構件貼合體PA直接以水平狀態搬運到搬運輸送帶1011h或和搬運輸送帶1011j之正上方,在該位置解除吸附而將光學構件貼合體PA移交給搬運輸送帶1011h和搬運輸送帶1011j。吸附手臂1014e係將經OK判定之光學構件貼合體PA移交給搬運輸送帶1011h,將GRAY判定之光學構件貼合體PA移交給搬運輸送帶1011i。 The suction arm 1014e is disposed on the downstream side of the panel conveyance belt 1011e and the conveyance belt 1011f, and is disposed between the conveyance belt 1011h and the conveyance belt 1011i. The adsorption arm 1014e sucks and holds the optical member bonding body PA held by each of the conveyance conveyor 1011e and the conveyance belt 1011f, and is conveyed freely in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. For example, the adsorption arm 1014e directly conveys the optical member bonding body PA that is adsorbed and held in a horizontal state to the conveyance belt 1011h or directly above the conveyance belt 1011j, and at this position, the suction is released, and the optical member bonding body PA is handed over to the conveyance. Conveyor belt 1011h and carrying conveyor belt 1011j. In the adsorption arm 1014e, the optical member bonding body PA determined by OK is transferred to the conveyance conveyor 1011h, and the optical member bonding body PA determined by GRAY is transferred to the conveyance conveyor 1011i.

搬運輸送帶1011h係保持支架1015h而搬運。支架1015h可收容複數(在本實施形態中為2個)之光學構件貼合體PA。藉此,構建成經OK判定之光學構件貼合體PA沿著搬運輸送帶1011h移動。經OK判定之光學構件貼合體PA藉由搬運輸送帶1011h搬運到下游側,從薄膜貼合系統1001之製造線搬出。 The conveyance belt 1011h is conveyed by holding the bracket 1015h. The holder 1015h can accommodate a plurality of optical member bonding bodies PA (two in the present embodiment). Thereby, the optical member bonding body PA constructed to be OK is moved along the conveyance belt 1011h. The optical member bonding body PA judged by the OK is conveyed to the downstream side by the conveyance conveyor 1011h, and is carried out from the manufacturing line of the film bonding system 1001.

搬運輸送帶1011i保持支架1015i而搬運。支架1015i可收容複數(在本實施形態中為2個)之光學構件貼合體PA。藉此,構建成GRAY判定之光學構件貼合體PA,沿著搬運輸送帶1011i移動。經GRAY判定之光學構件貼合體PA,藉由搬運輸送帶1011i移交給下一個步驟。 The conveyance belt 1011i holds the holder 1015i and carries it. The holder 1015i can accommodate a plurality of optical member bonding bodies PA (two in the present embodiment). Thereby, the optical member bonding body PA judged by GRAY is constructed and moved along the conveyance conveyor 1011i. The optical member bonding body PA judged by GRAY is handed over to the next step by the conveyance belt 1011i.

搬運輸送帶1011j保持支架1015j而搬運。支架1015j可收容複數(在本實施形態中為2個)之光學構件貼合體PA。藉此,構建成經NG判定之光學構件貼合體PA,沿著搬運輸送帶1011jk移動。經NG判定之光學構件貼合體PA,藉由搬運輸送帶1011j移交給下一個步驟。 The conveyance belt 1011j holds the holder 1015j and carries it. The holder 1015j can accommodate a plurality of optical member bonding bodies PA (two in the present embodiment). Thereby, the optical member bonding body PA determined by NG is constructed and moved along the conveyance belt 1011jk. The optical member bonding body PA judged by NG is handed over to the next step by the conveyance conveyor belt 1011j.

另外,搬運輸送帶1011h、搬運輸送帶1011i、搬運輸送帶1011j並不限於分別保持支架1015h、支架1015i、支架1015j而搬運之構成,亦可構成使搬運輸送帶1011h、搬運輸送帶1011i、搬運輸送帶1011j之各個直接保持光學構件貼合體PA而搬運。 Further, the conveyance belt 1011h, the conveyance belt 1011i, and the conveyance belt 1011j are not limited to the configuration in which the holder 1015h, the holder 1015i, and the holder 1015j are respectively held, and the conveyance belt 1011h, the conveyance belt 1011i, and the conveyance conveyance are also configured. Each of the belts 1011j directly holds the optical member bonding body PA and is carried.

在本實施形態中,經GRAY判定或NG判定之光學構件貼合體PA,離開製造線,在製造線外(離線),進行目視檢查(第一目視檢查步驟)。 In the present embodiment, the optical member bonding body PA judged by GRAY or NG is removed from the manufacturing line and visually inspected (offline) (first visual inspection step).

對於在目視檢查被檢查且沒有發現缺陷之光學構件貼合體PA,作為完成品之光學構件貼合體PA,搬出到下一個步驟。 In the optical member bonding body PA which is inspected and visually inspected and no defect is found, the optical member bonding body PA which is a finished product is carried out to the next step.

另外,對於在目視檢查發現有缺陷之光學構件貼合體PA(不良品),可施加與第一實施形態同樣之再生處理。 In addition, the optical member bonding body PA (defective product) which is found to be defective by visual inspection can be subjected to the same regeneration processing as that of the first embodiment.

(光學構件貼合體之製造方法) (Method of Manufacturing Optical Member Bonding Body)

以下,適當地使用第33圖所示之符號,以第32圖說明本實施形態之光學構件貼合體之製造方法之製造流程。 Hereinafter, the manufacturing flow of the manufacturing method of the optical member bonding body of this embodiment is demonstrated using the symbol shown in FIG. 33 suitably, and FIG.

(光學構件貼合體形成步驟) (Optical member bonding body forming step)

首先,在光學構件貼合體PA之製造時,將液晶面板P搬入到製造線(步驟S11),洗淨附著在液晶面板P之表面之灰塵等污物(步驟S12)。 First, at the time of manufacture of the optical member bonding body PA, the liquid crystal panel P is carried in the manufacturing line (step S11), and dirt such as dust adhering to the surface of the liquid crystal panel P is washed (step S12).

其次,以上述之薄膜貼合系統1001,在液晶面板P之顯示面側之面,貼合第一薄片F1m,而且,在液晶面板P之背光側之面,貼合第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m,以形成第三薄片貼合體PA3。其次,對第三薄片貼合體PA3,根據第一切割位置FC1切割第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m,而形成第二光學構件F12和第三光學構件F13,以形成第四光學構件貼合體PA4。其次,對第四光學構件貼合體PA4,根據第二切割位置FC2切割第一薄片F1m而形成第一光學構件F11,以形成光學構件貼合體PA(步驟S13)。 Then, in the film bonding system 1001 described above, the first sheet F1m is bonded to the surface on the display surface side of the liquid crystal panel P, and the second sheet F2m and the third layer are bonded to the surface on the backlight side of the liquid crystal panel P. The sheet F3m is formed to form a third sheet bonding body PA3. Next, for the third sheet bonding body PA3, the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m are cut according to the first cutting position FC1 to form the second optical member F12 and the third optical member F13 to form the fourth optical member bonding body PA4. . Next, the first optical member F11 is formed by cutting the first sheet F1m according to the second cutting position FC2 to form the optical member bonding body PA (step S13).

(第一高壓釜處理) (first autoclave treatment)

其次,對所獲得之光學構件貼合體PA,在製造線內(線內)進行高壓釜處理(步驟S14)。 Next, the obtained optical member bonding body PA is subjected to autoclave processing in the manufacturing line (in-line) (step S14).

(自動檢查步驟) (automatic check step)

其次,對被高壓釜處理之光學構件貼合體PA,使用配置在製造線內(線內)之第二缺陷檢查裝置42,進行缺陷檢查(步驟S15)。 Next, the second member inspection device 42 disposed in the manufacturing line (in-line) is used to perform defect inspection on the optical member bonding body PA subjected to the autoclave processing (step S15).

檢查結果,對於經OK判定之光學構件貼合體PA,例如,收集複數之後,朝向下一個步驟搬出(步驟S16)。 As a result of the inspection, for example, after collecting the plural number of the optical member bonding body PA determined by the OK, the process proceeds to the next step (step S16).

(第一目視檢查步驟) (first visual inspection step)

另一方面,缺陷檢查結果,對於經GRAY判定或NG判定之光學構件貼合體PA,在製造線外(離線)進行缺陷之目視檢查(步驟S21)。 On the other hand, as a result of the defect inspection, visual inspection of the defect is performed outside the manufacturing line (offline) for the optical member bonding body PA judged by GRAY or NG (step S21).

目視結果,對於經OK判定之光學構件貼合體PA,朝向下一個步驟搬出(步驟S16)。 As a result of the visual observation, the optical member bonding body PA determined by the OK is carried out in the next step (step S16).

(再生處理步驟) (regeneration process step)

另一方面,目視檢查之結果,對於判定為具有缺陷之不良品(第一目視檢查不良品)之光學構件貼合體PA,確認所發現之缺陷之種類或狀態,施加後段之處理,判斷可否使缺陷消失(步驟S22)。 On the other hand, as a result of the visual inspection, the optical member bonding body PA of the defective product (the first visual inspection defective product) is determined to have the type or state of the defect found, and the subsequent processing is applied to determine whether or not the defect can be made. The defect disappears (step S22).

在第一目視檢查不良品之缺陷為光學構件本身小的變形或在液晶面板P和光學構件之貼合面夾入空氣產生氣泡為微小物時(在流程圖中以「缺陷/小」表示),施加高壓釜處理(步驟S23)。 In the first visual inspection, the defect of the defective product is a small deformation of the optical member itself or when air is trapped in the bonding surface of the liquid crystal panel P and the optical member to generate a small object (indicated by "defect/small" in the flowchart) The autoclave treatment is applied (step S23).

另一方面,第一目視檢查不良品之缺陷為光學構件本身大的變形或在液晶面板P和光學構件之貼合面夾入空氣產生氣泡為大的物時(在流程圖中以「缺陷/中」表示),施加整修處理(步驟S24)。 On the other hand, the defect of the first visual inspection defective product is a large deformation of the optical member itself or a large bubble is formed when the air is generated in the bonding surface between the liquid crystal panel P and the optical member (in the flowchart, "defect / In the middle, the refurbishing process is applied (step S24).

另外,在第一目視檢查不良品具有之缺陷,判斷為液晶面板P之損傷等在上述之高壓釜處理或整修處 理均不能再生者(在流程圖中以「缺陷/大」表示)時,進行廢棄。 In addition, in the first visual inspection of the defective product, it is determined that the damage of the liquid crystal panel P or the like is in the above-described autoclave treatment or refurbishment. When it is impossible to reproduce (indicated by "defect/large" in the flowchart), it is discarded.

其次,對於施加過高壓釜處理或整修處理之光學構件貼合體PA,進行缺陷之目視檢查(第二目視檢查,步驟S25)。 Next, visual inspection of the defect is performed on the optical member bonding body PA to which the autoclave treatment or the refurbishing treatment has been applied (second visual inspection, step S25).

假如沒有發現缺陷,作為完成品之光學構件貼合體PA,搬出到下一個步驟。對於判定為發現缺陷作為不良品(第二目視檢查不良品)者,再度返回到步驟S22,再經由再生處理步驟,嘗試再生。 If no defect is found, the optical member bonding body PA as a finished product is carried out to the next step. When it is determined that the defect is found as a defective product (second visual inspection defective product), the process returns to step S22 again, and the regeneration is attempted via the regeneration processing step.

本實施形態之光學構件貼合體之製造方法,係利用以上之方式進行。 The method for producing the optical member bonded body of the present embodiment is carried out by the above method.

如以上所說明之方式,在此種構造中,至顯示區域P4時可以良好之精確度設置光學構件F1X。因此,可包夾顯示區域P4外側之邊框部G(參照第3圖),謀求顯示區域之擴大及機器之小型化。 As described above, in such a configuration, the optical member F1X can be set with good precision to the display region P4. Therefore, the frame portion G outside the display region P4 can be sandwiched (see FIG. 3), and the display region can be enlarged and the size of the device can be reduced.

假如,在液晶面板P貼合第一薄片F1m、第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之後,若欲檢測液晶面板P之外形形狀,由於第一薄片F1m和第二薄片F2m被交叉尼科耳配置,無法使照明光透過,而不能攝影面對基板影像。因此,不能檢測液晶面板P之外形形狀,而有不能正確決定切割位置之情形。 If, after the liquid crystal panel P is attached to the first sheet F1m, the second sheet F2m, and the third sheet F3m, if the shape of the liquid crystal panel P is to be detected, the first sheet F1m and the second sheet F2m are crossed by the Nicols. It is impossible to transmit the illumination light, and it is not possible to photograph the substrate image. Therefore, the shape of the liquid crystal panel P cannot be detected, and there is a case where the cutting position cannot be correctly determined.

與此相對地,依照此種構成時,在液晶面板P貼合第一薄片F1m、第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之前,因為根據液晶面板P之外形形狀之檢測資料決定切割位置,所 以第一薄片F1m和第二薄片F2m不會成為交叉尼科耳配置,而可使照明光透過,可攝影面對基板影像。因此,可正確地檢測液晶面板P之外形形狀,並可正確決定切割位置。 On the other hand, according to the configuration, before the liquid crystal panel P is bonded to the first sheet F1m, the second sheet F2m, and the third sheet F3m, the cutting position is determined based on the detection data of the shape of the liquid crystal panel P. The first sheet F1m and the second sheet F2m are not arranged in a crossed Nicols, and the illumination light can be transmitted to photograph the substrate image. Therefore, the shape of the liquid crystal panel P can be correctly detected, and the cutting position can be correctly determined.

切割定位手段90係檢測設在從液晶面板P之標記Am中,從液晶面板P之第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m露出之位置之標記Am3和標記Am4作為定位基準,根據檢測到之液晶面板P之外形形狀之檢測資料,決定第一切割位置FC1和第二切割位置FC2。依照此種構成時,至少在液晶面板P中,藉由攝影裝置302可確實地攝影位於第一基板P1之露出區域P5之標記Am,所以切割位置之檢測變得容易。 The cutting positioning means 90 detects the mark Am3 and the mark Am4 which are provided from the mark Am of the liquid crystal panel P, and the position where the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m of the liquid crystal panel P are exposed as a positioning reference, according to the detected liquid crystal panel The detection data of the outer shape of the P determines the first cutting position FC1 and the second cutting position FC2. According to this configuration, at least the liquid crystal panel P can reliably detect the mark Am located in the exposed region P5 of the first substrate P1 by the photographing device 302, so that the detection of the cutting position is facilitated.

另外,切割定位手段90在第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m中,決定與第一基薄片P1之輪廓線(液晶面板P之背光側之面之外周緣)面對之位置作為第一切割位置FC1,在第一薄片F1m中,決定與第二基板P2之輪廓線(液晶面板P之顯示面側之面之外周緣)面對之位置作為第二切割位置FC2。 Further, in the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m, the cutting positioning means 90 determines the position facing the outline of the first base sheet P1 (the outer periphery of the backlight side of the liquid crystal panel P) as the first cutting position. In the first sheet F1m, the FC1 determines a position facing the outline of the second substrate P2 (the outer periphery of the surface on the display surface side of the liquid crystal panel P) as the second cutting position FC2.

依照此種構成時,因個別地決定第一切割位置FC1和第二切割位置FC2之各個,所以可正確地分別檢測於液晶面板P之顯示面側之面所形成之第一光學構件F11的外形形狀、及於液晶面板P之背光側之面所形成之第二光學構件F12及第三光學構件F13的外形形狀,可正確地決定切割位置。 According to this configuration, since each of the first cutting position FC1 and the second cutting position FC2 is individually determined, the outer shape of the first optical member F11 formed on the surface on the display surface side of the liquid crystal panel P can be accurately detected. The shape and the outer shape of the second optical member F12 and the third optical member F13 formed on the backlight side of the liquid crystal panel P can accurately determine the cutting position.

另外,從完成液晶面板P之洗淨後,至完成於液晶面板P貼合第一薄片F1m、第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m止之間的液晶面板P之搬運機構,不使用與液晶面板P之接觸部變動而搬運液晶面板P之搬運機構。 In addition, after the cleaning of the liquid crystal panel P is completed, the transport mechanism of the liquid crystal panel P that is completed between the first sheet F1m, the second sheet F2m, and the third sheet F3m is completed, and the liquid crystal panel is not used. The conveyance mechanism of the liquid crystal panel P is conveyed when the contact portion of P changes.

依照此種構成時,在液晶面板P貼合第一薄片F1m、第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之前,相較於使用與液晶面板P之接觸部順序變動之搬運機之情況,可抑制異物對液晶面板P附著。因此,可提供貼合缺陷少之薄膜貼合系統1001。 According to this configuration, before the liquid crystal panel P is bonded to the first sheet F1m, the second sheet F2m, and the third sheet F3m, the foreign matter can be suppressed as compared with the case where the contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P is sequentially changed. The liquid crystal panel P is attached. Therefore, the film bonding system 1001 with few bonding defects can be provided.

另外,搬運機構1010具備:桌台,其係保持液晶面板P;滑動器機構,其係可使桌台移動;和吸附手臂,其係吸附保持被桌台保持之液晶面板P。進而,搬運機構1010具備:搬運輸送帶,其係保持液晶面板P而進行搬運;和吸附手臂,其係保持輸送帶保持之液晶面板P而搬運。依照此種構成,相較於使用與液晶面板P之接觸部順序變動之搬運機構之情況,可抑制異物附著在液晶面板P。因此,可以簡單之構成實現提供貼合缺陷少之薄膜貼合系統1001之效果。 Further, the transport mechanism 1010 includes a table that holds the liquid crystal panel P, a slider mechanism that moves the table, and a suction arm that sucks and holds the liquid crystal panel P held by the table. Further, the transport mechanism 1010 includes a transport conveyor that carries and holds the liquid crystal panel P, and a suction arm that holds the liquid crystal panel P held by the conveyor. According to this configuration, it is possible to suppress foreign matter from adhering to the liquid crystal panel P as compared with the case of using a transport mechanism in which the contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P is sequentially changed. Therefore, the effect of providing the film bonding system 1001 with less bonding defects can be realized in a simple configuration.

另外,搬運機構1010具備有檢測裝置30,其係在液晶面板P貼合第一薄片F1m、第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之前,檢測液晶面板P之外形形狀。假如,在液晶面板P貼合第一薄片F1m、第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之後,若欲檢測液晶面板P之外形形狀,第一薄片F1m和第二薄片F2m配置成交叉尼科耳,無法使照明光透過, 而不能攝影面對基板影像之情形。與此相對地,依照此種構成時,在液晶面板P貼合第一薄片F1m、第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之前,檢測液晶面板P之外形形狀,第一薄片F1m和第二薄片F2m不成為交叉尼科耳配置。因此,可使照明光透過,可攝影面對基板影像。因此,可正確地知道液晶面板P之外形形狀。 Further, the transport mechanism 1010 includes a detecting device 30 that detects the shape of the liquid crystal panel P before the liquid crystal panel P is bonded to the first sheet F1m, the second sheet F2m, and the third sheet F3m. If, after the liquid crystal panel P is attached to the first sheet F1m, the second sheet F2m, and the third sheet F3m, if the shape of the liquid crystal panel P is to be detected, the first sheet F1m and the second sheet F2m are arranged to cross the Nicols. Can't pass the illumination light, It is not possible to photograph the surface of the substrate. On the other hand, according to this configuration, before the liquid crystal panel P is bonded to the first sheet F1m, the second sheet F2m, and the third sheet F3m, the shape of the liquid crystal panel P is detected, and the first sheet F1m and the second sheet F2m are formed. Does not become a cross-Nicol configuration. Therefore, the illumination light can be transmitted, and the substrate image can be photographed. Therefore, the shape of the liquid crystal panel P can be correctly known.

另外,依照此種構成時,因為在製造線內(線內)設置檢測裝置30,所以相較於在製造線外(離線)設置檢測裝置30之情況,可匯集裝置構成,可使製造線一條化。 Further, according to this configuration, since the detecting device 30 is provided in the manufacturing line (in-line), the device can be assembled and the manufacturing line can be formed as compared with the case where the detecting device 30 is disposed outside the manufacturing line (offline). Chemical.

另外,在本實施形態中所舉例說明之液晶面板P之搬運機構是在從完成液晶面板P之洗淨後,到完成於液晶面板P貼合第一薄片F1m、第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之全部薄片為止之間,乃使與液晶面板P之接觸部變動而搬運液晶面板P,但是並不限於此種方式。例如,亦可以在從完成液晶面板P之洗淨後,到完成於液晶面板P貼合第一薄片F1m和第二薄片F2m之二片之薄片為止之間,液晶面板P之搬運機構不使用與液晶面板P之接觸部變動而搬運液晶面板P之搬運機構。但是,不只抑制異物對液晶面板P之附著,更抑制異物對第二薄片F2m之附著之觀點看,從液晶面板P之洗淨完成後,至於液晶面板P貼合第一薄片F1m、第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之全部薄片完成為止之期間之液晶面板P之搬運機構,較佳係不使用與液晶面板P之接觸部變動而搬運液晶面板P之搬運機構。 Further, in the transport mechanism of the liquid crystal panel P exemplified in the present embodiment, after the cleaning of the liquid crystal panel P is completed, the first sheet F1m, the second sheet F2m, and the third sheet are bonded to the liquid crystal panel P. The liquid crystal panel P is conveyed by changing the contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P between all the sheets of the F3m, but the liquid crystal panel P is not limited thereto. For example, between the completion of the cleaning of the liquid crystal panel P and the completion of the bonding of the liquid crystal panel P to the sheets of the first sheet F1m and the second sheet F2m, the transport mechanism of the liquid crystal panel P may not be used. The conveying mechanism of the liquid crystal panel P is changed by the contact portion of the liquid crystal panel P. However, not only the adhesion of the foreign matter to the liquid crystal panel P but also the adhesion of the foreign matter to the second sheet F2m is suppressed, and after the cleaning of the liquid crystal panel P is completed, the liquid crystal panel P is bonded to the first sheet F1m and the second sheet. It is preferable that the transport mechanism of the liquid crystal panel P during the period from the completion of all the sheets of the F2m and the third sheet F3m is a transport mechanism that transports the liquid crystal panel P without using a contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P.

另外,在本實施形態中所舉例說明者係於液晶面板P貼合複數(在本實施形態中為三片)之光學構件F1X所構成光學構件貼合體PA之製造裝置,但是並不限於此種方式。例如,亦可為於液晶面板P貼合一片或二片或四片以上之光學構件F1X所構成光學構件貼合體PA之製造裝置。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the liquid crystal panel P is bonded to the optical member F1X of the plurality of optical members F1X, which is an optical member F1X, and is not limited to this. the way. For example, a manufacturing apparatus of the optical member bonding body PA which is formed by laminating one or two or four or more optical members F1X to the liquid crystal panel P may be used.

另外,在本實施形態中所舉例說明者是使用液晶面板P之對準標記,作為決定切割位置用之定位基準之構造物,但並不限於此種方式。例如,亦可以在液晶面板P另外設置代替對準標記之新的構造物。 In addition, in the present embodiment, the alignment mark of the liquid crystal panel P is used as the structure for determining the positioning reference for the cutting position, but the invention is not limited thereto. For example, a new structure in place of the alignment mark may be additionally provided on the liquid crystal panel P.

另外,在本實施形態中,以利用攝影裝置容易攝影標記Am之方式,在設於液晶面板P之標記Am中,以設在液晶面板P之從第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m露出之位置之標記Am3和標記Am4,作為決定切割位置用之定位基準。但是,在液晶面板P之表背面,當第一薄片F1m和第二薄片F2m配置成交叉尼科耳時,藉由從照明裝置射出之光之波長,從照明裝置射出之光會透過2片之薄片,射入到攝影裝置。因此,若使用此種波長之光,亦可以將薄片FXm配置在設於液晶面板P之外周部之標記Am之重疊位置。此時,例如,使薄片FXm之大小,稍微大於液晶面板P,當液晶面板P之大小由於製造誤差而產生變動時,亦可使所希望之大小之光學構件F1X不會過或不足地確實貼合在液晶面板P。 In the present embodiment, the markings Am provided in the liquid crystal panel P are exposed in the liquid crystal panel P from the second sheet F2m and the third sheet F3m. The mark Am3 and the mark Am4 are used as a positioning reference for determining the cutting position. However, on the front and back surfaces of the liquid crystal panel P, when the first sheet F1m and the second sheet F2m are arranged to cross the Nicols, the light emitted from the illumination device passes through the two pieces by the wavelength of the light emitted from the illumination device. The sheet is injected into the photographing device. Therefore, if light of such a wavelength is used, the sheet FXm can be disposed at the overlapping position of the mark Am provided on the outer peripheral portion of the liquid crystal panel P. In this case, for example, the size of the sheet FXm is slightly larger than that of the liquid crystal panel P. When the size of the liquid crystal panel P fluctuates due to manufacturing errors, the optical member F1X of a desired size may not be pasted or insufficiently adhered. Fitted on the LCD panel P.

另外,在本實施形態中對於以攝影裝置302 攝影到之面對基板影像所含之4邊,使用分別求得之近似直線L1、L2、L3、L4,假定求得連結近似直線L1、L2、L3、L4所獲得之圖形,作為第二基板P2之輪廓線(近似輪廓線),但並不限於此種方式。在本實施形態中,近似輪廓線OL之決定方法可以採用各種方法。 In addition, in the present embodiment, the imaging device 302 is used. The four sides of the substrate image are photographed, and the approximate straight lines L1, L2, L3, and L4 are obtained, and the pattern obtained by connecting the approximate straight lines L1, L2, L3, and L4 is assumed to be obtained as the second substrate. The outline of P2 (approximate outline), but is not limited to this method. In the present embodiment, various methods can be employed to determine the approximate contour line OL.

(第三實施形態) (Third embodiment)

以下,使用第44圖至第46圖而說明第三實施形態之近似輪廓線OL之決定方法。另外,對於與第二實施形態之近似輪廓線OL之決定方法同樣之處理,將其詳細說明省略。 Hereinafter, a method of determining the approximate contour line OL of the third embodiment will be described using Figs. 44 to 46. The same processes as those for the method of determining the approximate contour line OL of the second embodiment will be omitted.

第44圖是立體圖,用以表示使用第三實施形態之攝影裝置而攝影液晶面板之情形。 Fig. 44 is a perspective view showing a state in which a liquid crystal panel is photographed using the photographing apparatus of the third embodiment.

首先,如第44圖所示,使用複數(在圖中為4個)之攝影裝置1302,攝影液晶面板P之角部之周邊。 First, as shown in Fig. 44, a plurality of (four in the figure) imaging devices 1302 are used to photograph the periphery of the corner portion of the liquid crystal panel P.

具體而言,使用攝影裝置1302,攝影包含第二基板P2之角部之攝影區域AR。此時,使用如第34圖所示之照明裝置301,從與攝影裝置1302相反側,包夾液晶面板P而照射光L,照明液晶面板P。 Specifically, the photographing area AR including the corner portion of the second substrate P2 is imaged using the photographing device 1302. At this time, using the illumination device 301 shown in FIG. 34, the liquid crystal panel P is sandwiched from the side opposite to the imaging device 1302, and the light L is irradiated to illuminate the liquid crystal panel P.

以攝影裝置1302攝影到之影像的影像資料,輸入到控制裝置91,進行下一個處理(影像處理、演算)。 The image data of the image captured by the photographing device 1302 is input to the control device 91, and the next processing (image processing, calculation) is performed.

(第一處理) (first treatment)

首先,就第一處理而言,從影像資料,使液晶面板P進行從第2圖所示之第二基板P2側俯視看時之強調第二基 板P2之輪廓線之處理。 First, in the first processing, the liquid crystal panel P is made to emphasize the second base when viewed from the side of the second substrate P2 shown in FIG. 2 from the image data. Processing of the outline of the board P2.

(第二處理) (second treatment)

就第二處理而言,如第36圖所示,根據在第一影像處理中經二進制化之影像資料(以下,稱為二進制化資料),檢測出與第二基板P2之輪廓線(邊)重疊之複數之點D之座標。 For the second processing, as shown in FIG. 36, the contour line (edge) with the second substrate P2 is detected based on the binarized image data (hereinafter referred to as binarized data) in the first image processing. The coordinates of the point D of the overlapping plural.

在檢測出點D之座標時,例如,根據二進制化資料,在影像之X軸方向之任意位置(x1)中,當從上端在+Y方向檢測出色調時,可從白(第一區域)變化成黑(第二區域)之位置之Y方向位置(y1),求得點D之座標(x1,y1)。包夾第二基板P2之角部C1之2個邊分別進行同樣之處理,檢測在各邊中重疊在邊之複數點之座標。 When the coordinates of the point D are detected, for example, according to the binarized data, in any position (x1) of the X-axis direction of the image, when the color tone is detected from the upper end in the +Y direction, the white (first region) can be obtained. The position (y1) in the Y direction is changed to the position of the black (second region), and the coordinates (x1, y1) of the point D are obtained. The two sides of the corner portion C1 of the second substrate P2 are respectively subjected to the same processing, and the coordinates of the plurality of points superimposed on each side are detected.

另外,檢測之點D之數目宜為較多,但可設定在不會使後述之演算處理之處理負擔過大之數目。例如,可以在2個邊分別檢測100個之點D。 Further, the number of points D to be detected is preferably large, but it may be set to a number that does not overload the processing of the arithmetic processing described later. For example, 100 points D can be detected on 2 sides.

另外,如第36圖所示,在附近EA1中,在第二基板P2產生毛邊或缺陷,因為各邊不成為直線狀,所以在點D之檢測時,可設定成附近EA1(角部附近之預定範圍)不包含在檢測範圍。從檢測範圍除外之附近EA1之範圍,可依照由經驗或實驗求得之值,適當地設定。 Further, as shown in Fig. 36, in the vicinity EA1, burrs or defects are generated in the second substrate P2, and since the sides are not linear, when the point D is detected, it can be set to the vicinity of EA1 (near the corner) The predetermined range) is not included in the detection range. The range of EA1 in the vicinity from the detection range can be appropriately set according to the value obtained by experience or experiment.

(第三處理) (third treatment)

就第三處理而言,從第二處理所檢測到之複數的點D之座標,與點D重疊之邊對應之直線近似而求得。近似係可使用通常習知之統計學之手法,例如,舉例使用最小平 方法求得回歸直線(近似直線)之近似方法。 In the third processing, the coordinates of the point D of the complex number detected by the second processing are obtained by approximating the straight line corresponding to the side where the point D overlaps. The approximation can use the commonly used statistical methods, for example, using the least flat The method approximates the regression line (approximating line).

對攝影到之影像所含之2個邊,進行如第37圖所示所求得之近似直線,進一步對以4個之攝影裝置1302所攝影到之各個影像,分別進行求得近似直線。 An approximate straight line obtained as shown in FIG. 37 is performed on the two sides included in the captured image, and an approximate straight line is obtained for each of the images captured by the four imaging devices 1302.

(第四處理) (fourth processing)

就第四處理而言,對於1個影像所含之2個邊,使分別求得之近似直線之交點,作為被該2個邊包夾之第二基板P2之角部對應的假想點之座標而求得。 In the fourth processing, the intersection of the approximated straight lines obtained for each of the two sides included in one image is the coordinates of the imaginary point corresponding to the corner of the second substrate P2 sandwiched by the two sides. And ask for it.

第45圖係使作為第四處理所求得之2個近似直線L1、L2之交點而求得之假想點CX,反映在以攝影裝置1302所攝影到之影像的圖。為求得近似直線L1、L2所用之各點D之座標為已知,所以可以使近似直線L1、L2和假想點CX反映在以攝影裝置1302所攝影到之影像上。 Fig. 45 is a view showing the imaginary point CX obtained by the intersection of the two approximate straight lines L1 and L2 obtained as the fourth processing in the image captured by the photographing device 1302. The coordinates of the points D used to obtain the approximate straight lines L1, L2 are known, so that the approximate straight lines L1, L2 and the imaginary point CX can be reflected on the image captured by the photographing device 1302.

(第五處理) (Fifth processing)

第五處理是使用在以4個之攝影裝置1302所攝影到之影像中分別求得之假想點CX,使連結假想點CX所獲得之圖形假定為第二基板P2之輪廓線(近似輪廓線)而求得。 The fifth processing is to use the imaginary point CX obtained by the image captured by the four imaging devices 1302, and the pattern obtained by connecting the imaginary point CX is assumed to be the outline of the second substrate P2 (approximate outline). And ask for it.

第46A圖、第46B圖和第46C圖是求得近似輪廓線OL之示意圖。因為4個攝影裝置1302之相對的現實位置為已知,所以4個攝影裝置1302之攝影區域AR之相對位置亦為已知。因此,將第44圖中以4個攝影裝置1302攝影到攝影區域AR之影像(第46A圖),配置在1個共通之現實之座標系時,亦可算出4個之假想點CX之座標,在俯視液晶面板P時,可求得假想點CX所處之座標(第 46B圖)。連結以此方式求得之4個之假想點CX,可求得近似輪廓線(第46C圖)。 Fig. 46A, Fig. 46B and Fig. 46C are schematic diagrams for obtaining an approximate contour line OL. Since the relative real positions of the four photographing devices 1302 are known, the relative positions of the photographing regions AR of the four photographing devices 1302 are also known. Therefore, when the four imaging devices 1302 are imaged in the image capturing area AR (FIG. 46A) in FIG. 44 and arranged in one coordinate system of the common reality, the coordinates of the four imaginary points CX can be calculated. When looking down the liquid crystal panel P, the coordinates of the imaginary point CX can be obtained (the 46B)). By connecting the four imaginary points CX obtained in this way, an approximate contour line can be obtained (Fig. 46C).

依照此種構成時,進行由於周緣部之毛邊或缺陷之影響而廢棄之液晶面板P之外周形狀之檢測,可加工符合外周形狀之光學構件F1X。 According to this configuration, the outer peripheral shape of the liquid crystal panel P discarded due to the influence of the burrs or defects of the peripheral portion is detected, and the optical member F1X conforming to the outer peripheral shape can be processed.

(第四實施形態) (Fourth embodiment)

以下,使用第47圖至第48圖而說明第四實施形態之近似輪廓線OL之決定方法。另外,對於與上述實施形態之近似輪廓線OL之決定方法同樣之處理,省略其詳細說明。說明之權宜上,薄片FXm未顯示,但是在第47圖至第48圖中,因為說明於液晶面板P貼合薄片FXm之前之步驟,所以將薄片FXm之圖示省略。 Hereinafter, a method of determining the approximate contour line OL of the fourth embodiment will be described using Figs. 47 to 48. In addition, the detailed description of the process similar to the method of determining the approximate contour line OL of the above embodiment will be omitted. In the description, the sheet FXm is not displayed. However, in FIGS. 47 to 48, since the steps before the sheet FXm is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P are described, the illustration of the sheet FXm is omitted.

在本實施形態中,具有遮光板2303,其係配置在照明裝置2301和液晶面板P之間,且在液晶面板P中遮光第二基板P2和薄片FXm之貼合面之內側之區域。 In the present embodiment, the light shielding plate 2303 is disposed between the illumination device 2301 and the liquid crystal panel P, and the liquid crystal panel P shields the region inside the bonding surface of the second substrate P2 and the sheet FXm.

在此處,本說明書中所說明之「貼合面之內側之區域」係指較貼合面之輪廓線更內側(被輪廓線所包圍之區域之中央部側)之區域。「遮光貼合面之內側區域」是指較遮光貼合面之輪廓線之內側之區域,且遮光輪廓線之附近區域之至少一部分。 Here, the "region on the inner side of the bonding surface" described in the present specification means an area on the inner side of the contour line of the bonding surface (the central portion side of the region surrounded by the contour line). The "inside area of the light-shielding surface" means an area on the inner side of the outline of the light-shielding surface, and at least a part of the area in the vicinity of the light-shielding line.

第47圖是立體圖,用以表示使用實施形態之攝影裝置而攝影液晶面板之狀態。 Fig. 47 is a perspective view showing the state in which the liquid crystal panel is photographed using the photographing apparatus of the embodiment.

首先,如第47圖所示,使用複數(在圖中為4個)之攝影裝置2302,攝影液晶面板P之角部之周邊(圖中之粗線 所示之部分)。攝影裝置2302分別配置在具有矩形形狀之第二基板P2之四個角部之對應位置。 First, as shown in Fig. 47, a plurality of (four in the figure) imaging device 2302 is used to photograph the periphery of the corner portion of the liquid crystal panel P (the thick line in the figure) The part shown). The photographing devices 2302 are respectively disposed at corresponding positions of the four corner portions of the second substrate P2 having a rectangular shape.

具體而言,使用攝影裝置2302,攝影包含第二基板P2之角部之攝影區域AR(參照第49A圖等)。其時,使用如第48圖所示之照明裝置2301,包夾液晶面板P而從與攝影裝置2302相反之側,照射光L,並照明液晶面板P。另外,照明裝置2301,例如,使用藍色LED。 Specifically, the imaging device 2302 is used to image the imaging region AR including the corner portion of the second substrate P2 (see FIG. 49A and the like). At this time, the illumination device 2301 shown in Fig. 48 is used, and the liquid crystal panel P is sandwiched, and the light L is irradiated from the side opposite to the imaging device 2302, and the liquid crystal panel P is illuminated. Further, the illumination device 2301 uses, for example, a blue LED.

以攝影裝置2302攝影到之影像之影像資料,輸入到控制裝置91(參照第33圖),進行下一個處理(影像處理、演算)。 The image data of the image captured by the photographing device 2302 is input to the control device 91 (see Fig. 33), and the next processing (image processing, calculation) is performed.

第48圖是剖視圖,用以表示在液晶面板P之角部K,從貼合有薄片FXm之側,攝影液晶面板P和薄片FXm之貼合面SA之外周緣ED之情形。在此處,在本說明書中所說明之「貼合面」是指液晶面板P之與薄片FXm面對之面,「貼合面之外周緣」,具體而言,是指在液晶面板P中貼合有薄片FXm之側之基板(在第48圖中為第二基板P2)之外周緣。 Fig. 48 is a cross-sectional view showing a state in which the peripheral edge ED of the bonding surface SA of the liquid crystal panel P and the sheet FXm is photographed from the side where the sheet FXm is bonded to the corner portion K of the liquid crystal panel P. Here, the "bonding surface" described in the present specification refers to the surface of the liquid crystal panel P facing the sheet FXm, "the outer periphery of the bonding surface", specifically, the liquid crystal panel P The periphery of the substrate (the second substrate P2 in Fig. 48) on the side of the sheet FXm is bonded.

本實施形態之液晶面板P,以多去角製造。因此,在液晶面板P之角部K之附近,有時產生毛邊、或第一基板P1、第二基板P2間之端面位置之偏離等。如第48圖所示,當第一基板P1之外周緣偏離至較第二基板P2之外周緣更外側時,第一基板P1之外周緣和第二基板P2之外周緣可藉由攝影裝置2302檢測。 The liquid crystal panel P of the present embodiment is manufactured by multi-angle removal. Therefore, in the vicinity of the corner portion K of the liquid crystal panel P, burrs or deviations in the position of the end faces between the first substrate P1 and the second substrate P2 may occur. As shown in FIG. 48, when the outer periphery of the first substrate P1 is offset to the outer side of the outer periphery of the second substrate P2, the outer periphery of the first substrate P1 and the outer periphery of the second substrate P2 may be passed through the photographing device 2302. Detection.

從液晶面板P貼合有薄片之側,檢測第二 基板P2之貼合面SA之外周緣ED時,較佳係使攝影裝置2302之鏡頭對準在第二基板P2之上面。藉此,第二基板P2之外周緣可比第一基板P1之外周緣更清楚地攝影,貼合面SA之外周緣ED之檢測變得容易。但是,若攝影液晶面板P,有時第二基板P2之外周緣亦會有稍微模糊,有時與本來貼合面SA不同之第一基板P1之外周緣,被看成與貼合面SA成為一體,其等之境界變成不能辨識。 From the side of the liquid crystal panel P to which the sheet is attached, the second is detected When the peripheral surface ED of the bonding surface SA of the substrate P2 is outside, it is preferable to align the lens of the photographing device 2302 on the upper surface of the second substrate P2. Thereby, the outer periphery of the second substrate P2 can be photographed more clearly than the outer periphery of the first substrate P1, and the detection of the outer periphery ED of the bonding surface SA can be facilitated. However, when the liquid crystal panel P is photographed, the outer periphery of the second substrate P2 may be slightly blurred, and the outer periphery of the first substrate P1 different from the original bonding surface SA may be regarded as the bonding surface SA. In one, its realm becomes unrecognizable.

因此,在本實施形態中,在照明裝置2301和液晶面板P之間設置遮光板2303,其係用以遮光第二基板P2之貼合面SA之內側之區域,以使光L只照射在貼合面SA之外周緣ED之附近。依照此種構成時,只有從貼合面SA之外周緣ED之正下方大致垂直射出之光L,射入到攝影裝置2302。因此,有助於攝影之光L,可與對液晶面板P垂直地射入之直進光近似,有助於提高第二基板P2之外周緣的影像之對比。 Therefore, in the present embodiment, a light shielding plate 2303 for shielding the inner side of the bonding surface SA of the second substrate P2 between the illumination device 2301 and the liquid crystal panel P is provided so that the light L is only irradiated on the surface. The vicinity of the periphery ED outside the face SA. According to this configuration, only the light L that is emitted substantially perpendicularly from the immediately below the peripheral edge ED of the bonding surface SA is incident on the imaging device 2302. Therefore, the light L which contributes to photography can be approximated by the straight light incident perpendicularly to the liquid crystal panel P, which contributes to improvement of the contrast of the image of the outer periphery of the second substrate P2.

第二基板P2之外周緣模糊之理由不確定,但是若依照本發明人之研究,推測是對液晶面板P傾斜射入之光L影響到外周緣之模糊。亦即,對第二基板P2之端面傾斜射入之光L,造成該端面之影,該影受偏光特性之變化等之影響,出現模糊。因此,在本實施形態中,藉由遮光板2303而切割傾斜射入到第二基板P2之端面之光L,抑制該端面之影的出現。藉此,第二基板P2之外周緣被攝影成為輪郭分明的線,可精確度良好地檢測貼合面SA之外周緣ED。 The reason why the outer periphery of the second substrate P2 is blurred is not determined. However, according to the study by the inventors, it is presumed that the light L obliquely incident on the liquid crystal panel P affects the blur of the outer periphery. That is, the light L incident on the end surface of the second substrate P2 obliquely causes a shadow of the end surface, and the shadow is affected by a change in polarization characteristics or the like, and blurring occurs. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the light L obliquely incident on the end surface of the second substrate P2 is cut by the light shielding plate 2303, and the occurrence of the shadow of the end surface is suppressed. Thereby, the outer periphery of the second substrate P2 is photographed as a sharp line, and the outer periphery ED of the bonding surface SA can be accurately detected.

藉由遮光板2303遮光之遮光區域BA,在攝影裝置1302之攝影區域內,較佳係在儘可能地接近第二基板P2之外周緣之區域。遮光板2303係亦可以配置成除了貼合面SA之外周緣ED附近外,不須遮光攝影區域之全體範圍,而鑲在貼合面SA之外周緣ED。在本實施形態時,遮光板2303構建成為比第二基板P2稍小之矩形之板(例如,鋁板)。第二基板P2之外周緣和第一基板P1之外周緣之間之距離d1,例如為0.08至0.12mm,第一基板P1之外周緣和遮光板2303之外周緣之間之距離d2,例如為0.9至1.1mm,遮光板2303之外周緣和第二基板P2之外周緣之間之距離d3,例如為0.8至1.0mm。 The light-shielding area BA which is shielded by the light shielding plate 2303 is preferably in the imaging area of the photographing device 1302 as close as possible to the outer peripheral edge of the second substrate P2. The light shielding plate 2303 may be disposed so as not to be in the vicinity of the peripheral edge ED except for the bonding surface SA, and to be attached to the outer periphery ED of the bonding surface SA without the entire range of the light-shielding image area. In the present embodiment, the light shielding plate 2303 is formed as a rectangular plate (for example, an aluminum plate) which is slightly smaller than the second substrate P2. The distance d1 between the outer periphery of the second substrate P2 and the outer periphery of the first substrate P1 is, for example, 0.08 to 0.12 mm, and the distance d2 between the outer periphery of the first substrate P1 and the outer periphery of the light shielding plate 2303 is, for example, 0.9 to 1.1 mm, the distance d3 between the outer periphery of the visor 2303 and the outer periphery of the second substrate P2 is, for example, 0.8 to 1.0 mm.

遮光板2303之外周緣和第二基板P2之外周緣之間之距離d3,例如,較佳係成為0.3mm以上2mm以下。若上述之距離d3大於2mm,不能充分提高光L之指向性,而使貼合面SA之外周緣ED之檢測精確度降低。另外,若d3小於0.3mm,照明貼合面SA之外周緣ED之光L之光量變小,成為暗的影像。因此,在此時,亦會使貼合面SA之外周緣ED之檢測精確度降低。藉由使上述之距離d3設為0.3mm以上2mm以下,可將第二基板P2之外周緣攝影成為輪廓分明之線,可提高貼合面SA之外周緣ED之檢測精確度。 The distance d3 between the outer periphery of the light shielding plate 2303 and the outer periphery of the second substrate P2 is preferably, for example, 0.3 mm or more and 2 mm or less. If the above-described distance d3 is larger than 2 mm, the directivity of the light L cannot be sufficiently improved, and the detection accuracy of the outer peripheral edge ED of the bonding surface SA is lowered. Further, when d3 is less than 0.3 mm, the amount of light L of the light lining ED outside the illumination bonding surface SA becomes small, and becomes a dark image. Therefore, at this time, the detection accuracy of the outer periphery ED of the bonding surface SA is also lowered. By setting the above-described distance d3 to 0.3 mm or more and 2 mm or less, the outer peripheral edge of the second substrate P2 can be imaged as a sharp line, and the detection accuracy of the outer peripheral edge ED of the bonding surface SA can be improved.

另外,在第48圖中,係例示第一基板P1、第二基板P2(上下基板)之外周緣之位置產生偏離之情形,但上下基板之外周緣之位置一致時,亦發生同樣之現象。 在此時,貼合面SA之內側之區域以遮光板2303遮光,藉此,可提高射入到貼合面SA之外周緣ED之光L之指向性,並抑制貼合面SA之外周緣ED之輪廓模糊。 In addition, in FIG. 48, the position of the outer periphery of the first substrate P1 and the second substrate P2 (upper and lower substrates) is deviated, but the same phenomenon occurs when the positions of the outer periphery of the upper and lower substrates are the same. At this time, the area inside the bonding surface SA is shielded by the light shielding plate 2303, whereby the directivity of the light L incident on the peripheral edge ED of the bonding surface SA can be improved, and the periphery of the bonding surface SA can be suppressed. The outline of the ED is blurred.

第49A圖、第49B圖和第49C圖是求得近似輪廓線OL之示意圖。 Fig. 49A, Fig. 49B and Fig. 49C are schematic diagrams for obtaining an approximate contour line OL.

首先,如第49A圖所示,從各攝影裝置之攝影區域AR的影像資料,檢測與面對基板之輪廓線(邊)重疊之複數之點D的座標。點D之座標之檢測係在包夾面對基板之角部CX之2個邊分別進行。較佳係檢測在各邊中在邊重疊之複數點之座標。檢測之座標之座標軸,例如可設定成以攝影區域AR內之既定位置作為原點,以影像之向右作為+X方向,以影像之向下作為+Y方向。 First, as shown in Fig. 49A, coordinates of a plurality of points D overlapping with the outline (edge) of the substrate are detected from the image data of the photographing area AR of each photographing device. The detection of the coordinates of the point D is performed on the two sides of the corner portion CX of the substrate facing the substrate. Preferably, the coordinates of the complex points overlapping at the sides in each side are detected. The coordinate axis of the detected coordinate can be set, for example, such that the predetermined position in the photographing area AR is used as the origin, and the image is turned to the right as the +X direction, and the downward direction of the image is taken as the +Y direction.

其次,如第49B圖所示,從複數之點D之座標,使與點D重疊之邊所對應之直線近似而求得。近似係可使用通常習知之統計學手法,例如,使用最小平方法求得回歸直線(近似直線)之近似方法。此時,藉由形成在角部CX之毛邊之影響,角部CX附近之點D之座標之誤差變大,有時對近似直線之算出結果造成不良之影響。在此種之情形,亦可除了角部CX附近之點D外,使用其餘之點D求得近似直線。 Next, as shown in Fig. 49B, the coordinates of the point D of the complex number are approximated by the straight line corresponding to the side overlapping the point D. The approximation can use a conventional statistical method, for example, an approximation method of obtaining a regression line (approximate straight line) using the least squares method. At this time, by the influence of the burrs formed at the corner portion CX, the error of the coordinates of the point D near the corner portion CX becomes large, which may adversely affect the calculation result of the approximate straight line. In such a case, an approximate straight line may be obtained using the remaining point D in addition to the point D near the corner CX.

其次,如第49C圖所示,根據對各邊所獲得之近似直線,求得面對基板之近似輪廓線OL。在本實施形態中,使該近似輪廓線OL近似為面對基板之外周緣(貼合面之外周緣)。 Next, as shown in Fig. 49C, the approximate contour line OL facing the substrate is obtained from the approximate straight line obtained for each side. In the present embodiment, the approximate contour line OL is approximated to face the outer periphery of the substrate (outer periphery of the bonding surface).

若依照此種構成,可以大致沿著第48圖所示之貼合面SA之外周緣ED切割薄片FXm,可對窄邊框化之液晶面板P適當地貼合光學構件。因此,可排除毛邊或上下基板間之端面位置之偏離等之影響,而精確度良好地檢測出液晶面板P之貼合面SA之外周緣ED,可加工符合該貼合面SA之外周緣ED之光學構件。 According to this configuration, the sheet FXm can be cut substantially along the outer peripheral edge ED of the bonding surface SA shown in FIG. 48, and the optical member can be appropriately bonded to the narrow-framed liquid crystal panel P. Therefore, the influence of the deviation of the position of the end face between the burrs or the upper and lower substrates can be eliminated, and the outer peripheral edge ED of the bonding surface SA of the liquid crystal panel P can be accurately detected, and the outer edge ED which conforms to the bonding surface SA can be processed. Optical member.

另外,在上述之實施形態中係沿著近似輪廓線OL切割薄片FXm,但並不限於此種方式,例如,亦可為輪廓線OL之內側之區域,在與液晶面板P之邊框部(位於顯示區域之外側之部分)重疊之位置切割薄片FXm。在此種之情況時,在控制裝置91,亦可以控制切斷手段60,其係根據算出之近似輪廓線OL,算出比以近似輪廓線OL描繪之形狀更小之既定大小的形狀,作為真正之切割部分,然後,沿著該真正之切割部分,切割薄片FXm。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, the sheet FXm is cut along the approximate contour line OL. However, the sheet FXm is not limited thereto. For example, it may be an area inside the outline OL, and is located at the frame portion of the liquid crystal panel P. The portion on the outer side of the display area is overlapped at the position to cut the sheet FXm. In such a case, the control device 91 may control the cutting means 60 to calculate a shape having a predetermined size smaller than the shape drawn by the approximate contour line OL based on the calculated approximate contour line OL. The cut portion is then cut along the true cut portion, and the sheet FXm is cut.

亦即,在本說明書所說明之「沿著貼合面SA之外周緣ED而切割薄片FXm」是指沿著根據攝影資料檢測到之現實之外周緣ED,切割薄片FXm,但是並不限於此種方式,亦可沿著從現實之外周緣ED求得之近似輪廓線OL而切割薄片FXm之情形,或亦可沿著根據近似輪廓線OL在邊框部上作成之其他之切割線而切割薄片FXm之情形等。 In other words, "cutting the sheet FXm along the outer periphery ED of the bonding surface SA" as described in the present specification means cutting the sheet FXm along the outer periphery ED detected from the photographing material, but is not limited thereto. Alternatively, the sheet FXm may be cut along the approximate contour line OL obtained from the outer periphery ED, or the sheet may be cut along other cutting lines formed on the frame portion according to the approximate contour line OL. The situation of FXm, etc.

另外,在上述之實施形態中所舉例說明者是攝影裝置之攝影方向VL對第一貼合面SA1呈垂直,但是並不限於此種方式。例如,亦可攝影裝置之攝影方向VL 對第一貼合面SA1之法線方向呈傾斜地交叉。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, the imaging direction VL of the imaging device is perpendicular to the first bonding surface SA1, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the photographic direction of the photographic device can also be VL The normal direction of the first bonding surface SA1 is obliquely intersected.

(第五實施形態) (Fifth Embodiment)

第50圖是俯視圖,用以表示第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED之檢測步驟。 Fig. 50 is a plan view showing the detecting step of the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1.

檢測裝置3030係如第50圖所示,在設於搬運輸送帶3011之搬運路徑上之4個位置之檢查區域CA中,檢測第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED。例如,搬運輸送帶3011為皮帶輸送帶。各個檢查區域CA被配置在具有矩形形狀之第一貼合面SA1之4個角部的對應位置。對在線上被搬運之液晶面板P之每一個,檢測其端緣ED。藉由檢測裝置3030所檢測到之端緣ED之資料,被記憶在記憶裝置92(參照第33圖)。 As shown in FIG. 50, the detecting device 3030 detects the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 in the inspection area CA provided at four positions on the conveyance path of the conveyance conveyor 3011. For example, the transport conveyor belt 3011 is a belt conveyor belt. Each of the inspection areas CA is disposed at a corresponding position of the four corner portions of the first bonding surface SA1 having a rectangular shape. For each of the liquid crystal panels P that are transported on the line, the end edge ED is detected. The data of the edge ED detected by the detecting device 3030 is memorized in the memory device 92 (refer to Fig. 33).

另外,檢查區域CA之配置位置並不限於此種方式。例如,各個檢查區域CA亦可以配置在與第一貼合面SA1之各邊之一部分(例如各邊之中央部)對應之位置。 In addition, the arrangement position of the inspection area CA is not limited to this manner. For example, each of the inspection areas CA may be disposed at a position corresponding to one of the sides of the first bonding surface SA1 (for example, the central portion of each side).

第51圖是檢測裝置3030之示意圖。 Fig. 51 is a schematic view of the detecting device 3030.

如第51圖所示,檢測裝置3030具備:照明光源3301,其係照明端緣ED;和攝影裝置3302,其係相對於第一貼合面SA1之法線方向,配置在比端緣ED更傾斜至第一貼合面SA1之內側之位置,從液晶面板P之第二基板P2之側攝影端緣ED之影像。 As shown in Fig. 51, the detecting device 3030 includes an illumination light source 3301 which is an illumination edge ED, and a photographing device 3302 which is disposed more than the end edge ED with respect to the normal direction of the first bonding surface SA1. The image is tilted to the inner side of the first bonding surface SA1, and the image of the edge ED is photographed from the side of the second substrate P2 of the liquid crystal panel P.

照明光源3301和攝影裝置3302,分別被配置在如第50圖所示之4個檢查區域CA(第一貼合面SA1 之4個角部之對應位置)。 The illumination light source 3301 and the photographing device 3302 are respectively disposed in the four inspection areas CA as shown in FIG. 50 (the first bonding surface SA1) Corresponding position of the four corners).

第一貼合面SA1之法線和攝影裝置3302之攝影面3302a之法線構成之角度θ(以下稱為攝影裝置3302之傾斜角度),較佳係設定成面板分割時之偏離或毛邊等不會進入到攝影裝置3302之攝影視野內。例如,當第一基板P1之端面比第二基板P2之端面更偏離到外側時,攝影裝置3302之傾斜角度θ較佳係設定成第一基板P1之端緣不會進入到攝影裝置3302之攝影視野內。 The angle θ between the normal line of the first bonding surface SA1 and the normal line of the imaging surface 3302a of the imaging device 3302 (hereinafter referred to as the inclination angle of the imaging device 3302) is preferably set to be a deviation or a burr when the panel is divided. It will enter the photographic field of view of the photographing device 3302. For example, when the end surface of the first substrate P1 is more outwardly offset from the end surface of the second substrate P2, the tilt angle θ of the photographing device 3302 is preferably set such that the end edge of the first substrate P1 does not enter the photographing device 3302. Within the field of view.

攝影裝置3302之傾斜角度θ較佳係設定成適合於第一貼合面SA1和攝影裝置3302之攝影面3302a之中心之間之距離H(以下稱為攝影裝置3302之高度)。例如,在攝影裝置3302之高度H為50mm以上100mm以下時,攝影裝置3302之傾斜角度θ較佳係設定在5°以上20°以下之範圍之角度。但是,當經驗上知道偏離量時,根據該偏離量可求得攝影裝置3302之高度H和攝影裝置3302之傾斜角度θ。在本實施形態中,例如,可為設定在攝影裝置3302之高度H為78mm,攝影裝置3302之傾斜角度θ為10°之條件。 The inclination angle θ of the photographing device 3302 is preferably set to a distance H between the first bonding surface SA1 and the center of the photographing surface 3302a of the photographing device 3302 (hereinafter referred to as the height of the photographing device 3302). For example, when the height H of the photographing device 3302 is 50 mm or more and 100 mm or less, the tilt angle θ of the photographing device 3302 is preferably set at an angle of a range of 5° or more and 20° or less. However, when the amount of deviation is known empirically, the height H of the photographing device 3302 and the tilt angle θ of the photographing device 3302 can be obtained from the amount of deviation. In the present embodiment, for example, the height H of the imaging device 3302 is set to be 78 mm, and the inclination angle θ of the imaging device 3302 is set to 10°.

照明光源3301和攝影裝置3302被固定而配置在各個檢查區域CA。 The illumination light source 3301 and the photographing device 3302 are fixed and disposed in each of the inspection areas CA.

另外,照明光源3301和攝影裝置3302亦可沿著第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED而移動地配置。在此時,照明光源3301和攝影裝置3302可分別一個一個地設置即可。另外,藉此,可使照明光源3301和攝影裝置3302移動到能夠容 易攝影第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED之位置。 Further, the illumination light source 3301 and the imaging device 3302 may be arranged to move along the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1. At this time, the illumination light source 3301 and the photographing device 3302 may be disposed one by one. In addition, by this, the illumination light source 3301 and the photographing device 3302 can be moved to be able to accommodate It is easy to photograph the position of the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1.

照明光源3301配置在液晶面板P之第一基板P1側。照明光源3301配置在相對於第一貼合面SA1之法線方向,比端緣ED更傾斜至第一貼合面SA1之外側之位置。在本實施形態中,照明光源3301之光軸和攝影裝置3302之攝影面3302a之法線成為平行。 The illumination light source 3301 is disposed on the first substrate P1 side of the liquid crystal panel P. The illumination light source 3301 is disposed at a position inclined to the outer side of the first bonding surface SA1 from the edge ED with respect to the normal direction of the first bonding surface SA1. In the present embodiment, the optical axis of the illumination light source 3301 and the normal line of the imaging surface 3302a of the imaging device 3302 are parallel.

另外,照明光源亦可以配置在液晶面板P之第二基板P2之側。 In addition, the illumination light source may be disposed on the side of the second substrate P2 of the liquid crystal panel P.

另外,照明光源3301之光軸和攝影裝置3302之攝影面3302a之法線亦可稍微傾斜地交叉。 Further, the optical axis of the illumination light source 3301 and the normal line of the imaging surface 3302a of the imaging device 3302 may also cross slightly obliquely.

薄片FXm之切割位置係根據第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED之檢測結果而調整。控制裝置91(參照第33圖)係取得被記憶裝置92記憶之第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED之資料,以光學構件F1X不會突出到液晶面板P之外側(第一貼合面SA1之外側)之方式,決定薄片FXm之切割位置。 The cutting position of the sheet FXm is adjusted based on the detection result of the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1. The control device 91 (see FIG. 33) acquires the data of the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 stored by the memory device 92 so that the optical member F1X does not protrude to the outside of the liquid crystal panel P (the first bonding surface SA1) The way of the outer side) determines the cutting position of the sheet FXm.

第52圖是立體圖,用以說明比較例之檢測裝置之作用。 Fig. 52 is a perspective view for explaining the action of the detecting device of the comparative example.

第53圖是剖視圖,用以說明比較例之檢測裝置之作用。 Figure 53 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the action of the detecting device of the comparative example.

第54圖是立體圖,用以說明本實施形態之檢測裝置之作用。 Fig. 54 is a perspective view for explaining the action of the detecting device of the embodiment.

第55圖是剖視圖,用以說明本實施形態之檢測裝置之作用。 Figure 55 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the action of the detecting device of the embodiment.

在第52圖至第55圖中是以第一基板P1之端面偏離到較第二基板P2之端面更外側時,從貼合有液晶 面板P之薄片FXm之側(上面側),攝影第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED為例進行說明。在第52圖至第55圖中,符號VL表示攝影裝置之攝影方向(攝影裝置之攝影面之法線方向)。另外,在第52圖至第55圖中,權宜上,將構成檢測裝置之照明光源和攝影裝置之圖示省略。 In FIGS. 52 to 55, when the end surface of the first substrate P1 is displaced to the outside of the end surface of the second substrate P2, the liquid crystal is bonded from the liquid crystal. The side (the upper side) of the sheet FXm of the panel P and the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 are taken as an example for description. In Figs. 52 to 55, the symbol VL indicates the photographing direction of the photographing device (the normal direction of the photographing surface of the photographing device). In addition, in the 52nd to 55th drawings, the illustration of the illumination light source and the imaging device constituting the detecting device is omitted.

如第52圖所示,在比較例之檢測裝置中,攝影裝置之攝影方向VL相對於第一貼合面SA1呈垂直。在此種之情況時,如第53圖所示,第一基板P1之端緣進入到攝影裝置之攝影視野內。如此一來,在檢測第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED時,會誤檢測到第一基板P1之端緣。亦即,有時攝影裝置不對第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED攝影,而攝影第一基板P1之端緣之影像。其結果,不能以良好之精確度檢測第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED。 As shown in Fig. 52, in the detecting device of the comparative example, the photographing direction VL of the photographing device is perpendicular to the first bonding surface SA1. In such a case, as shown in Fig. 53, the edge of the first substrate P1 enters the photographic field of view of the photographing device. As a result, when the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 is detected, the edge of the first substrate P1 is erroneously detected. That is, the photographing apparatus may photograph the end edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 and photograph the image of the edge of the first substrate P1. As a result, the end edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 cannot be detected with good precision.

與此相對地,如第54圖所示,在本實施形態之檢測裝置中,攝影裝置之攝影方向VL對第一貼合面SA1之法線方向呈傾斜地交叉。具體而言,如第55圖所示,攝影裝置之攝影方向VL傾斜到端緣ED之內側。亦即,攝影裝置之攝影方向VL設定成第一基板P1之端緣不會進入到攝影裝置之攝影視野內。因此,在檢測第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED時,不會誤檢測到第一基板P1之端緣,可只檢測第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED。因此,可以良好之精確度檢測第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED。 On the other hand, as shown in Fig. 54, in the detecting device of the present embodiment, the imaging direction VL of the imaging device intersects obliquely with respect to the normal direction of the first bonding surface SA1. Specifically, as shown in Fig. 55, the photographing direction VL of the photographing device is inclined to the inner side of the end edge ED. That is, the photographing direction VL of the photographing device is set such that the end edge of the first substrate P1 does not enter the photographing field of view of the photographing device. Therefore, when the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 is detected, the edge of the first substrate P1 is not erroneously detected, and only the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 can be detected. Therefore, the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 can be detected with good precision.

另外,在第52圖至第55圖中,以第一基板P1之端面偏離到較第二基板P2之端面更外側時,從貼合 有液晶面板P之薄片FXm之側,攝影第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED為例進行說明,但是並不限於此種方式。 Further, in FIGS. 52 to 55, when the end surface of the first substrate P1 is displaced to the outside of the end surface of the second substrate P2, the bonding is performed. The side of the sheet FXm of the liquid crystal panel P and the edge ED of the first bonding surface SA1 are described as an example, but the invention is not limited thereto.

第56圖是剖視圖,用以說明適用液晶面板P之變化例之情形,本實施形態之檢測裝置之作用。 Fig. 56 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the operation of the detecting device of the embodiment in the case where a modification of the liquid crystal panel P is applied.

例如,如第56圖所示,當在液晶面板P`之端面存在面板分割時之毛邊時,從貼合有液晶面板P`之薄片FXm之側(上面側),攝影第一貼合面SA1之端緣ED之例,亦可適用本實施形態之檢測裝置。 For example, as shown in FIG. 56, when the burr is present when the panel is divided at the end face of the liquid crystal panel P `, is bonded from the side of the liquid crystal panel P` FXm the sheet (upper side), a first abutment surface SA1 photography The detection device of this embodiment can also be applied to the example of the end edge ED.

(第六實施形態) (Sixth embodiment)

(光學構件貼合體之製造方法) (Method of Manufacturing Optical Member Bonding Body)

第57圖是本實施形態之光學構件貼合體之製造方法之說明圖,表示上述之製造步驟之流程圖。在第一實施形態中,對於所獲得之光學構件貼合體PA,在製造線內(線內)進行高壓釜處理。與此相對地,在本實施形態中,對於所獲得之光學構件貼合體PA,只在製造線外(離線)進行高壓釜處理。以下,適當使用第1圖所示之符號而說明製造流程。另外,對於與第一實施形態同樣之步驟,省略其詳細之說明。 Fig. 57 is an explanatory view showing a method of manufacturing the optical member bonded body of the embodiment, and shows a flow chart of the above-described manufacturing steps. In the first embodiment, the obtained optical member bonding body PA is subjected to autoclave treatment in the manufacturing line (in-line). On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the obtained optical member bonding body PA is subjected to autoclave treatment only outside the manufacturing line (offline). Hereinafter, the manufacturing flow will be described by appropriately using the symbols shown in FIG. 1 . In addition, detailed description of steps similar to those of the first embodiment will be omitted.

在流程圖中,符號S100所示之處理係表示在製造線內進行之處理,以符號S200所示之處理係在製造線外進行之處理。 In the flowchart, the processing shown by the symbol S100 indicates the processing performed in the manufacturing line, and the processing shown by the symbol S200 is performed outside the manufacturing line.

(光學構件貼合體形成步驟) (Optical member bonding body forming step)

首先,對於光學構件貼合體之製造,將液晶面板P搬入到製造線(步驟S101),洗淨附著在液晶面板P之灰塵等 之污物(步驟S102)。其次,形成光學構件貼合體PA(步驟S103)。 First, in the manufacture of the optical member bonding body, the liquid crystal panel P is carried into the manufacturing line (step S101), and the dust adhering to the liquid crystal panel P is washed. The dirt (step S102). Next, the optical member bonding body PA is formed (step S103).

(自動檢查步驟) (automatic check step)

然後,對於所獲得之光學構件貼合體PA,使用被配置在製造線內(線內)之第二缺陷檢查裝置42進行缺陷檢查(步驟S104)。 Then, with respect to the obtained optical member bonding body PA, the defect inspection is performed using the second defect inspection device 42 disposed in the manufacturing line (in-line) (step S104).

檢查結果,對於經OK判定之光學構件貼合體PA,例如,收集複數片之後,朝向下一步驟搬出(步驟S105)。 As a result of the inspection, for the optical member bonding body PA determined by the OK, for example, after collecting a plurality of sheets, the processing proceeds to the next step (step S105).

(第一目視檢查步驟) (first visual inspection step)

另一方面,目視檢查結果,對於經GRAY判定或NG判定之光學構件貼合體PA,在製造線外(離線)進行缺陷之目視檢查(步驟S201)。 On the other hand, as a result of the visual inspection, visual inspection of the defect is performed outside the manufacturing line (offline) for the optical member bonding body PA judged by GRAY or NG (step S201).

檢查結果,對於經OK判定之光學構件貼合體PA,朝向下一步驟搬出(步驟S105)。 As a result of the inspection, the optical member bonding body PA determined by the OK is carried out toward the next step (step S105).

(再生處理步驟) (regeneration process step)

另一方面,目視檢查結果,對於判定為具有缺陷之不良品(第一目視檢查不良品)之光學構件貼合體PA,確認所發現之缺陷之種類或狀態,藉由施加後段之處理,判斷是否可以使缺陷消失(步驟S202)。 On the other hand, as a result of the visual inspection, it is determined whether or not the type or state of the defect found is determined by the optical member bonding body PA which is determined to be defective (the first visual inspection defective product), and the subsequent processing is performed to determine whether or not The defect can be made to disappear (step S202).

在第一目視檢查不良品之缺陷為光學構件本身小的變形,或在液晶面板P和光學構件之貼合面夾入空氣產生氣泡且為微小物時(在流程圖中以「缺陷小」表示),施加高壓釜處理(步驟S203)。 In the first visual inspection, the defect of the defective product is a small deformation of the optical member itself, or when air is trapped in the bonding surface of the liquid crystal panel P and the optical member to generate a small object (in the flowchart, "the defect is small" The autoclave treatment is applied (step S203).

另一方面,第一目視檢查不良品之缺陷為光學構件本身大的變形,或在液晶面板P和光學構件之貼合面夾入空氣產生氣泡且為大的物時(在流程圖中以「缺陷/中」表示),施加整修處理(步驟S204)。 On the other hand, the defect of the first visual inspection defective product is a large deformation of the optical member itself, or when air is trapped in the bonding surface of the liquid crystal panel P and the optical member to generate a large object (in the flowchart, " The defect/medium is indicated), and the refurbishing process is applied (step S204).

另外,第一目視檢查不良品具有之缺陷,被判斷為液晶面板P之損傷等,在上述之高壓釜處理或整修處理均不能再生(在流程圖中以「缺陷/大」表示)時,進行廢棄。 In addition, when the first visual inspection defective product has a defect, it is judged that the liquid crystal panel P is damaged or the like, and the autoclave processing or the refurbishing processing cannot be reproduced (indicated by "defect/large" in the flowchart). Discarded.

其次,對施加過高壓釜處理或整修處理之光學構件貼合體PA,進行缺陷之目視檢查(第二目視檢查,步驟S205)。 Next, the optical member bonding body PA to which the autoclave treatment or the refurbishing treatment has been applied is subjected to visual inspection of the defect (second visual inspection, step S205).

假如沒有發現缺陷,作為完成品之光學構件貼合體PA,搬出到下一個步驟。對於判定為發現缺陷且判定為不良品(第二目視檢查不良品)者,再度返回到步驟S202,再經由再生處理步驟,嘗試再生。 If no defect is found, the optical member bonding body PA as a finished product is carried out to the next step. When it is determined that the defect is found and the defective product (the second visual inspection defective product) is determined, the process returns to step S202 again, and the regeneration is attempted via the regeneration processing step.

本實施形態之光學構件貼合體之製造方法,利用以上之方式進行。 The method for producing an optical member bonded body of the present embodiment is carried out by the above method.

若依照上述方式之光學構件貼合體之製造方法,藉由自動檢查裝置,順序地自動檢查在線上搬運來之光學構件貼合體。因為在製造線上順序地檢查製造物,所以可從不良品之發生起之短時間內,檢查出製造線之不良品之發生。因此,可抑制不良品之發生,並提高製造產出率。 According to the manufacturing method of the optical member bonding body of the above aspect, the optical member bonding body conveyed on the line is automatically and sequentially inspected by the automatic inspection apparatus. Since the manufactured product is sequentially inspected on the manufacturing line, the occurrence of defective products in the manufacturing line can be checked in a short period of time from the occurrence of the defective product. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of defective products and increase the manufacturing yield.

另外,在製造線外之目視檢查中,因為只 以自動檢查判定為不良品者作為檢查對象,所以相較於藉由目視檢查進行全數檢查時,可減少目視檢查所必需之檢查員。 In addition, in the visual inspection outside the manufacturing line, because only Since the person who is judged to be defective by the automatic inspection is the object to be inspected, the inspector necessary for the visual inspection can be reduced as compared with the case where all the inspections are performed by the visual inspection.

另外,從目視檢查判定為不良品者之中,檢測出良品,可減少不良品數。因此,可提高製造產出率。 In addition, among the persons who are judged to be defective by visual inspection, a good product is detected, and the number of defective products can be reduced. Therefore, the manufacturing yield can be increased.

因此,依照本實施形態之光學構件貼合體之製造方法時,可在實際使用上不會過或不足之精確度進行缺陷檢測,而且可不損製造產出率地穩定製造。 Therefore, according to the method for producing an optical member bonded body of the present embodiment, the defect can be detected without excessive or insufficient precision in practical use, and the manufacturing can be stably performed without impairing the manufacturing yield.

(第七實施形態) (Seventh embodiment)

在上述實施形態中,切割定位手段90根據在液晶面板P貼合薄片FXm之前檢測到之液晶面板P之外形形狀之檢測資料,決定貼合在液晶面板P之薄片FXm之切割位置。與此相對地,本實施形態之切割定位手段係根據在液晶面板P貼合薄片FXm之後檢測到之液晶面板P之外形形狀之檢測資料,決定貼合在P液晶面板P之薄片FXm之切割位置。具體而言,本實施形態之檢測裝置並非檢測設在液晶面板P之從薄片FXm露出之位置之構造物,而是檢測設在液晶面板P之與薄片FXm重合之位置之構造物。在本實施形態中,構造物是設在液晶面板P之黑色基體。 In the above-described embodiment, the cutting and positioning means 90 determines the cutting position of the sheet FXm bonded to the liquid crystal panel P based on the detection data of the shape of the liquid crystal panel P detected before the liquid crystal panel P is bonded to the sheet FXm. On the other hand, the cutting positioning means of the present embodiment determines the cutting position of the sheet FXm attached to the P liquid crystal panel P based on the detection data of the shape of the liquid crystal panel P detected after the liquid crystal panel P is bonded to the sheet FXm. . Specifically, the detecting device of the present embodiment detects a structure provided at a position where the liquid crystal panel P is exposed from the sheet FXm, and detects a structure provided at a position where the liquid crystal panel P overlaps with the sheet FXm. In the present embodiment, the structure is a black matrix provided on the liquid crystal panel P.

在本實施形態中,檢測裝置對於貼合有薄片FXm之液晶面板P(例如在本實施形態中,為貼合有第一薄片F1m、第二薄片F2m和第三薄片F3m之薄片貼合體),照射近紅外線,而檢測黑色基體。 In the present embodiment, the detection device is applied to the liquid crystal panel P to which the sheet FXm is bonded (for example, in the present embodiment, the sheet laminate to which the first sheet F1m, the second sheet F2m, and the third sheet F3m are bonded). The near infrared ray is irradiated while the black matrix is detected.

例如發出近紅外線之光源可舉例鹵素燈。 例如。在色溫度3500°K之鹵素燈,在波長700nm附近,發出成為尖峰之300nm至780nm的可視光和780nm至200nm之近紅外線。 For example, a light source emitting near infrared rays can be exemplified by a halogen lamp. E.g. A halogen lamp having a color temperature of 3,500 °K emits visible light of 300 nm to 780 nm and near infrared rays of 780 nm to 200 nm at a wavelength of about 700 nm.

第58圖表示偏光膜為交叉尼科耳狀態時之光透過性、CCD之感度特性。 Fig. 58 is a graph showing the light transmittance of the polarizing film in the crossed Nicols state and the sensitivity characteristics of the CCD.

在第58圖中,符號GL1(實線)是光射入到交叉狀態之偏光膜時之光透過量(以下,僅稱為光透過量),符號GL2(二點鏈線)是CCD攝影機之感度特性(以下,簡稱為CCD感度特性)。 In Fig. 58, the symbol GL1 (solid line) is the light transmission amount when light is incident on the polarizing film in the intersecting state (hereinafter, simply referred to as light transmission amount), and the symbol GL2 (two-point chain line) is a CCD camera. Sensitivity characteristics (hereinafter, simply referred to as CCD sensitivity characteristics).

另外,橫軸為射入到交叉尼科耳狀態之偏光膜之光之波長(射入光波長λ(nm)),縱軸為光透過量、CCD比感度。另外,在第58圖之縱軸中,對於光透過量,權宜上,射入到交叉尼科耳狀態之偏光膜之光全部透過時以1表示,射入到交叉尼科耳狀態之偏光膜之光全部被遮蔽時以0表示。 Further, the horizontal axis represents the wavelength of light incident on the polarizing film in the crossed Nicols state (injection light wavelength λ (nm)), and the vertical axis represents light transmission amount and CCD specific sensitivity. Further, in the vertical axis of Fig. 58, for the light transmission amount, it is expedient that the light which is incident on the polarizing film of the crossed Nicols is transmitted by 1 and is incident on the polarizing film of the crossed Nicols state. When all the light is blocked, it is represented by 0.

如第58圖所示,在偏光薄膜為交叉尼科耳狀態時,可見光大致不透過,但近紅外線大多透過。例如,檢測透過光之攝影機為CCD攝影機。CCD攝影機不只是可見光,對近紅外線亦具有感度。CCD攝影機係攝影源自黑色基體之格子狀的圖型。例如,藉由攝影黑色基體之最外緣,以檢測液晶面板P外周緣。另外,CCD攝影機之攝影元件亦可為線感測器,亦可為區域感測器。 As shown in Fig. 58, when the polarizing film is in the crossed Nicols state, the visible light is substantially not transmitted, but the near infrared rays are mostly transmitted. For example, a camera that detects transmitted light is a CCD camera. The CCD camera is not only visible light, but also sensitive to near infrared rays. The CCD camera is based on a grid-like pattern of black substrates. For example, the outer periphery of the liquid crystal panel P is detected by photographing the outermost edge of the black substrate. In addition, the photographic element of the CCD camera can also be a line sensor or a zone sensor.

若依照本實施形態,根據設在與薄片FXm重合之位置之黑色基體之位置,可決定切割位置FC1、 FC2。因此,藉由使薄片FXm設為比液晶面板P稍大之大小,即使在液晶面板P之大小由於製造誤差而產生變動時,亦可使所希望之大小之光學構件F1X,不會過或不足地確實貼合在液晶面板P。 According to this embodiment, the cutting position FC1 can be determined according to the position of the black substrate provided at the position overlapping the sheet FXm. FC2. Therefore, by making the sheet FXm slightly larger than the liquid crystal panel P, even when the size of the liquid crystal panel P varies due to manufacturing errors, the optical member F1X of a desired size can be prevented from being excessive or insufficient. The ground does fit on the liquid crystal panel P.

另外,在本實施形態中,所舉例說明之實例是構造物為設在液晶面板P之黑色基體,但是並不限於此種方式。例如,構造物可為設在液晶面板P之對準標記,亦可為液晶面板P之外形形狀。 Further, in the present embodiment, the illustrated example is that the structure is a black matrix provided on the liquid crystal panel P, but it is not limited to this. For example, the structure may be an alignment mark provided on the liquid crystal panel P, or may have a shape other than the liquid crystal panel P.

(第八實施形態) (Eighth embodiment)

第59圖是第八實施形態之薄膜貼合系統4001之概略構成圖。 Fig. 59 is a schematic configuration diagram of a film bonding system 4001 of the eighth embodiment.

如第59圖所示,在本實施形態之薄膜貼合系統4001中,在製造線之上游側,設有用以從大型面板(大型光學顯示組件)形成複數之液晶面板P之裝置。大型面板具有液晶面板P之複數部分之大小。 As shown in Fig. 59, in the film bonding system 4001 of the present embodiment, a device for forming a plurality of liquid crystal panels P from a large panel (large optical display unit) is provided on the upstream side of the manufacturing line. The large panel has the size of a plurality of portions of the liquid crystal panel P.

在第一實施形態之薄膜貼合系統1中,在洗淨裝置20之面板搬運上游側,設有搬運輸送帶11a、吸附手臂14a和搬運輸送帶11b。與此相對地,在本實施形態之薄膜貼合系統4001中,在搬運大型面板、液晶面板P和光學構件貼合體PA之一連貫之搬運線上,具備:分割大型面板而形成複數之液晶面板P面板之面板製造裝置4002(光學顯示組件製造裝置)、洗淨得自大型面板之液晶面板P的洗淨裝置4003、進行經過洗淨裝置4003之液晶面板P之缺陷的檢查之缺陷檢查裝置4004,以代替搬運輸 送帶11a、吸附手臂14a和搬運輸送帶11b。 In the film bonding system 1 of the first embodiment, the conveyance belt 11a, the suction arm 14a, and the conveyance belt 11b are provided on the upstream side of the panel conveyance of the cleaning apparatus 20. On the other hand, in the film bonding system 4001 of the present embodiment, a plurality of liquid crystal panels P are formed by dividing a large panel on a conveyance line that conveys a large panel, the liquid crystal panel P, and one of the optical member bonding bodies PA. A panel manufacturing apparatus 4002 (optical display unit manufacturing apparatus), a cleaning apparatus 4003 for cleaning the liquid crystal panel P of a large panel, and a defect inspection apparatus 4004 for performing inspection of defects of the liquid crystal panel P of the cleaning apparatus 4003, Instead of moving The belt 11a, the suction arm 14a, and the conveyance belt 11b are provided.

面板製造裝置4002係對大型面板施加所謂之多去角之處理,即藉由在大型面板形成劃線以切出複數之液晶面板。藉此,可從大型面板獲得複數之液晶面板P。經過面板製造裝置4002之液晶面板P,例如,藉由皮帶輸送帶等之搬運機構移交至洗淨裝置4003。 The panel manufacturing apparatus 4002 applies a so-called multi-corner treatment to a large panel, that is, a plurality of liquid crystal panels are cut out by forming a scribe line on a large panel. Thereby, a plurality of liquid crystal panels P can be obtained from a large panel. The liquid crystal panel P that has passed through the panel manufacturing apparatus 4002 is transferred to the cleaning apparatus 4003 by, for example, a transport mechanism such as a belt conveyor.

洗淨裝置4003係對液晶面板P順序地施加既定之洗淨處理。洗淨裝置4003係對液晶面板P進行比面板搬運下游側之洗淨裝置20更粗略之洗淨處理。例如,洗淨裝置4003去除在多去角時產生之殘留在液晶面板P的切屑等。經過洗淨裝置4003之液晶面板P,例如藉由皮帶輸送帶等之搬運機構,移交至缺陷檢查裝置4004。 The cleaning device 4003 sequentially applies a predetermined cleaning process to the liquid crystal panel P. The cleaning device 4003 performs a coarser cleaning process on the liquid crystal panel P than the cleaning device 20 on the downstream side of the panel conveyance. For example, the cleaning device 4003 removes chips or the like remaining on the liquid crystal panel P which are generated at a plurality of corners. The liquid crystal panel P that has passed through the cleaning device 4003 is transferred to the defect inspection device 4004 by, for example, a transport mechanism such as a belt conveyor.

缺陷檢查裝置4004是自動檢查裝置,其係對液晶面板P進行AOI檢查(光學式自動外觀檢查:Automatic Optical Inspection)。缺陷檢查裝置400係對液晶面板P進行比面板搬運下游側之第一洗缺陷檢查裝置41更粗略之檢查處理。例如,缺陷檢查裝置4004係檢查在多去角時產生之液晶面板P之破裂或缺陷等之外觀上缺陷。在液晶面板P未存在有大的破裂或缺陷,而判定為沒有外觀上之問題的液晶面板P,係移交至洗淨裝置20。另一方面,在液晶面板P存在大的破裂或缺陷,判定為外觀上有問題之液晶面板P,係藉由未圖示之廢棄裝置而被廢棄。 The defect inspection device 4004 is an automatic inspection device that performs an AOI inspection (Automatic Optical Inspection) on the liquid crystal panel P. The defect inspection device 400 performs a coarser inspection process on the liquid crystal panel P than the first cleaning defect inspection device 41 on the downstream side of the panel conveyance. For example, the defect inspection device 4004 checks for appearance defects such as cracks or defects of the liquid crystal panel P which are generated at a plurality of corners. The liquid crystal panel P which is determined to have no problem in appearance is not transferred to the cleaning device 20 in the liquid crystal panel P. On the other hand, in the liquid crystal panel P, there is a large crack or defect, and the liquid crystal panel P which is determined to have a problem in appearance is discarded by a discarding device (not shown).

若依照此種構成,因在製造線內(線內)設置面板製造裝置4002,所以相較於在製造線外(離線)設置面 板製造裝置4002時,可設為聚集裝置構成者,並可使製造線一體化。 According to this configuration, since the panel manufacturing apparatus 4002 is provided in the manufacturing line (in-line), the surface is disposed outside the manufacturing line (offline). In the case of the board manufacturing apparatus 4002, it can be set as a collecting apparatus, and the manufacturing line can be integrated.

另外,在本實施形態中,所舉例說明之實例是在製造線內(線內)設置洗淨裝置4003和缺陷檢查裝置4004,但是並不限於此種方式。例如,亦可在製造線內(線內)不設置洗淨裝置4003和缺陷檢查裝置4004。此時,在被設於較面板製造裝置4002之面板搬運更下游側之洗淨裝置20和第一缺陷檢查裝置41中進行同樣之處理。因此,可對液晶面板P之洗淨處理和檢查處理進行共通化。 Further, in the present embodiment, an example exemplified is that the cleaning device 4003 and the defect inspection device 4004 are provided in the manufacturing line (in-line), but the invention is not limited thereto. For example, the cleaning device 4003 and the defect inspection device 4004 may not be provided in the manufacturing line (in-line). At this time, the same processing is performed in the cleaning device 20 and the first defect inspection device 41 which are disposed on the downstream side of the panel conveyance device 4002. Therefore, the cleaning process and the inspection process of the liquid crystal panel P can be common.

(第九實施形態) (ninth embodiment)

第60圖是第九實施形態之薄膜貼合系統5001之概略構成圖。另外,在第60圖中,對於與第一實施形態共通之構成元件,賦予相同之符號,其詳細之說明係省略(適當地參照第2圖至8等)。 Fig. 60 is a schematic configuration diagram of a film bonding system 5001 of the ninth embodiment. In the figure, the same components as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted (refer to Figs. 2 to 8 and the like as appropriate).

在第一實施形態中,所舉例說明之實例是具備切斷手段60,其係在將較顯示區域P更大(幅寬和長度大)之薄片FXm貼合在液晶面板P後,切離薄片FXm之剩餘部分。與此相對地,在本實施形態中,藉由貼合手段50貼合之光學構件F1X之幅寬和長度乃與液晶面板P之顯示區域者同等,在此點與第一實施形態很大不同。 In the first embodiment, the exemplified example is provided with a cutting means 60 which is formed by laminating a sheet FXm which is larger (width and length) than the display area P to the liquid crystal panel P, and cuts off the sheet. The rest of FXm. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the width and length of the optical member F1X bonded by the bonding means 50 are the same as those of the display area of the liquid crystal panel P, which is largely different from the first embodiment. .

如第60圖所示,本實施形態之薄膜貼合系統5001具備:搬運機構5010、洗淨裝置20、第一缺陷檢查裝置41、第二缺陷檢查裝置42、貼合手段50、第一反轉裝置81、第二反轉裝置82、高壓釜處理裝置100、控制裝 置91和記憶裝置92。在本實施形態中,未設第一檢測裝置31、第二檢測裝置32、切斷手段60、第一剝離裝置71和第二剝離裝置72。 As shown in Fig. 60, the film bonding system 5001 of the present embodiment includes a transport mechanism 5010, a cleaning device 20, a first defect inspection device 41, a second defect inspection device 42, a bonding means 50, and a first inversion. Device 81, second inverting device 82, autoclave processing device 100, control device 91 and memory device 92 are placed. In the present embodiment, the first detecting device 31, the second detecting device 32, the cutting means 60, the first peeling device 71, and the second peeling device 72 are not provided.

本實施形態之搬運機構5010具備:搬運輸送帶11a至11m,桌台12a至12c、滑動器機構13a至13c和吸附手臂14a至14f,除此之外,具備搬運輸送帶5011a和搬運輸送帶5011b。 The transport mechanism 5010 of the present embodiment includes transporting belts 11a to 11m, tables 12a to 12c, slider mechanisms 13a to 13c, and suction arms 14a to 14f, and is provided with a conveyance belt 5011a and a conveyance belt 5011b. .

搬運輸送帶5011a被配置在滑動器機構13a和滑動器機構13b之間。搬運輸送帶5011a俯視看成為直線形狀。搬運輸送帶5011a係保持經過第一貼合裝置51之第一光學構件貼合體PA1而搬運。第一光學構件貼合體PA1在搬運輸送帶5011a以使液晶面板P之長邊沿著搬運方向之方式搬運。 The transport conveyor 5011a is disposed between the slider mechanism 13a and the slider mechanism 13b. The conveyance belt 5011a has a linear shape in plan view. The conveyance belt 5011a is conveyed by the first optical member bonding body PA1 of the first bonding apparatus 51. The first optical member bonding body PA1 transports the transport belt 5011a so that the long side of the liquid crystal panel P is transported along the transport direction.

搬運輸送帶5011b被配置在滑動器機構13c和搬運輸送帶11f之間。搬運輸送帶5011b俯視看形成直線形狀。搬運輸送帶5011b係保持經過第三貼合裝置53之光學構件貼合體PA而搬運。光學構件貼合體PA在搬運輸送帶5011b以使液晶面板P之長邊沿著搬運方向之方式搬運。 The conveyance conveyor 5011b is disposed between the slider mechanism 13c and the conveyance belt 11f. The conveyance belt 5011b forms a linear shape in plan view. The conveyance belt 5011b is conveyed by the optical member bonding body PA of the 3rd bonding apparatus 53. The optical member bonding body PA conveys the conveyance belt 5011b so that the long side of the liquid crystal panel P can be conveyed along the conveyance direction.

在本實施形態中,貼合手段50係將光學構件F1X貼合在液晶面板P。貼合手段50包含:第一貼合裝置51,其係將第一光學構件F11貼合在液晶面板P之第一面;第二貼合裝置52,其係將第二光學構件F12貼合在液晶面板P之第二面;和第三貼合裝置53,其係將第三光學 構件F13貼合在液晶面板P第二面。 In the present embodiment, the bonding means 50 bonds the optical member F1X to the liquid crystal panel P. The bonding means 50 includes a first bonding device 51 that bonds the first optical member F11 to the first surface of the liquid crystal panel P, and a second bonding device 52 that bonds the second optical member F12 to a second surface of the liquid crystal panel P; and a third bonding device 53, which is a third optical The member F13 is attached to the second surface of the liquid crystal panel P.

藉由第一貼合裝置51,將第一光學構件F11貼合在液晶面板P之顯示面側之面,以形成第一光學構件貼合體PA1。其次,藉由第二貼合裝置52,將第二光學構件F12貼合在第一光學構件貼合體PA1之第一光學構件F11之相反側之面(液晶面板P之背光側之面),以形成第二光學構件貼合體PA2。藉由第三貼合裝置53,將第三光學構件F13貼合第二光學構件貼合體PA2之第二光學構件F12側之面(液晶面板P之背光側之面),以形成光學構件貼合體PA。 The first optical member F11 is bonded to the surface on the display surface side of the liquid crystal panel P by the first bonding apparatus 51 to form the first optical member bonding body PA1. Next, the second optical member F12 is bonded to the surface opposite to the first optical member F11 of the first optical member bonding body PA1 (the surface on the backlight side of the liquid crystal panel P) by the second bonding device 52, The second optical member bonding body PA2 is formed. The third optical member F13 is bonded to the surface on the second optical member F12 side of the second optical member bonding body PA2 (the surface on the backlight side of the liquid crystal panel P) by the third bonding apparatus 53 to form an optical member bonding body. PA.

在本實施形態中,第一貼合裝置51具備:薄片搬運裝置510,其係從捲繞有第一光學構件薄片F1之原材滾輪R,捲出第一光學構件薄片F1,並沿著其長邊方向搬運第一光學構件薄片F1;貼合部520,其係保持薄片搬運裝置510從第一光學構件薄片F1切出之貼合薄片F5之薄片(第一光學構件F11),同時並將該薄片貼合在液晶面板P之上面;第一貼合桌台541,其係保持貼合時之液晶面板P;第二貼合桌台542;和回收桌台543,其係回收不良品薄片。 In the present embodiment, the first bonding apparatus 51 includes a sheet conveying device 510 that winds the first optical member sheet F1 from the raw material roller R around which the first optical member sheet F1 is wound, and along the same The first optical member sheet F1 is conveyed in the longitudinal direction; the bonding portion 520 holds the sheet (the first optical member F11) of the bonding sheet F5 cut out from the first optical member sheet F1 by the sheet conveying device 510, and The sheet is attached to the upper surface of the liquid crystal panel P; the first bonding table 541 is a liquid crystal panel P for holding the bonding; the second bonding table 542; and the recycling table 543 for recovering defective sheets .

在本實施形態中,第一光學構件薄片F1係在與其搬運正交之水平方向(薄片幅方向),具有與液晶面板P之幅寬(在本實施形態中,相當於液晶面板P之短邊之長度)同等之幅寬。 In the present embodiment, the first optical member sheet F1 has a width wider than the liquid crystal panel P in the horizontal direction (sheet direction) orthogonal to the conveyance (in the present embodiment, it corresponds to the short side of the liquid crystal panel P). The length is equal to the width.

在本實施形態中,切割裝置510b係使第一 光學構件薄片F1在與薄片幅寬方向正交之長度方向,每次捲出與液晶面板P之長度(在本實施形態中,相當於液晶面板P之長邊之長度)同等之長度,沿著薄片幅寬方向涵蓋全幅寬而切割第一光學構件薄片F1之厚度方向之一部分(施加半切割)。所切出之第一光學構件F11被保持於貼合頭521之保持面521a。 In this embodiment, the cutting device 510b is first The optical member sheet F1 is wound up in the longitudinal direction orthogonal to the sheet width direction, and the length of the liquid crystal panel P is equal to the length of the liquid crystal panel P (in the present embodiment, the length corresponding to the long side of the liquid crystal panel P). The sheet width direction covers a full width and cuts a part of the thickness direction of the first optical member sheet F1 (application of a half cut). The cut first optical member F11 is held by the holding surface 521a of the bonding head 521.

在本實施形態中,控制裝置91係以使貼著在保持面521a之第一光學構件F11之前端部、和被保持在第一貼合桌台541上之液晶面板P之端部之位置俯視看成為重合之方式,進行貼合頭521和第一貼合桌台541之對準。 In the present embodiment, the control device 91 is laid so that the end portion of the first optical member F11 that is adhered to the holding surface 521a and the end portion of the liquid crystal panel P that is held by the first bonding table 541 are laid. The alignment of the bonding head 521 and the first bonding table 541 is performed in a manner of becoming coincident.

控制裝置91係在貼合時,使貼合頭521下降,貼著在保持面521a之第一光學構件F11之前端部,在俯視看與液晶面板P之端部重合之位置,使第一光學構件F11成為從上方壓接到液晶面板P之狀態。貼合頭521下降至成為使第一光學構件F11壓接在液晶面板P之狀態。此時,貼合頭521係藉由使被保持面521a保持之貼合薄片F5壓接在液晶面板P而旋轉,以使第一光學構件F11貼合在液晶面板P。 The control device 91 lowers the bonding head 521 at the time of bonding, and adheres to the end portion of the first optical member F11 of the holding surface 521a, and overlaps the end portion of the liquid crystal panel P in a plan view to make the first optical The member F11 is in a state of being pressed against the liquid crystal panel P from above. The bonding head 521 is lowered to a state in which the first optical member F11 is pressed against the liquid crystal panel P. At this time, the bonding head 521 is rotated by pressing the bonding sheet F5 held by the holding surface 521a against the liquid crystal panel P, so that the first optical member F11 is bonded to the liquid crystal panel P.

以下,同樣地,在第二貼合裝置52和第三貼合裝置53之各個貼合位置,分別進行對液晶面板P之第二光學構件F12和第三光學構件F13之貼合處理。 In the same manner, in the same manner, the bonding process of the second optical member F12 and the third optical member F13 of the liquid crystal panel P is performed at each bonding position of the second bonding apparatus 52 and the third bonding apparatus 53.

如以上所說明之方式,本實施形態之光學構件貼合體之製造裝置是在液晶面板P貼合光學構件F1X 所構成之光學構件貼合體PA之製造裝置,其中具備:洗淨裝置20,其係洗淨液晶面板P;貼合手段50,其係在液晶面板P分別貼合與光學構件F1X對應之光學構件薄片FX之薄片FXm;和搬運機構5010,其係搬運液晶面板P;至少就藉由洗淨裝置完成液晶面板P之洗淨後,至藉由貼合手段50完成將光學構件F1X之全部貼合在液晶面板P之間之液晶面板P之搬運機構5010而言,不使用與液晶面板P之接觸部會變動而搬運液晶面板P之搬運機構。 As described above, the optical member bonding body manufacturing apparatus of the present embodiment is such that the liquid crystal panel P is bonded to the optical member F1X. The manufacturing apparatus of the optical member bonding body PA which consists of the cleaning apparatus 20 which wash|cleans the liquid crystal panel P, and the bonding means 50 which bonded the optical member corresponding to the optical member F1X in the liquid crystal panel P respectively. a sheet FXm of the sheet FX; and a transport mechanism 5010 for transporting the liquid crystal panel P; at least after the cleaning of the liquid crystal panel P is completed by the cleaning device, the bonding of the optical member F1X is completed by the bonding means 50. In the transport mechanism 5010 of the liquid crystal panel P between the liquid crystal panels P, the transport mechanism that transports the liquid crystal panel P by changing the contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P is not used.

若依照此種構成,可以良好之精確度至顯示區域P4之際設置光學構件F1X。因此,可使顯示區域P4外側之邊框部G(參照第3圖)狹化,而謀求顯示區域之擴大和機器之小型化。 According to this configuration, the optical member F1X can be provided with good precision to the display region P4. Therefore, the frame portion G (see FIG. 3) outside the display region P4 can be narrowed, and the display region can be enlarged and the size of the device can be reduced.

另外,在對液晶面板P貼合第一光學構件F11、第二光學構件F12和第三光學構件F13之前,相較於使用與液晶面板P之接觸部順序變動之搬運機構時,可抑制異物附著到液晶面板P。因此,可提供貼合缺陷少之薄膜貼合系統5001。 In addition, before the first optical member F11, the second optical member F12, and the third optical member F13 are bonded to the liquid crystal panel P, foreign matter adhesion can be suppressed as compared with a transport mechanism in which the contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P is sequentially changed. Go to the LCD panel P. Therefore, the film bonding system 5001 with less bonding defects can be provided.

另外,貼合手段50包含:捲出部510a,其係從原材滾輪與分隔薄片一起捲出與液晶面板P之顯示區域P4之短邊對應之幅寬的帶狀之光學構件薄片FX;切割裝置510b,其係使分隔薄片殘留而以與顯示區域P4之長邊對應之長度切割光學構件薄片FX,而形成光學構件F1X;和貼合頭521,其係於保持面521a保持光學構件F1X,同時將被保持面521a保持之光學構件F1X貼合在液 晶面板P。 Further, the bonding means 50 includes a winding-out portion 510a that winds out a strip-shaped optical member sheet FX having a width corresponding to a short side of the display region P4 of the liquid crystal panel P from the original material roller and the separation sheet; The device 510b is configured such that the partition sheet remains and cuts the optical member sheet FX by a length corresponding to the long side of the display region P4 to form the optical member F1X; and the bonding head 521 which holds the optical member F1X on the holding surface 521a, At the same time, the optical member F1X held by the holding surface 521a is attached to the liquid. Crystal panel P.

以夾壓滾輪等之貼合機構,進行液晶面板P和光學構件F1X之貼合處理時,夾壓滾輪係因與液晶面板P之接觸部藉由旋轉而順序變化,所以若異物附著在夾壓滾輪,該異物由於夾壓滾輪之旋轉而被運到與液晶面板P之面對位置,會附著在液晶面板P。因此,相較於與對液晶面板P之接觸部不會變動者,在貼合處理容易發生異物附著在液晶面板P。 When the bonding process of the liquid crystal panel P and the optical member F1X is performed by a bonding mechanism such as a pinch roller, the contact roller is sequentially changed by the contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P, so that foreign matter adheres to the pinch. The roller is transported to the position facing the liquid crystal panel P by the rotation of the pinch roller, and adheres to the liquid crystal panel P. Therefore, the foreign matter adheres to the liquid crystal panel P in the bonding process as compared with the case where the contact portion with the liquid crystal panel P does not change.

與此相對地,若依照此種構成,因為以貼合頭521進行液晶面板P和光學構件F1X之貼合處理,所以相較於使用與液晶面板P之接觸部不會順序變動之貼合機構之情形,可抑制異物附著到液晶面板P。因此,可提供貼合缺陷少之薄膜貼合系統5001。 On the other hand, according to this configuration, since the bonding head 521 performs the bonding process of the liquid crystal panel P and the optical member F1X, the bonding mechanism that does not sequentially change in contact with the liquid crystal panel P is used. In this case, adhesion of foreign matter to the liquid crystal panel P can be suppressed. Therefore, the film bonding system 5001 with less bonding defects can be provided.

以上,參照附圖說明本發明之較佳實施之形態例,但是並不限於此種方式。上述實例所示之各個構成構件之各形狀或組合等為一實例,在不脫離本發明之主旨之範圍內,可以根據設計要求等進行各種變更。 The form of the preferred embodiment of the present invention has been described above with reference to the drawings, but is not limited thereto. The various shapes, combinations, and the like of the respective constituent members shown in the above examples are merely examples, and various modifications can be made according to design requirements and the like without departing from the gist of the invention.

(產業上之可利用性) (industrial availability)

本發明之光學構件貼合體之製造裝置可提供使顯示區域周邊之邊框部縮小,而謀求顯示區域之擴大和機器之小型化的光學構件貼合體之製造裝置。 In the manufacturing apparatus of the optical member bonding body of the present invention, it is possible to provide a manufacturing apparatus for an optical member bonding body in which the frame portion around the display region is reduced, and the display region is enlarged and the size of the device is reduced.

Claims (5)

一種光學構件貼合體之製造裝置,其係在光學顯示組件貼合一個或複數個之光學構件而構成,該製造裝置具備有:洗淨裝置,其係用來洗淨上述光學顯示組件;貼合手段,其係在上述光學顯示組件分別貼合與上述一個或複數個之光學構件對應之一個或複數個之光學構件薄片之薄片;切斷手段,其係從貼合在上述光學顯示組件之上述一個或複數個之薄片,切出上述一個或複數個之光學構件;及搬運機構,其係搬運上述光學顯示組件或上述光學顯示組件貼合有上述光學構件之構成的上述光學構件貼合體;上述搬運機構係至少在以上述洗淨裝置完成上述光學顯示組件之洗淨後,至以上述貼合手段將上述一個或複數個薄片之全部完成貼合在上述光學顯示組件止之搬運路徑中,不使用與上述光學顯示組件或上述光學構件貼合體之接觸部變動而搬運上述光學顯示組件或上述光學構件貼合體之搬運機構。An apparatus for manufacturing an optical member bonding body, wherein the optical display unit is formed by laminating one or a plurality of optical members, the manufacturing apparatus comprising: a cleaning device for cleaning the optical display unit; The method of bonding the one or a plurality of sheets of the optical member sheets corresponding to the one or more optical members to the optical display unit; and the cutting means for adhering to the optical display unit One or more optical sheets, and one or more optical members are cut out; and a transport mechanism that transports the optical member assembly or the optical display unit to which the optical member is bonded; The transport mechanism is configured such that at least the cleaning of the optical display unit is completed by the cleaning device, and all of the one or more sheets are bonded to the transport path of the optical display unit by the bonding means, Transmitting the optical display using a contact portion with the optical display unit or the optical member bonding body The optical member or assembly attached to the body conveying means. 如申請專利範圍第1項之光學構件貼合體之製造裝置,其中,上述貼合手段包含:捲出部,其係將幅寬度大於上述光學顯示組件之顯示區域之長邊和短邊中之任一邊之長度之帶狀光學構件薄片,與分隔片一起從原材滾輪捲出;切割部,其係一邊使上述分隔片殘留,一邊以長度大於上述顯示區域之長邊和短邊中之任一另外一邊之長度切割上述光學構件薄片,以形成上述薄片;及,貼合部,其係將上述薄片貼合在保持面並進行保持,同時並將上述保持面所保持之上述薄片貼合在上述光學顯示組件。The apparatus for manufacturing an optical member bonding body according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the bonding means comprises: a winding portion that is larger than a long side and a short side of a display area of the optical display unit; a strip-shaped optical member sheet having a length of one side is taken up from the raw material roller together with the separator; and the cutting portion is made to have the length of the sheet being left longer than any of the long side and the short side of the display area Further, the optical member sheet is cut to form the sheet, and the bonding portion is formed by bonding the sheet to the holding surface and holding the sheet held by the holding surface. Optical display assembly. 如申請專利範圍第1或2項之光學構件貼合體之製造裝置,其中,上述搬運機構具備:桌台,其係保持上述光學顯示組件;滑動器機構,其係可移動上述桌台;和吸附手臂,其係吸附保持上述桌台所保持之上述光學顯示組件並進行搬運。The apparatus for manufacturing an optical member bonding body according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the transporting mechanism includes: a table holding the optical display unit; and a slider mechanism for moving the table; and adsorbing An arm that adsorbs and holds the optical display assembly held by the table. 如申請專利範圍第1或2項之光學構件貼合體之製造裝置,其中,上述搬運機構具備:搬運輸送帶,其係保持上述光學顯示組件並進行搬運;和吸附手臂,其係吸附保持上述搬運輸送帶所保持之上述光學顯示組件並進行搬運。The apparatus for manufacturing an optical member bonded body according to the first or second aspect of the invention, wherein the transporting means includes: a transporting conveyor that holds and transports the optical display unit; and an adsorption arm that adsorbs and holds the transporting The optical display assembly held by the conveyor belt is transported. 一種光學構件貼合體之製造裝置,其係在光學顯示組件貼合一個或複數個之光學構件所構成,其中具備:洗淨裝置,其係洗淨上述光學顯示組件;貼合手段,其係在上述光學顯示組件貼合上述一個或複數個之光學構件;及,搬運機構,其係搬運在上述光學顯示組件或在上述光學顯示組件貼合有上述光學構件之構成之上述光學構件貼合體;上述搬運機構係至少以上述洗淨裝置完成上述光學顯示組件之洗淨後,至以上述貼合手段將上述一個或複數個薄片之全部貼合完成在上述光學顯示組件止之搬運路徑中,不使用與上述光學顯示組件或上述光學構件貼合體之接觸部變動而搬運上述光學顯示組件或上述光學構件貼合體之搬運機構;上述貼合手段包含:捲出部,其係將對應於上述光學顯示組件之顯示區域之長邊和短邊中之任一邊之長度之幅寬的帶狀光學構件薄片,與分隔薄片一起從原材滾輪捲出;切割部,其係使上述分隔薄片殘留而以長度對應於上述顯示區域之長邊和短邊中之任一另外一邊之長度進行切割上述光學構件薄片,而形成上述學構件;及,貼合部,其係將上述學構件保持在保持面,同時並將上述保持面所保持之上述光學構件貼合在上述光學顯示組件。An optical member bonding body manufacturing apparatus comprising: an optical display unit in which one or a plurality of optical members are bonded, wherein: a cleaning device for cleaning the optical display unit; and a bonding means; The optical display unit is bonded to the one or more optical members; and the transport mechanism is configured to transport the optical member assembly or the optical member assembly in which the optical member is bonded to the optical display unit; The transport mechanism is configured to complete the cleaning of the optical display unit by the cleaning device, and to bond all of the one or more sheets to the transport path of the optical display unit by the bonding means, without using a conveyance mechanism that conveys the optical display unit or the optical member bonding body with a contact portion of the optical display unit or the optical member bonding body; wherein the bonding means includes a winding portion corresponding to the optical display unit a strip-shaped optical structure having a width of either one of a long side and a short side of the display area The sheet is wound out from the raw material roll together with the separator sheet; the cutting portion is formed by cutting the above-mentioned partitioning sheet and cutting the optical member with a length corresponding to the length of either one of the long side and the short side of the display area The sheet member is formed to form the above-described member; and the bonding portion holds the above-described member on the holding surface, and the optical member held by the holding surface is bonded to the optical display unit.
TW103141932A 2013-12-03 2014-12-03 Device for manufacturing optical member bonded body TWI640804B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013250206A JP2015108664A (en) 2013-12-03 2013-12-03 Apparatus for manufacturing optical member laminate
JP2013-250206 2013-12-03

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201525536A TW201525536A (en) 2015-07-01
TWI640804B true TWI640804B (en) 2018-11-11

Family

ID=53273470

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW103141932A TWI640804B (en) 2013-12-03 2014-12-03 Device for manufacturing optical member bonded body

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2015108664A (en)
KR (1) KR20160093009A (en)
CN (1) CN105992968A (en)
TW (1) TWI640804B (en)
WO (1) WO2015083708A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106556947A (en) * 2015-09-24 2017-04-05 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 A kind of polarizer sheet sticking method and device
KR102040258B1 (en) * 2016-04-20 2019-11-04 주식회사 엘지화학 The apparatus for manufacturing display unit and manufacturing method for display unit
TWI626091B (en) * 2016-10-28 2018-06-11 旭東機械工業股份有限公司 Panel cleaning system
KR102016971B1 (en) * 2017-09-26 2019-09-03 (주)소닉스 Display panel inspection system of FOG process
KR102016969B1 (en) * 2017-09-26 2019-09-03 (주)소닉스 Display module inspection system of LCM process
CN108925129A (en) * 2018-06-27 2018-11-30 昆山国显光电有限公司 A kind of marker recognition device, method and false pressure contraposition equipment
CN112090771B (en) * 2020-08-28 2021-11-26 苏州天立达精密科技股份有限公司 Assembly line AOI visual inspection machine

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2008152130A (en) * 2006-12-19 2008-07-03 Ricoh Co Ltd Workpiece laminating method, workpiece laminating device, polarizing plate unit, and projector
TWI332434B (en) * 2006-10-17 2010-11-01 Nitto Denko Corp Method for adhering optical members and apparatus using the same
TW201334952A (en) * 2012-02-29 2013-09-01 Sumitomo Chemical Co Manufacturing system of optical display device, and manufacturing method of optical display device

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH02308127A (en) * 1989-05-23 1990-12-21 Ricoh Co Ltd Mechanism for positioning liquid crystal cell and device for automatically sticking polarizing plate of liquid crystal cell
JPH03114818U (en) * 1990-03-07 1991-11-26
JP2003255132A (en) 2002-03-05 2003-09-10 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Manufacturing method for optical film chip
JP4257784B2 (en) * 2003-10-29 2009-04-22 シャープ株式会社 Thin plate supply apparatus and thin plate supply method using the same
KR100718330B1 (en) * 2005-09-09 2007-05-16 주식회사 베셀 LCD Glass Oven System Door and The Controlling Apparatus Thereof
JP4775948B2 (en) * 2005-11-17 2011-09-21 日東電工株式会社 Optical display device manufacturing system and manufacturing method thereof
TWI541569B (en) * 2008-03-31 2016-07-11 住友化學股份有限公司 Apparatus and method for manufacturing polarizing plate
JP2011242578A (en) * 2010-05-18 2011-12-01 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Set of roll-like polarizing plates, manufacturing method thereof, and manufacturing method of liquid crystal panel
WO2012132347A1 (en) * 2011-03-29 2012-10-04 シャープ株式会社 Polarizing plate attaching device
WO2013077353A1 (en) * 2011-11-21 2013-05-30 住友化学株式会社 Optical member laminate manufacturing system, manufacturing method, and recording medium

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI332434B (en) * 2006-10-17 2010-11-01 Nitto Denko Corp Method for adhering optical members and apparatus using the same
JP2008152130A (en) * 2006-12-19 2008-07-03 Ricoh Co Ltd Workpiece laminating method, workpiece laminating device, polarizing plate unit, and projector
TW201334952A (en) * 2012-02-29 2013-09-01 Sumitomo Chemical Co Manufacturing system of optical display device, and manufacturing method of optical display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20160093009A (en) 2016-08-05
TW201525536A (en) 2015-07-01
WO2015083708A1 (en) 2015-06-11
CN105992968A (en) 2016-10-05
JP2015108664A (en) 2015-06-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI640804B (en) Device for manufacturing optical member bonded body
TW201527843A (en) Device for manufacturing optical member bonded body
KR102159417B1 (en) Production system for optical display device
KR101973832B1 (en) Optical display device production system, and optical display device production method
JP5724152B1 (en) Optical display device production system
TW201431632A (en) Laser light irradiation apparatus and manufacturing apparatus of optical member affixed body
KR102207122B1 (en) Apparatus and method for manufacturing optical member-bonded body
TWI629132B (en) Manufacturing apparatus of optical member affixed body
US8540543B2 (en) Method for continuously manufacturing liquid crystal display panel and inspection method
TWI607815B (en) Laser beam irradiation apparatus and apparatus for manufacturing optical member affixed body
TWI600544B (en) Optical display device production system
TW201518811A (en) Optical member affixed body production method
TW201440941A (en) Cutting apparatus, cutting method, and apparatus for manufacturing optical member affixed body
TW201510511A (en) Defect inspection apparatus and optical display device production system
JP7051445B2 (en) Continuous inspection method and continuous inspection device for optical display panel, and continuous manufacturing method and continuous manufacturing system for optical display panel.
JP2015036730A (en) Apparatus for manufacturing optical member laminate
TW201518812A (en) Optical member affixed body production method
TW201516447A (en) Optical member affixed body production method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees